La Grammaire Anglaise en Situation a2 b1 b2

A2 Sophie SEBAH
B1
B2
LA GRAMMAIRE
ANGLAISE
EN SITUATION
Les règles de la grammaire
en contexte et par l'exemple
▶ Test de positionnement
▶ Rappels de cours
▶ Exercices d'entraînement
▶ 3 quiz bilan
A2 B1 B2
LA GRAMMAIRE
ANGLAISE
EN SITUATION
Les règles de la grammaire
en contexte et par l’exemple
Sophie Sebah
De la même auteure chez le même éditeur
Of course, you can! - Anglais pour débutants et faux-débutants. (Méthode A1-A2), 240 pages, 2022
Objectif TOEIC® Spécial Reading - Préparation complète pour l'écrit. Conforme au test ociel. B2-C1,
640 pages, 2022
Anglais. IELTS® Express - Spécial vocabulaire, 288 pages, 2022
Role Plays, 60 jeux de rôles et situations de discussion en anglais, A2-C1, 256 pages, 2022
Debate Cards. Savoir débattre et argumenter en anglais. Des fiches à découper pour être incollable sur
tous les sujets d’actualité, B1-C1, 2 e édition, 288 pages, 2022
L’anglais au lycée. Seconde, Première, Terminale. Boostez votre niveau ! (avec fichiers audio) (A2-B2),
336 pages, 2021
L’anglais au BAC : All inclusive! - 105 fiches pour TOUT réviser 1 re et T le - LVA-LVB, 400 pages, 2021
Anglais IELTS® Express, Spécial grammaire, Auto-évaluation, 256 pages, 2021
L’anglais au lycée. Seconde, Première, Terminale. Boostez votre niveau ! (avec fichiers audio), A2-B2,
336 pages, 2021
L’anglais en seconde. Destination BAC. Méthodes et outils, dossiers thématiques, activités corrigées
(Nouveau programme), avec fichiers audio, 288 pages, 2021
Anglais. Spécialité LLCER. Anglais, monde contemporain classe de Première, avec fichiers audio,
224 pages, 2020
Anglais. Spécialité LLCER. Anglais, monde contemporain classe de Terminale, avec fichiers audio,
368 pages, 2020
Bac anglais. 1 re et T le. 72 sujets d’entraînement corrigés aux 3 épreuves communes [E3C], avec fichiers
audio, 360 pages, 2020
Au top en anglais à l’oral et à l’écrit. Méthodes, outils et activités pour les nouvelles épreuves du BAC,
1 re et Tle A2-B2, 336 pages, 2020
Booster ses écrits d’anglais aux concours. Écoles de commerce, prépas scientifiques et Sciences Po,
B2-C1, 336 pages, 2019
L’oral d’anglais en CPGE scientifiques et commerciales. Le compte-rendu, le commentaire et l’entretien,
B2-C1, 408 pages, 2018
ISBN 9782340-077690
©Ellipses Édition Marketing S.A., 2023
8/10 rue la Quintinie 75015 Paris
an-r o
Ce livre de grammaire anglaise propose une approche concrète et contex-

tualisée. Il s’adresse aux lycéens mais aussi aux étudiants dans le supérieur
qui auraient besoin de renforcer leurs connaisssances grammaticales.
Composé de rappels clairs et synthétiques des règles de grammaire à maîtri-
ser, il se propose d’étudier chacun des points en contexte, par des exemples
dans des textes. Cette contextualisation permet d’observer et de comprendre
comment s’applique une règle de grammaire en travaillant sur son utilisa-
tion dans un texte et ainsi de mieux la retenir.
Afin de vérifier la maîtrise des règles, l’ouvrage offre également un entraî-
nement intensif grâce à de nombreux exercices d’application de diculté
croissante.
Enfin, une page est dédiée à la pratique de chaque point de grammaire
en situation : elle permet de sortir de l’application mécanique de la règle et
propose des activités appliquées dans des situations concrètes. Ceci rend ainsi
l’approche de la grammaire plus pragmatique et plus fonctionnelle.
Un test de positionnement initial vous permettra de faire un bilan de vos
connaissances concernant quelques points de grammaire majeurs.
Vous trouverez également trois tests de révision en fin d’ouvrage pour évaluer
vos acquis. Les réponses sont accompagnées d’explications détaillées qui vous
aideront à faire le point sur les principales règles.
Toutes les activités proposées sont corrigées dans le livre.

Tes d ionemen
Choisissez la réponse correcte.

1. Are you interested in ......... nature?
a. a b. an c. the d. ø
2. ......... loves watching a good movie.

a. Every people b. All people c. Everybody d. All the world
3. You don’t understand ..........

a. nothing b. anything c. something d. none
4. I’ve brought you ......... books.

a. a few b. a little c. few d. little
5. My brother has ......... friends.

a. an other b. another c. others d. other
6. Is this your phone? _ No, it’s not ..........

a. our b. ours c. our’s d. us
7. ......... jacket is this?

a. Who’s b. Whose c. Whom d. To who
8. Do you have .........?

a. different colours b. different colour
c. differents colour d. differents colours
9. She is ......... girl. I know.

a. more clever b. the cleverer c. the cleverest d. the most clever
10. We ......... go to the party or he’ll be very upset.

a. had rather b. would rather c. would better d. had better
11. ......... going to the swimming pool this afternoon?

a. Why don’t we b. Could be c. How about d. Let’s
12. Mark’s wife would be happier if he ......... more time at home and less time at
work.
a. is spending b. spent c. spends d. has spent
13. Luc has been watching TV ......... two hours.

a. since b. for c. during d. while
14. I will buy a car when I ......... enough money.

a. will have b. had c. have d. am going to have
15. We have history and English ......... Wednesday afternoons.

a. on b. the c. in d. by
16. She likes tea, .........?

a. does she b. doesn’t she c. isn’t she d. isn’t it
 Tes d ionement
17. He ......... by the police yesterday.
a. arrests b. arrested c. was arrested d. was arresting
18. It’s important to take care of your teeth. You should ......... by a dentist at least
twice a year.
a. have checked them b. have them checked
c. check them d. having them checked
19. I must ..........

a. go b. to go c. gone d. going
20. You ......... smoke. It’s dangerous for health.

a. wouldn’t b. shouldn’t c. don’t have to d. couldn’t
21. I want ......... the manager.

a. see b. seing c. saw d. to see
22. She ......... her granny once a week.

a. visit b. visits c. is visiting d. visiting
23. We ......... to Paris last year.

a. go b. gone c. went d. were going
24. I ......... her since June.

a. know b. knew c. have known d. have been knowing
25. I wish he ......... with me.

a. was b. were c. be d. will be
26. ......... he was only 15, he was the best chess player in the world.
a. Although b. However c. Even d. In spite
27. “Who’s that?” “It’s Gary’s brother but I don’t know ..........”
a. what his name is b. who is he
c. what is his name d. that’s his name
28. He’s only thirteen but he talks ......... an adult.

a. like b. as c. same as d. same like
29. ......... your parents like?

a. What b. What are c. How d. How are
30. When I was young, there ......... houses here. It was all countryside—open fields
and woods.
a. were not used to being
b. used to be quite a lot of
c. didn’t use to be any
d. didn’t use to have
Corrigés du test de positionnement

b. • 26. a. • 27. a. • 28. a. • 29. b. • 30. c.
14. d. • 15. a. • 16. b. • 17. c. • 18. b. • 19. a. • 20. b. • 21. d. • 22. b. • 23. c. • 24. c. • 25.
1. d. • 2. c. • 3. b. • 4. a. • 5. d • 6. b • 7. b. • 8. a. • 9. c. • 10. d. • 11. c. • 12. b. • 13. b. •
Tes d ionement 
1  d uje-erb
Cas Exemples
■ Le verbe est • Le sujet est singulier (1) ➤ The boy dances well (1)
singulier • Les sujets sont coordonnés par ➤ The boy, as well as the girl,
quand… autre chose que and et le sujet dances well (2).
est singulier (2). ➤ Everybody is here (3).
• Le sujet est précédé de each ➤ Mary, my good friend and
ou every, someone, anybody, neighbour, sings well (4).
ever ybody, nobody, every- ➤ Bread and butter is all she has
thing… (3). for breakfast. Three years is a
• Deu x suje ts s i ng u l ier s long time (4).
renvoient à la même chose / ➤ The team has won (5).
personne ou une seule entité/ ➤ The number of people we need
idée (4). is thirteen (6).
• Un nom collectif renvoie à un
groupe (5).
• Après the number of (6).
■ Le verbe • Le sujet est pluriel (1). ➤ The boys dance well (1).
est pluriel • Les sujets sont coordonnés ➤ The boy and the girl dance
quand… par and (2) well (2).
• Les sujets sont séparés par ➤ Both the girl and the boy
both…and… ; both of them (3). dance well (3).
• Un nom collectif renvoie aux ➤ The police are coming (4).
membres du groupe (4). ➤ A number of people have come
• Après a number of (5). (5).
■ Cas particuliers
• Quand les sujets sont connectés par either… ➤ Either the boy or the girls sing
or ou neither … nor, le verbe s’accorde avec le well (1).
nom le plus proche (1-2). ➤ Either the boys or the girl sings
• Avec there ou here, le verbe s’accorde avec le well (2).
sujet placé après (3). ➤ There is one boy and there are
• Certains noms ont une forme plurielle mais two girls (3).
sont singuliers (news et les mots se terminant ➤ Mathematics is dicult (4).
en –ics : physics, economics, crossroads, ethics, ➤ The cattle are grazing. People
mathematics, politics, the United States…). Le are gathered around the bus (5).
verbe est singulier (4). ➤ The series was/were really great
• Certains noms sans « s » ont un verbe pluriel : (6).
people, cattle, fish (5).
• Certains mots ont la même forme au singu-
lier et au pluriel (series, means, species…) (6).
  d uje-erbe
Exempl Corrigés p. 243
France closes dozens of swimming pools over soaring energy costs

French sports and education groups have expressed outrage at the closure of
around 30 swimming pools, as surging heating costs have made them no longer
viable.
“These closures directly impact all children and adults who won’t be able to learn
to swim,” the French Swimming Federation (FFN) said in a statement, demanding
the pools’ “immediate” reopening.
Vert Marine, which operates pools and ice rinks across France, said Monday that
its annual energy bill has jumped to 100 million euros from 15 million euros—a
figure it said equals “the company’s entire annual revenue”.
For the company, “the government, as well as local authorities, has to make the
right decisions to get back to acceptable energy costs”.
But local governments are themselves struggling to meet surging bills, which have
doubled in some places, according to France Urbaine, a federation of large towns
and cities.
Since pool closures during the coronavirus crisis, there have already been a
generation of 800,000 school pupils who are unable to learn to swim.
Neither local authorities nor the sports ministry denies the importance of
swimming as a way of preventing accidental drownings. “Balancing the books for
private companies that manage some pools shouldn’t come before the public
interest,” the physical education union SNEP said. Many of France’s pools and ice
rinks are old, and the government has planned to set up a working group on saving
energy to study them.
Adapted from France 24 – 07/09/2022
1 Identifiez le sujet du verbe principal dans les phrases suivantes.

a. These closures directly impact all children and adults.
b. Its annual energy bill has jumped to 100 million euros.
c. Local governments are struggling to meet surging bills, which have doubled.
d. A figure it said equals “the company’s entire annual revenue”.
e. Balancing the books for private companies that manage some pools shouldn’t
come before the public interest.
2 Justifiez l’accord sujet-verbe dans ces phrases.

a. The government, as well as local authorities, has to make the right decisions.
b. Neither local authorities nor the sports ministry denies the importance of
swimming.
c. There have already been a generation of 800,000 school pupils.
3 Mettez les verbes à la forme correcte.

a. The pool, as well as the rink, ......... (have) closed.
b. Neither the pools nor the rink ......... (be) old.
 d uje-erbe 
Exercice Corrigés p. 243
1 Identifiez le sujet du verbe principal dans les phrases suivantes.

a. The letters you posted were wrongly addressed.
b. The cake my parents are making smells delicious.
c. The woman they were supposed to meet has phoned to say she couldn’t come.
d. There is a girl sitting there.
e. My neighbours, whom I met last week, have just moved in.
2 Déterminez si les sujets des phrases de l’exercice précédent sont singuliers ou

pluriels. Puis mettez les sujets singuliers au pluriel et inversement et procédez
aux changements nécessaires pour le verbe.
Ex. : The bus on which there were my colleagues has just arrived.
Sujet : The bus ➤ singulier. The buses on which there were my colleagues have just
arrived.
3 Choisissez la forme correcte.

a. Every photo I take is/are printed out.
b. The number of students attending the conference is/are still unknown.
c. Only one of the thieves has/have been arrested.
d. Both Mary and Lucy has/have forgotten to come.
e. A certain number of workers is/are on strike.
4 Indiquez si le verbe doit être singulier ou pluriel, puis conjuguez-le au présent.

a. The team ............... (to win) every time.
b. Three years ............... (to be) very long.
c. Everybody ............... (to sing) well.
d. Neither the students nor the teacher ............... (to be) satisfied.
e. Mary, as well as her husband, ............... (to take) the bus.
f. Both the girl and the boy ............... (to have) good results.
g. Either the president or the ministers ....... (to address) the citizens every week.
5 Choisissez la forme qui convient.

a. The books we bought was/were very expensive.
b. The children is/are getting ready for school.
c. Neither my parents nor my brother has/have called.
d. The president, as well as his wife, has/have been shocked.
e. The team has/have been successful thanks to collective efforts.
f. Either my sister or my brothers likes/like music.
g. A great number of pupils has/have passed their exams.
6 Indiquez si les phrases sont justes, sinon corrigez-les.

a. The series we saw last year has won many prizes. .................................................
b. The United States have often been considered as a superpower. .........................
c. There are a lot of trac at peak hours. ......................................................................
d. Physics is not my favourite subject. ...........................................................................
e. Neither my neighbours nor my parents has come. .................................................
f. Many species has already disappeared. .....................................................................
  d uje-erbe
L gramair e ia
Corrigés p. 243
À partir des tableaux suivants, faites un maximum de phrases pour présenter

votre famille. Attention aux accords sujet-verbe.
Ex. : My sister needs a new front wheel.
My parents Tom and I We

I Her cats She
My brother My bicycle He
My sister My uncle Oliver My aunt and my uncle
watch play drink

sing need give
sings needs watches
plays drinks gives
baseball on Saturdays football every weekend a lot of water with their

together on their sofa. with our friends lunch.
pop songs in my school special cat food from the our parents handmade
music class. veterinarian. gifts on their birthdays.
his favourite songs in the a new front wheel. a lot of films with their
shower. friends.
computer games with his milk before she goes to all his nephews and
brother. bed. nieces presents at
Christmas.
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Front wheel : roue avant
Handmade : artisanal
Nephew : neveu
 d uje-erbe 
jecf, adjecf
2 e  cp é [1]
Les adjectifs
■ Ils sont invariables (pas de S au pluriel) et se placent avant le nom.

■ Voici l’ordre dans lequel placer les adjectifs lorsqu’il y en a plusieurs qui précèdent
le nom :
Opinion + size + shape + temperature + age + colour + origin + material + usage

+ NOUN
Opinion Size Shape Temperature Age

Good, bad, big, small, round, square hot, cold, young, old
interesting, large, long warm
Colour Origin Material Usage Noun
blue, pink, French, Italian cotton, riding, living car, people
dark, light woollen
■ Lorsque les adjectifs sont attributs (placés après les verbes d’état comme be),
on met en général la conjonction “and” avant le dernier adjectif (It is a big and
beautiful house).
■ Certains adjectifs sont toujours attributs et se placent après le verbe.
Quelques exemples : afraid (effrayé), alive (en vie), awake (éveillé), aware (conscient),
cross (en colère), ill (malade), glad (ravi).
Il faut recourir à leurs synonymes pour dire la même chose en utilisant un adjec-
tif épithète. This girl is afraid est synonyme de A frightened girl.
■ Avec un superlatif, il faut faire attention à bien placer l’adjectif avant le nom.
Ex. : C’est la voiture la plus rapide que j’ai jamais conduite : It is the fastest car
I have ever driven.
■ Les terminaisons les plus courantes des adjectifs :
-ate, -ant, -ous/ious, -al, -ing, -ed, -able, -ible, -ish, -ile, -y, -ic, -ical, -ial, -ory/
ary, -wide, -free, -less, -ive, -ful, -like, -er, -est, -while, -esque.
Certains mots se terminant par « ly » sont des adjectifs et non des adverbes : Timely,
early, hourly, daily, weekly, monthly, yearly, costly, silly, lovely, ugly, deadly, cowar-
dly, lively, likely, unlikely, leisurely, manly, womanly, beastly, princely, scholarly,
kingly, brotherly. Les termes weekly, daily, monthly, yearly sont adverbes quand
ils sont en fin de phrase.
 jecf, adjecf e  cpé

jecf, adjecf
3 e  cp é [2]
Les adjectifs et noms composés
■ Les adjectifs composés (compound adjectives) désignent les adjectifs construits

à partir de 2 mots distincts, voire plus.
Attention : ce n’est pas parce que plusieurs adjectifs s’enchaînent qu’ils forment un
adjectif composé ! Avec un adjectif composé, les différents éléments le constituant
forment une seule et même idée, tandis qu’un enchaînement d’adjectifs traduit
plusieurs précisions différentes. Les adjectifs sont invariables, y compris dans le
cas d’un adjectif composé. Ainsi, on dira: a twelve-year-old boy, sans “s” à “year”.
■ Les noms composés (compound nouns) : la première partie nous renseigne sur
le type d’objet ou de personne ou sa fonction (nom + nom, nom + verbe, nom +
adverbe, verbe + nom, verbe + adverbe, adjectif + nom, adjectif + verbe, adverbe
+ nom, adverbe + verbe). La deuxième partie identifie l’objet ou la personne en
question (policeman, boyfriend, greenhouse, dry-cleaning, dining-table).
Adverbe + participe passé Adjectif + participe Nom + participe passé

ou nom + ed présent (verbe + ing)
a well-known writer a good-looking boy a tongue-tied boy
a brightly-lit room a free-standing tower a sun-dried fruit
deeply-rooted traditions
a well-mannered girl
Adjectif + participe passé Nom + adjectif Adjectif + nom
ou nom + ed
a short-sighted man a world-famous singer a last-minute solution
a long-haired lady deep-sea diving
Nom + nom
a part-time job
Voici quelques exemples de transformations :

1. A representative from the International Monetary Fund ➤ An International Monetary
Fund representative
2. The month dedicated to the prevention of injury in childhood ➤ The childhood
injury prevention month
3. Inequalities that have existed for a long time and are deeply rooted ➤ Long-lasting
deeply-rooted inequalities
4. A budget which is based on the means rather than on the results ➤ A means-based
rather than results-based budget.
jecf, adjecf e  cpé 

Sound Supreme 4 review: tremendous noise-cancelling headphones

Supremely comfortable, feature-packed Bluetooth cans sound brilliant with
60-hour battery life.
They are equipped with effective noise-cancelling systems that can significantly
reduce rumbles, fan and road noise, and do a reasonable job on higher-pitched
tones such as voices or keyboard taps in an oce.
If you want some high-end noise-cancelling headphones, the Supreme 4 are worth
every penny.
With its fantastic sound, effective noise-cancelling, and 60-hour battery life, it is
highly comfortable. Added to Bluetooth 5.2 with aptX Adaptive and multipoint,
USB-C charging and audio, you will appreciate its great controls, top voice quality,
and good cross-platform app. On the other hand, you might regret its less standout
design than its predecessors and its high price.
1 Relevez les adjectifs et noms composés.

............................................................................................................................................
2 Classez-les dans les catégories suivantes.

Nom + verbe en -ing : ..........................................................................................................
Adjectif + participe passé : .................................................................................................
Nom + participe passé : ......................................................................................................
Nombre + nom : ....................................................................................................................
Adjectif + nom : ....................................................................................................................
Nom + nom : ..........................................................................................................................
Verbe + préposition : ...........................................................................................................
3 Décomposez les termes suivants pour en trouver le sens.

a. Feature-packed: ..............................................................................................................
b. Noise-cancelling: ............................................................................................................
c. 60-hour battery life: .......................................................................................................
4 Relevez les adjectifs faisant référence à la qualité du produit.

............................................................................................................................................
5 Relevez les adverbes servant à nuancer les adjectifs.

............................................................................................................................................
6 Remplacez les blancs par des termes du texte.

Plusieurs réponses sont possibles.
a. One of the ............... features is its performance.
b. It is particularly ............... at reducing surrounding noise.
c. It is a ............... product equipped with ............... equipment.
 jecf, adjecf e  cpé

1 Mettez les mots dans l’ordre.

a. book  interesting  small  Spanish
b. picture  modern  ugly  rectangular
c. old  boring  opinion  American
d. apple  ripe  green  delicious
e. suit  woollen  large  black
f. beautiful  brick  house  small
g. German  magazine  old  strange
h. cap  cotton  funny  green
2 Choisissez la réponse adéquate.

a. Jack is a ............... student (clear-sighted/clearing-sight).
b. This is a ............... girl (well-behaved/well-behaving).
c. Are you wearing a ............... dress ( home-making/home-made)?
d. It is a ............... tower (100-feet/100-foot).
e. He has to make a ............... decision (heart-breaking/heart-broken).
f. He bought a ............... book (40-pages/40-page).
3 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide d’un adjectif composé.

a. This boy has green eyes. This is a ............... boy.
b. Nadal plays tennis with his left hand. He is a ............... player.
c. My cousin has curly hair. She is ................
d. It is a story that never ends. It is a ............... story.
e. My neighbour is Mexican and he is 35. My neighbour is a ............... Mexican.
f. He wears shirts with short sleeves. He wears ............... shirts.
4 Transformez les phrases suivantes afin d’obtenir un adjectif ou un nom

composé.
a. Jim is a boy who looks good. This is a ........................................................................
b. This film lasts long. This is a .......................................................................................
c. A subject that people know well is a ...........................................................................
d. Models are women with long legs. Models are .........................................................
e. Shakespeare is a writer that is famous all over the world.
Shakespeare is a ..............................................................................................................
f. This tennis player plays with his right hand. This is a ..........................................
g. He found a solution that saves time. He found a .....................................................
h. If a film breaks your heart, you are ............................................................. because
it is .....................................................................................................................................
5 Traduisez les expressions suivantes en utilisant des adjectifs composés.

a. Une maladie liée au tabac. ➤ .......................................................................................
b. Un homme d’âge moyen. ➤ ..........................................................................................
c. Une femme myope. ➤ ....................................................................................................
d. Une librairie d’occasion. ➤ ...........................................................................................
e. Une femme aux talons aiguilles. ➤ ............................................................................
jecf, adjecf e  cpé 

Corrigés p. 244
Décrivez les personnages suivants.
a. b. c. d.
a. .............................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
b. .............................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
c. .............................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
d. .............................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Size : I am … rather/quite/pretty tall/short : Je suis plutôt grand/petit
Body : He is fat (gros), overweight (obèse), athletic (sportif), muscular (musclé),
slim (mince), thin (fin)
Hair : I have long/short/medium length (mi-long) curly (bouclé)/straight (raide)/
wavy (ondulé) hair.
I am brown-/ginger-/fair-haired; bald : Je suis brun, roux, blond ; chauve
Eyes : I am blue-/brown-/green-/grey-eyed : J’ai les yeux bleus, marron, verts, gris
Face : beard (barbe), moustache, stubble (barbe de 3 jours)
« Je mesure 1,60m » : I am 1 meter 60 tall.
« Je pèse 58 kilos » : I am 58 kilos.
 jecf, adjecf e  cpé

4 verbe [1]
Formation des adverbes
■ L’adverbe est un mot invariable qui sert à modifier le sens d’un mot et à exprimer
l’opinion de celui qui parle.
On forme la plupart des adverbes en accolant une terminaison « -ly » à un adjectif.
Ex. : high ➤ highly/precise ➤ precisely/gentle ➤ gently
■ Toutefois, il existe plusieurs types d’adverbes qui ne suivent pas cette règle :
ce sont les adverbes temporels, spatiaux mais aussi les adverbes de quantité.
Already : déjà Still : encore Now : maintenant Soon : bientôt
Usually : d’habitude Often : souvent Never : jamais Sometimes : parfois
Here : ici There : là-bas A lot of : beaucoup de Little: peu de
■ Attention
Certains mots se terminant par -ly sont des adjectifs : lovely (charmant), lonely
(seul), elderly (âgé), lively (vivant), silly (idiot), friendly (sympathique), early (tôt)…
■ Les termes de fréquence daily, weekly, monthly, yearly sont adjectifs quand ils
précèdent un nom mais adverbes lorsqu’ils sont en fin de phrase.
Ex. : a daily routine (routine quotidienne)/he goes to work daily (il va travailler
tous les jours).
verbe 
5 verbe [2]
Place des adverbes
■ Les adverbes sont en général placés à côté du verbe qu’ils précisent.

Ex. : I listen carefully : j’écoute attentivement. He looked at her intensely : il la
regarda intensément.
■ Mais l’adverbe en anglais peut être placé à différents endroits dans une phrase :
au début, au milieu et à la fin de la phrase.
Ex. : Hopefully, he will come (Avec un peu de chance, il viendra). She is hopelessly
romantic (Elle est désespérément romantique). He loved her desperately
(Il l’aimait éperdument).
Mais attention, il faut éviter de séparer un verbe de son COD en anglais.
Ex. : He speaks English very well (Il parle très bien anglais) et non He speaks very
well English.
■ Quand le verbe est formé de deux mots ou plus, l’adverbe se place normalement
après le premier auxiliaire comme en français.
Ex. : The students have certainly been informed. Les étudiants ont certainement
été avertis.
■ Certains types d’adverbes ont une position qui ne varie pas.
En fin de phrase Avant le verbe Après « to be »

• Les adverbes de temps Les adverbes de Les adverbes de
➤ He comes late. quantité et les adverbes quantité et les adverbes
• Les adverbes de lieu de fréquence de fréquence
➤ He lives there. ➤ He often goes there. ➤ She is usually tired.
He goes back home
weekly.
■ Les adverbes négatifs (never…) ou à sens négatif (rarely…) placés en début de phrase
imposent une construction comme dans une question (auxiliaire – sujet – verbe).
Ex. : Hardly does he eat (il mange à peine).
 verbe
Panic in the bookshop

The bookshop closed earlier that night. The next day was a day off for the
employees and they were all impatient to leave. When the security guard closed
the store, he did not check between every shelf carefully. On leaving, he hurriedly
locked the door behind him, unaware that young Max was still in.
Max was eagerly reading a science fiction book and he didn’t hear the message
announcing the bookshop was going to close soon. When the lights went off
abruptly, Max slowly headed downstairs but the shop was completely empty by
the time he reached the lobby.
Only eight years old, the boy quickly felt at a loss, not knowing what to do. For a
few minutes, he knocked on the door furiously and shouted loudly. Sadly, nobody
could hear him. He started to panic more and more. Suddenly, he heard a voice
calling for him. Luckily, his parents had started worrying when they didn’t see him
back home. No sooner had he answered he was there than they called the manager
who quickly arrived a few minutes later and freed Max.
1 Relevez les adverbes et classez-les dans les catégories suivantes.

Adverbes de manière : ........................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
Adverbes de temps : ............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
Adverbes de lieu : .................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
Adverbes de degré : .............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
2 Comparez la place de l’adverbe dans les phrases suivantes.

a. He did not check between every shelf carefully.
b. On leaving, he hurriedly locked the door behind him.
c. Max slowly headed downstairs.
d. The boy quickly felt at a loss.
e. He knocked on the door furiously and shouted loudly.
f. Sadly, nobody could hear him.
3 Que remarquez-vous concernant la construction de la phrase suivante ?

Puis réécrivez la phrase en déplaçant “No sooner”.
No sooner had he answered he was there than they called the manager.
➤ ............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
verbe 
1 Répondez aux questions suivantes en utilisant un adverbe de fréquence.

Ex. : How often do you take the bus? ➤ I sometimes take the bus.
a. How often do you go to school by bicycle? .................................................................
b. How often do you drink water? ...................................................................................
c. How often do you do your homework? ......................................................................
d. How often do you go to the park? ................................................................................
e. How often do you read a book? ....................................................................................
f. How often do you see helicopters in the sky? ...........................................................
g. How often do you wash your hands? .........................................................................
h. How often do you run? ..................................................................................................
2 Décrivez les activités des personnages suivants en indiquant leur fréquence.
Toiletry School Leisure

Chris Se lave les dents/ Va à l’école/ Lit un livre/
2 fois par jour tous les jours une fois par semaine
Kelly Prend une douche/ Commence à 8h30/ Fait des courses avec ses
tous les matins souvent amis/régulièrement
Kate Se maquille/parfois Prend le bus/en général Nage/tous les weekends
Jack Se rase/jamais Apprend ses leçons/ Regarde un film/de temps
tous les soirs en temps après l’école
a. Chris ...................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
b. Kelly ...................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
c. Kate ....................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
d. Jack .....................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Se raser : shave
Prendre une douche : have a shower
Se maquiller : make up
Faire des courses : run errands
3 Répondez à ces questions en réutilisant l’adverbe de manière.

a. What do you do easily?
............................................................................................................................................
b. What do you do well?
............................................................................................................................................
 verbe
c. What do you do silently?
............................................................................................................................................
d. Tell me about someone you know who speaks English fluently.
............................................................................................................................................
e. What do you do quickly?
............................................................................................................................................
f. What do you do badly?
............................................................................................................................................
g. What do you do reluctantly?
............................................................................................................................................
h. What do you do slowly?
............................................................................................................................................
i. What do you do kindly?
............................................................................................................................................
4 Placez les adverbes entre parenthèses à l’endroit qui convient.

Plusieurs réponses sont possibles.
a. We were in London. (last week)
............................................................................................................................................
b. He walks his dog. (rarely)
............................................................................................................................................
c. He waited. (patiently)
............................................................................................................................................
d. My father goes fishing. (always)
............................................................................................................................................
e. Your bedroom will be upstairs. (soon)
............................................................................................................................................
f. I saw him. (there)
............................................................................................................................................
g. The girls speak English. (fluently)
............................................................................................................................................
h. I have seen the film. (never/before)
............................................................................................................................................
i. I go dancing. (often)
............................................................................................................................................
j. He gets in to work on time. (hardly ever)
............................................................................................................................................
k. She has finished reading the novel. (already)
............................................................................................................................................
l. I will not accept this deal. (definitely)
............................................................................................................................................
verbe 
Corrigés p. 245
Voici une journée type pour Sam et Sarah. Décrivez ce qu’ils ont l’habitude de
faire en ajoutant des adverbes de fréquence.
Sam Sarah
6 o’clock get up **** ** Sam always gets up at 6 o’clock.
6.15 have a shower *** **** ……………………………………….............
6.30 get dressed ** * ……………………………………….............
6.45 have breakfast **** *** ……………………………………….............
7 o’clock go to school X ** ……………………………………….............
1.00 p.m. have lunch * **** ……………………………………….............
2.00 p.m. make my bed X ** ……………………………………….............
3.20 p.m. do my homework **** X ……………………………………….............
5.30 p.m. read a book * *** ……………………………………….............
7.15 p.m. watch TV ** X ……………………………………….............
11.00 p.m. go to sleep *** **** ……………………………………….............
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
0% 5% 15% 30% 50%

NEVER RARELY SELDOM OCCASIONALLY SOMETIMES
70% 80% 90% 100%
OFTEN GENERALLY USUALLY ALWAYS
REGULARLY
 verbe
6 cle [1]
A/AN
Cas Exemple
• A + consonne ou voyelle ayant le son [j]. ➤ A cat, a university, a euro, an elephant;
• An + voyelle ou h muet. an hour, an heir(ess), an honour, an
honest man, an F.
• S’emploie pour un objet/individu qu’on ➤ I saw a cat. J’ai vu un chat.
ne connait pas ou qui est mentionné ➤ He bought an animal. Il a acheté un
pour la première fois. animal.
• Devant une profession. ➤ My sister is a nurse. Ma sœur est
infirmière.
• Pour exprimer une généralité. ➤ A lion is a wild animal. Un lion est un
animal sauvage.
• S’emploie après les prépositions comme ➤ She went out in the rain without an
without, as, of... umbrella. Elle est sortie sous la pluie
sans parapluie.
• Dans les expressions de temps ou de ➤ I go to the gym twice a week. Je fréquente
mesure (« par » en français). la salle de sport deux fois par semaine.
• Derrière such, quite, what quand ils ➤ What a strange story! Quelle étrange
sont suivis d’un nom dénombrable. histoire !
➤ It is such a fast car! C’est une voiture
si rapide !
• Entre un adjectif et un nom si l’adjectif ➤ She’s so nice a girl. C’est une si gentille
est précédé de so, as, too ou how. fille.
➤ Too dicult an exercise. Un exercice
trop dicile.
➤ How weird a behaviour. Quel étrange
comportement.
• À la forme négative pour traduire ➤ She hasn’t got a bike. Elle n’a pas de
« pas de ». vélo.
cle 
7 cle [2]
THE
• Se prononce [eu] devant une consonne : ➤ Se prononce [i] devant une voyelle : /ði/
/ðə/
• S’emploie quand on sait de quoi/qui on ➤ I saw a video last night. J’ai vu une
parle vidéo hier soir.
➤ The video was about pollution. La vidéo
parlait de pollution.
• Pour quelque chose d’unique ➤ The sun is shining. Le soleil brille.
• Renvoie à une situation connue de tous ➤ May I have the butter? Puis-je avoir
le beurre ?
• Devant quelques noms de pays ➤ The Netherlands (Les Pays-Bas), the
United Kingdom (le Royaume-Uni), the
United States (les États-Unis)
• Devant un complément introduit par ➤ She waited until the end of the film. Elle
une préposition a attendu jusqu’à la fin du film.
• Devant une proposition relative ➤ Where is the book that I bought? Où est
le livre que j’ai acheté ?
• Devant les superlatifs ➤ It is the fastest car. C’est la voiture la
plus rapide.
• Avec un adjectif utilisé avec un sens ➤ The rich feel free. Les riches se sentent
collectif libres.
• Avec les instruments de musique ➤ He plays the piano. Il joue du piano.
 cle
Ø
• Avec les dénombrables pluriels (on ➤ Roses are my favourite flowers. Les
parle en général ou c’est une première roses sont mes fleurs préférées.
mention)
• Avec les noms abstraits ➤ I hate violence. Je déteste la violence.
• Avec les noms d’aliments ou de ➤ I love chocolate. J’aime le chocolat.
matériaux ➤ Gold is more expensive than silver. L’or
est plus cher que l’argent.
• Avec une activité, un jeu, un sport ➤ Football is very popular. Le foot est très
populaire.
• Avec les noms de saison ➤ I love summer. J’adore l’été.
• Avec les noms de couleurs, de langues ➤ I hate green. Je déteste le vert. English is
ou de maladies very dicult. L’anglais est très dicile.
➤ AIDS still kills people. Le sida fait
encore des victimes.
• Avec les lieux géographiques, de jours ➤ Canada; Mount Rushmore; Friday is
et de mois my favourite day in the week.
• Devant les noms suivis d’un chiffre, ➤ Chapter 12; I walk to school every
les noms de lieux quand on s’intéresse day. They rarely watch television (Ils
à leur fonction, le mot television quand regardent rarement la télévision).
on désigne le média.
cle 
Marvelous ants
Ants are incredible insects. Have you ever taken the time to observe an anthill?
Though they are tiny, they are truly amazing little creatures .
Ants live in colonies. In the colonies , thousands of ants work together to build a
shelter, find food and protect their young ones. They dig out underground tunnels.
The tunnels are used for storing food. Some ants are in charge of cleaning the
tunnels. They pick up all the garbage from the colony and bring it to a garbage pile
outside the colony. You may think this is too heavy for a little ant. You’re wrong.
Ants can lift up to twenty times their own weight. That’s about as much as a
10-year-old boy lifting a small car. The most important job for ants is to protect
the Queen. Each colony has a queen, the ant who lays on the eggs . Queen ants can
live up to 15 years!
1 Classez les noms en gras du texte dans les catégories suivantes.

Article Ø : ...............................................................................................................................
A/an : ......................................................................................................................................
The : ........................................................................................................................................
2 Justifiez l’emploi des articles dans les passages suivants.

a. Ants live in colonies. In the colonies…
............................................................................................................................................
b. A shelter
............................................................................................................................................
c. Find food
............................................................................................................................................
d. They dig out underground tunnels. The tunnels are used…
............................................................................................................................................
e. They pick up all the garbage from the colony.
............................................................................................................................................
f. The most important job
............................................................................................................................................
g. Protect the Queen
............................................................................................................................................
3 Complétez ces phrases avec l’article qui convient.

a. ….. bees are vital for ….. healthy environment.
b. They help ….. plants grow and produce ….. food.
c. They keep ….. cycle of ….. life turning.
d. They play ….. crucial role in ….. world’s ecosystem.
e. ….. lifespan of ….. honey bee depends on ….. type of ….. bee it is.
f. ….. queen bee, ….. only fertile bee in ….. colony, can live for ….. years.
 cle
1 Utilisez a ou an.
a. ….. heroic gesture
b. ….. honest proposal
c. ….. European
d. ….. university
e. ….. bottle
f. ….. owner
g. ….. union
h. ….. onion
i. ….. hospital
2 Utilisez the ou Ø.
a. ….. man who is playing ….. violin in the orchestra is ….. director of ….. theater.
b. ….. people who were able to see ….. matches were delighted.
c. He should not sit on ….. floor.
d. ….. people do not always care about ….. others.
e. He hoped that ….. fame and ….. money would stop ….. creditors from asking
for ….. money.
3 Complétez ces phrases avec l’article qui convient :

a, an, the, Ø
a. Peter is in ….. kitchen.
b. I want to buy ….. umbrella.
c. She’s reading ….. book.
d. He’s eating ….. cake I made.
e. There’s ….. error.
f. I teach ….. French.
g. She likes ….. chocolate.
h. There are two plates on ….. table.
i. He lives in ….. Great Britain.
4 Complétez avec a, an, the ou Ø.

a. I saw ….. accident in ….. morning. ….. car crashed into ….. tree. ….. driver of …..
car wasn’t hurt but ….. car was seriously damaged.
b. I lived in ….. old house in ….. remote village. There is ….. beautiful garden
behind ….. house. I wish I had such ….. garden.
c. ….. English speak ….. French better than ….. French speak ….. English.
cle 
Corrigés p. 245
Complétez cette description d’un appartement à l’aide des articles qui conviennent
le mieux : a, an, the, Ø.
…....... room is L-shaped. There’s …....... round dining table and four chairs opposite
…....... kitchen door—I can look out into …....... garden when I have …....... dinner.
My record-player is in …....... corner, between …....... kitchen door and …....... small
window. There are …....... bookcases on both sides of …....... fireplace, and ….......
rectangular coffee table in front of …....... fire. My bed is against …....... long wall,
under …....... large window. I use it as …....... sofa during …....... day, so there are
…....... big, striped cushions on it.
Opposite …....... bed, against …....... kitchen wall, there’s …....... desk, and between
…....... bed and …....... desk there’s …....... large armchair. I like sitting and reading
in front of …....... fire with my feet up on …....... coffee table. In …....... empty space
in front of …....... door, there’s …....... oval carpet on …....... floor. And …....... piano is
in …....... corner between …....... door and my bed.
Expressions utiles
Bookcase : bibliothèque (meuble)
Carpet : tapis
Cushion : coussin
Empty : vide
Fireplace : cheminée
In front of : devant
Opposite : en face de
Striped : rayé
 cle
8 Ca oei [1]
■ Le possesseur est au singulier N1 de N2  N2’s N1
Avec un nom propre

La règle de Marie  Marie’s ruler N1 de N2  N2’s N1
Les frères de Leo  Leo’s brothers. L’anniversaire de Max  Max’s birthday
Le travail de M. Jones  Mr Jones’s job (le « s » de Jones fait partie du nom, il ne s’agit
pas d’un « s » de pluriel).
Avec un nom commun
La voiture de mon frère  my brother’s car N1 de N2  N2’s N1
Le jardin du voisin  the neighbour’s garden.
Les journaux du jour  today’s newspapers
Exprimer une durée, une date ou une distance
A 10 hours’ night (une nuit de 10 heures); last year’s events ( les événements de l’an
dernier); a 10 kilometres’ walk (une marche de 10 km).
Interroger sur l’appartenance
Whose book is this?
Whose is this book?
Whose glasses are these?
Whose are these glasses?
Cas particuliers
• Marc’s and Jane’s children : les enfants de Marc et de Jane (ils n’ont pas les mêmes
parents) ≠ Marc and Jane’s children (Marc et Jane ont eu des enfants ensemble).
• My boyfriend’s sister’s bike : le vélo de la sœur de mon petit ami.
■ Omission de N1
On peut faire l’ellipse de N1 (ce qui est « possédé ») dans quelques cas :
Pour éviter une répétition : This is not your car; it is John’s (car). Ce n’est pas ta
voiture. C’est celle de John.
Quand on fait référence à des mots tels que « shop, house, oce, church, cathedral… ».
Ex. : I am at/I go to the butcher’s (Je suis/vais chez le médecin). I am at the Masons’
(Je suis chez les Mason). St Paul’s (Cathedral) was completed in 1710. La cathé-
drale de St Paul a été achevée en 1710.
■ Le possesseur est au pluriel
Pluriels réguliers Pluriels irréguliers (ne se termi-

nant pas par un « S » au pluriel)
N1 de N2  N2’ N1 (le « S » disparaît mais on N1 de N2  N2’s N1

garde l’apostrophe) Les jouets de mes enfants 
La maison de mes voisins  My neighbours’ house. My children’s toys.
La voiture des Jones  The Joneses’ car.
En anglais, les noms de famille prennent la
marque du pluriel.
Ca oei 
9 Ca oei [2]
■ Cas possessif ou « of » ?
Cas possessif « Of »
• En cas de véritable possession • L’accent est mis sur la qualité ou sur
(The man’s car). l’attribut.
• Il s’agit de qualités, d’attributs • Possesseur inanimé : exprimer des quali-
ou d’actions. tés, des attributs, des actions ou des parties
• L’a cc ent es t m is s u r le (The cost of the operation; the front of the
possesseur. car) mais un cas possessif est aussi possible.
• La structure de la phrase l’impose : This
is the car of the minister I had lunch with
yesterday.
• Exprimer le rapport entre un élément
constitutif et l'ensemble pluriel dont il
fait partie: The rest of the voters; the top of
the stairs).
■ À quoi correspond ’s ?
Cas possessif Has Is

➤ The teacher’s bag. Le ➤ The teacher’s got a bag ➤ The bag’s under the
sac du professeur. = has. Le professeur a table = is. Le sac est
un sac. sous la table.
 Ca oei
The lost girls

This is a story about two girls. They had been travelling the world when their boat
sank and they landed on an island. The older girl’s name was Janet. Janet’s younger
sister Mary was with her. Janet and Mary’s grandparents lived on another island
25 kilometres away. The girls had decided to go and see their grandparents’ new
house. At first, the girls were scared. But little by little the girls’ fear vanished and
the elder girl’s resourcefulness was of great help. Indeed, they built a camp and
each evening the younger sister’s job was to look for food and light a fire so that
ships could see them. Janet’s job was to collect the wood. Although it was dicult
for them, the two sisters’ patience and courage helped them. They found a bees’
nest and ate honey. The forest’s mango trees gave them food. Then, one day, they
heard a ship’s hooter. They ran down to the beach, waving to the ship’s captain.
They were safe!
1 Relevez les cas possessifs dans le texte.

............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
2 Quelle est la différence de sens entre « Janet and Mary’s grandparents » et

« Janet’s and Mary’s grandparents » ?
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
3 Justifiez la forme de cas possessif suivante :

Their grandparents’ new house.
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
4 Relevez d’autres cas similaires à l’exemple de la question précédente.

............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
5 Choisissez la forme de cas possessif correcte.

a. The girls’s/The girls’ parents were relieved.
b. The elder girl’s/The elder girls’ parents came to take her.
c. The island’ inhabitants/The island’s inhabitants were few.
d. The two sisters friends/The two sisters’ friends were impressed.
e. They called Janet’s and Mary’s parents/Janet and Mary’s parents.
f. They arrived on the ship’s lifeboat/the ship’ lifeboat.
g. The Smiths’ neighbours / The Smith’s neighbours accommodated them.
Ca oei 
1 Dites si ces phrases sont vraies ou fausses. Corrigez-les.
Tom & Kate
Helen Jack Nick Jane
Mary Billy
V F V F
a. Mary is Helen’s ○ ○ g. Mary is Helen’s niece. ○ ○
daughter.
b. Tom is Mary’s uncle. ○ ○ h. Billy is Helen’s nephew. ○ ○
c. Billy is Nick’s son. ○ ○ i. Mary is Tom’s grandson. ○ ○
d. Nick is Jane’s wife. ○ ○ j. Billy is Kate’s granddaughter. ○ ○
e. Jane is Nick’s wife. ○ ○ k. Mary is Billy’s cousin ○ ○
f. Jack is Helen’s husband. ○ ○
2 Lisez ces présentations et répondez aux questions.

Hi! My name is Jack. I am 11 years Hello! My name is Sally. I am 10 years
old. My mother’s name is Jane and old. My mother’s name is Tina and
my father’s name is Peter. I have two my father’s name is Robert. I have a
brothers, Tom and Timmy. Timmy brother and a cousin. My brother’s
is a baby. Tom is 3 years old. My name is Philip and my cousin’s name
grandparents are Paul and Mary. is Anna. Philip is 8 and Anna is 3.
a. Does Jack have a brother? e. Does Sally have a brother?
b. Does Jack have a sister? f. Does Sally have any cousins?
c. Does Jack have cousins? g. Does Jack have grandparents?
d. Does Sally have a sister?
3 Complétez ces présentations à l’aide des informations de l’exercice précédent.

Utilisez le cas possessif.
a. Hi! My name is Paul. I am ............................................................................................
b. Hi! My name is Jane. I am .............................................................................................
c. Hi! My name is Tom. I am ............................................................................................
d. Hi! My name is Robert. I am ........................................................................................
e. Hi! My name is Anna. I am ..........................................................................................
f. Hi! My name is Philip. I am .........................................................................................
 Ca oei
Corrigés p. 246
Isabel et Marc ont mélangé leurs affaires. Elle est infirmière et il est professeur.
Faites des phrases pour dire à qui appartiennent ces objets. Utilisez le cas
possessif.
Ex. : These are Marc’s scissors. Ce sont les ciseaux de Marc.
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Chalk : craie
Drug : médicament
Pencil : crayon
Pills : cachets
Plaster = bandage : pansement
Ruler : règle
Schoolbag : sac d’école
Syringe : seringue
Thermometer : thermomètre
Ca oei 
10 Cpara e uperla [1]
Comparatif de supériorité Comparatif d’infériorité Comparatif d’égalité

(+ … que) (− … que) (aussi…que)
Adjectifs courts + singulier Aussi + adjectif + que
(1 syll., ou 2 syll. se termi-  LESS … THAN  AS + adj. + AS
nant par -y/-ow/-le/-er) ➤ I have less time than ➤ He is as tall as me.
 ADJ. + -ER + THAN before. Autant + nom singulier
➤ This car is cheaper and + que
prettier than the other  AS MUCH + nom sing.
one. ou rien + AS
Adjectifs longs (2 syll. et +) + pluriel ➤ I have as much work as
 MORE + ADJ. + THAN  FEWER …THAN before. I work as much
➤ It is more expensive ➤ There were fewer people as you.
than the other model. than we thought. Autant + nom pluriel + que
 AS MANY + pl. + AS
➤ He has as many friends
as me
Superlatif (le +)
Adjectifs courts Adjectifs longs
 THE + ADJ. + -EST  THE MOST + ADJ.
➤ It is the smallest car I have ever seen. ➤ It is the most dicult exercise I have
C’est la voiture la plus petite que j’ai ever done. C’est l’exercice le plus di-
jamais vue. cile que j’ai jamais fait.
■ Exceptions
• Good  better (meilleur)  the best (le meilleur)
• Bad  worse (pire)  the worst (le pire)
• Far  further/farther (plus loin)  the furthest/the farthest (le plus loin)
• Little  less (moins)  the least (le moins)
• Much  more (plus)  the most (le plus)
 Cpara e uperla
11 Cpara e uperla [2]
Cas particuliers
« Le + » parmi 2 seulement
Adj. courts : THE ADJ. + -ER Adj. longs : THE MORE + ADJ.
➤ I am the younger brother ➤ I am the more graduated.
Orthographe
-y devient -i quand il est suivi de -er On double la consonne finale si la dernière
➤ pretty  prettier syllabe se termine par consonne-voyelle-
consonne et si elle est accentuée.
➤ Big  bigger mais weak weaker
De + en +
Adjectifs courts Adjectifs longs
 ADJ. + -ER and ADJ. + -ER  MORE and MORE + ADJ.
➤ Smaller and smaller. ➤ More and more expensive.
De – en –
+ singulier + pluriel
 LESS and LESS  FEWER and FEWER
➤ Less and less money. ➤ Fewer and fewer people.
+ …, +… −…, −…
• The more + adjectif long/ nom/ • The less (+ nom singulier/adjectif )
adverbe + sujet + verbe + sujet + verbe
➤ The more popular a shop is, the more ➤ The less I work, the less money
people there are, the more regularly I have, the less happy I am.
they come back. • The fewer + nom pluriel + sujet + verbe
• The + adj court + -ER + sujet + verbe ➤ The fewer friends I have, the fewer
➤ The smaller, the costlier. activities I do.
Cpara e uperla 
20 times more likely to be breathalysed in France

British motorists are being warned they have twenty times more chance to be
breathalysed by police in France, compared with the UK.
The French drink drive limit is much lower in France than in England & Wales. As a
result, many could find themselves the wrong side of the law while driving abroad
this summer.
The English and Welsh limit is 80mg of alcohol per 100mL of blood (0.80‰ BAC).
In France, the limit is 0.50‰ BAC and—if you’ve held your licence for less than
three years—it reduces further to 0.20‰ BAC.
But fewer British drivers are aware of these lower limits. In a survey conducted by
breathalyser firm AlcoSense, only 17% of respondents could correctly state the
drink drive limit in France.
The French gendarmes test 108 drivers per 1000 population each year. But France
is not the most severe.
In Poland, Sweden and Norway it’s even lower, 0.20‰ BAC for all drivers—but in
the Czech Republic, Hungary and Romania the limit is worse: it is literally zero.
In England and Wales, by comparison, there are just 5 breath tests per 1000—
making it over 20 times more likely that you will be breathalysed in France.
The penalties are more severe. If you are caught above 0.80‰ BAC (the English
limit) you face a hefty fine of €4,500 and potentially a two-year prison sentence.
“Taking a personal breathalyser with you on holiday is the best way to remove the
guesswork about whether you’re clear of alcohol,” comments Hunter Abbott of
AlcoSense.
“It’s far easier than you think to still be under the influence the morning after a few
drinks the night before. If you drink four pints of medium-strong beer or four large
glasses of wine, it can take as long as 14 hours for the alcohol to completely clear
your system”.
Adapted from alcosense.co.uk, Tuesday, August 16, 2022
1 Relevez les comparatifs et classez-les dans les catégories suivantes.

Comparatif de supériorité / Comparatif d’infériorité / Comparatif d’égalité
2 Relevez les superlatifs.

3 Justifiez les formes de comparatif ou superlatif suivantes.
a. It reduces further.
b. It’s even lower.
c. The penalties are more severe.
d. Fewer British drivers are aware.
e. It is the best way to remove.
4 Traduisez ces trois expressions.

a. Much lower: .....................................................................................................................
b. Even lower: .......................................................................................................................
c. Far easier: .........................................................................................................................
 Cpara e uperla
1 Mettez ces termes au comparatif.

a. Good  ..............................................................................................................................
b. Fit  ..................................................................................................................................
c. Expensive  ....................................................................................................................
d. Thin  ..............................................................................................................................
e. Reliable  ........................................................................................................................
f. Narrow  .........................................................................................................................
g. Honest  ..........................................................................................................................
h. Costly  ............................................................................................................................
i. Bad  ................................................................................................................................
2 Mettez ces adjectifs au comparatif en faisant attention aux changements

orthographiques éventuels.
a. Funny ................................................................................................................................
b. Gentle ................................................................................................................................
c. Clever ................................................................................................................................
d. Thin ...................................................................................................................................
e. Sane ...................................................................................................................................
f. Fat ......................................................................................................................................
3 Complétez par un comparatif ou un superlatif comme indiqué.

a. .................. (-) pupils wear a mask although there have been .................. (+) cases
of Covid.
b. People spend .................. (-) money on food.
c. Modern cars are .................. (+/economical) and .................. (+/pretty).
d. Moving by bike is .................. (= fast) the car in city centers.
e. He is .................. (+/well paid) than the other singers. He is ..................
(well paid) singer (le +).
f. He has .................. (-/friends) than me. He is not .................. (popular) (=).
He does not have .................. (=/friends).
g. He is .................. (+/tall) than the other boys in the class. He is .................. (tall)
(le +).
h. My house is ............. (+/far) on the road. It is ............. (-/accessible) from here.
4 Mettez le terme entre parenthèses au comparatif de supériorité.

a. He arrived ............. than expected. (early)
b. Liverpool isn’t very beautiful. London is ............. (attractive)
c. They called us ............. in the afternoon. (late)
d. My mother wants a ............. chair. (comfortable)
e. He hit his arm ............. than before. (hard)
f. Jim threw the ball ............. than Peter. (far)
g. We answered all the questions ............. than the other students. (well)
Cpara e uperla 
5 Choisissez entre un comparatif et un superlatif.
a. My mum is ............. (good) teacher in the world.
b. What’s ............. (big) animal in the world?
c. Sue’s car isn’t very fast. She wants a ............. (fast) car.
d. I think I’m ............. (bad) singer in the world!
e. This house isn’t very recent. I would prefer a ............. (recent) house.
f. You’re not very fat. Your brother is ............. (fat).
g. Ethan is ............. (happy) boy that I know.
h. This is ............. (weird) place I have ever been to.
6 Choisissez la forme de comparatif ou de superlatif qui convient.

1. The … Lucy is growing, the … she looks like her mother.
a. most … most c. more … more
b.more … most d. most … more
2. Sam finished the race … than his friends.
a. more quickly c. quickly
b. most d. quicklier
3. Linda is the … girl at school.
a. cleverer c. most clever
b. cleverest d. most cleverer
4. The … you’ll get up, the … you’ll have to be ready.
a. latest … fastest c. later … more fast
b. later … faster d. more late … faster
5. A bicyle is … than a motorbike.
a. more cheap c.most cheap
b. cheaper d. cheapest
6. That museum has got … collection of paintings.
a. finer c. the finest
b. finest d. the finer
7. You will find … information on the site.
a. more farther c. farther
b. more far d. further
8. The test was … I expected.
a. more dicult than c. most dicult than
b. more dicult then d. the more dicult
9. Australia is … than England.
a. bigger c. the bigger
b. biggest d. the biggest
10. He is … artist that I know.
a. the better paid c. the best-paid
b. more well-paid d. better paid
 Cpara e uperla
Corrigés p. 247
Comparez les règlementations en termes d’alcool au volant dans différents pays

d’Europe. Utilisez du comparatif et du superlatif.
In grams per litre in 2019
Country Standard Commercial Novice Fine if over the legal limit

drivers drivers
France 0.5 0.2 0.2 Fine (around 750 euro) on the spot.
Imprisonment and confiscation of
vehicle.
Germany 0.5 0.0 0.0 Fine and banned from driving in
Germany. Under 21 or new driver,
250 euro fine.
Great 0.8 0.8 0.8 Up to 5,000 pound fine. 6 months
Britain imprisonment. 12 months
withdrawal of driving licence.
Spain 0.5 0.3 0.3 Penalties include fines, withdrawal
of driving licence and/or prison.
Switzerland 0.5 0.1 0.1 A fine or prison. Visitors can be
banned from driving for at least a
month.
Expressions utiles
Breathalyzer: alcootest
Drinking and driving: conduite en état d’ivresse
Driving licence: permis de conduire
Fine: amende/verbaliser
Germany: Allemagne
Intoxicated = drunk: ivre
Law: loi
Legislation: legislation
Lenient = tolerant: indulgent
Penalty: peine, sanction
Permissive: permissif, laxiste
Regulation: règlementation
Severe = harsh: sévère
Switzerland: Suisse (pays)/Swiss (adj): suisse
To allow: tolérer, autoriser
To ban = forbid: interdire
To condemn: condamner/condemnation: condamnation
To withdraw: retirer/withdrawal: retrait
Cpara e uperla 
12 Dénable e ndén ables [1]
Définitions
■ Les noms dénombrables représentent des choses que nous pouvons compter. Ils
ont généralement une forme singulière et une forme plurielle.
■ Les noms indénombrables représentent des choses que nous ne pouvons pas
compter avec des chiffres. Ces noms désignent souvent des idées ou des qualités
abstraites ou des objets physiques qui sont trop petits ou trop fluides pour être
comptés un par un.
■ Pour quelques termes, le mot peut être dénombrable lorsqu’il a un certain sens, et
indénombrable lorsqu’il prend un autre sens. C’est le cas de people (dén. = peuple/
indén. = gens). Attention au mot hair qui est normalement indénombrable en
anglais, alors il s’emploie au singulier. Il peut aussi devenir dénombrable seule-
ment lorsqu’il se réfère à un cheveu ou des poils.
■ Certains noms sont dénombrables en français mais indénombrables en anglais. Les
plus courants sont: accommodation, advice, baggage, behaviour, bread, evidence,
fruit, furniture, garbage, hair, information, knowledge, luggage, news, progress,
rubbish, trac, travel, trouble, weather, work.
■ Un indénombrable est normalement indiqué dans les dictionnaires par la lettre
U (Uncountable = indénombrable) et un dénombrable par la lettre C (Countable);
sinon, il faut regarder des exemples dans des phrases.
Attention : Parler de nom singulier et de nom pluriel n’est pas la même chose que de
parler de nom dénombrable et indénombrable parce qu’un nom dénombrable peut être
au singulier ou au pluriel. En revanche, un nom indénombrable reste au singulier.
Particularités orthographiques
■ Les mots d’origine latine ou grecque se conforment généralement à la forme

plurielle de leur langue d’emprunt : one alumnus  two alumni; one alga  many
algae; one criterion  many criteria; one forum  many fora (ou: forums); one
thesis  two theses; one phenomenon  two phenomena; one cactus  two cacti
(ou: cactuses); one diagnosis  two diagnoses; one oasis  two oases; one analy-
sis  two analyses.
■ Le pluriel des noms se terminant par -ff et -ffe est -ffs/-ffes (cliffs, sheriffs, giraffes).
■ Pour les noms se terminant par -f ou -fe, il y a deux cas. Certains forment le
pluriel en ajoutant un « s » : roof - roofs (toit), safe - safes (coffre-fort), belief - beliefs
(croyance), chief - chiefs (chef), proof - proofs (preuve), reef - reefs (récif), gulf - gulfs
(golfe). D’autres changent le « f » en « v » : calf - calves (veau, mollet), half - halves
(moitié), knife - knives (couteau), leaf - leaves (feuille), life - lives (vie), shelf - shelves
(étagère), thief - thieves (voleur), wife - wives (épouse), wolf - wolves (loup). Ces mots
ont les deux formes de pluriel : dwarf (dwarfs, dwarves), handkerchief, hoof (sabot),
scarf (écharpe), wharf (quai)
 Dén able e ndén able

13 Dénable e ndén ables [2]
Les noms indénombrables
■ Les noms indénombrables ne se mettent pas au pluriel. Ils sont suivis d’un verbe
conjugué au singulier.
Ex. : The news is good  les nouvelles sont bonnes.
■ On ne peut pas utiliser a/an avec les noms indénombrables. Il faut utiliser un mot
ou une expression comme some, any, a lot of, much, a bit of, a great deal of, a piece
of, a loaf of (une miche de).
Ex. : De l’eau  some water. Un conseil  a piece of advice.
a glass of a cup of a slice of a piece of a loaf of

milk/water/juice tea /coffee bread/cake/ bread/paper/ bread
pizza advice/
information/news/
furniture/luggage
a bottle of a jar of a block of a can of a gram/kilo of
water/wine/beer honey/jam chocolate/gold soft drink chicken/flour/
rice/butter
a litre of a grain of a spoon of a bowl of
milk/water sand/salt sugar pasta/cereal/
yogurt
■ On peut avoir l’article the si on fait référence à un élément particulier et bien défini
Ex. : Take the luggage to the room. Portez les bagages dans la chambre.
■ Pour indiquer une quantité : a little : un peu de ; little : peu de ; much : beaucoup ;
too much : trop de .
Les noms dénombrables
■ La plupart des dénombrables prennent un « s » au pluriel. Attention, il existe des

pluriels irréguliers : man-men, woman-women, child-children, foot-feet, tooth-
teeth, penny-pence, phenomenon-phenomena, criterion-criteria, mouse-mice, crisis-
crises, goose-geese, person-people...
■ Certains mots ont la même forme au singulier et au pluriel: species, series, means...
Les mots deer, fish et sheep ne prennent pas de S au pluriel.
Ex. : one sheep  two sheep  a herd of sheep.
■ Un dénombrable au pluriel est précédé de the s’il renvoie à des éléments définis (The
pupils of the class) et de l’article Ø si on parle en général (Teachers are not well paid).
■ Pour indiquer une quantité avec un nom pluriel : a few (quelques) ; few (peu de) ;
many (beaucoup de) ; too many (trop de).
Dén able e ndén able 

Let’s run errands

Peter: I’m going to the supermarket. Do you need anything?
Martha: Yes. I need some food. We haven’t got much milk.
Peter: How much milk do you need?
Martha: Could you take two bottles?
Peter: Do we need something else?
Martha: There isn’t any apricot jam left. We need a jar of jam and some butter too.
Peter: I’ll also buy some fruit juice, a few bottles of beer for Saturday’s party and
a couple of cans of soft drink.
Martha: Alright. There’s little oil left. Buy a bottle of oil, please.
Peter: No problem. Would you like to eat fish at dinner or do you prefer meat?
Martha: Yes, good idea. Buy four tins of fish and some bread. There’s no bread left.
Peter: How many loaves of bread do you need?
Martha: A loaf of whole-wheat bread will be enough. Do you want some coffee
after dinner?
Peter: Sure!
Martha: Then, buy a pack of coffee. We have a lot of almonds at home but very
little pasta.
Peter: I’ll buy a few packets of pasta but I won’t buy any almonds.
1 Relevez les quantifieurs.

2 Dites si les termes suivants sont dénombrables ou indénombrables.
Milk, food, jam, butter, fruit juice, beer, cans, soft drink, oil, fish, meat, bread,
coffee, almonds, pasta
.............................................................................................................................................
3 Associez les termes des deux listes. Plusieurs combinaisons sont possibles.
List 1: a bottle of, a loaf of, a jar of, a can of, a pack of, a packet of
.............................................................................................................................................
List 2: jam, beer, bread, pasta, fruit juice, coffee
.............................................................................................................................................
4 Complétez ces phrases avec les mots suivants :

much, many, some, a little, a few, little, few, enough, no, any
a. Can you buy …. milk please?
b. I’m afraid I have …. butter left.
c. I have …. potatoes. Don’t buy …..
d. Could you take …. meat?
e. I haven’t got …. flour to finish the cake.
f. How …. coffee do you want?
g. I’ll take …. packs of coffee.
h. Unfortunately, there are very …. bottles of oil left.
 Dén able e ndén able

1 Dites si les termes suivants sont dénombrables ou indénombrables.

Mettez-les au pluriel quand c’est possible.
a. Tea h. Happiness
b. Boat i. Man
c. Furniture j. Research
d. Water k. Money
e. Tree l. Child
f. Knowledge m. Weather
g. Calf
2 Les phrases suivantes sont-elles correctes ?

Si besoin, corrigez les erreurs.
a. It is important to promote dialogue and understanding between peoples and
cultures. ............................................................................................................................
b. That’s such a nice weather. ...........................................................................................
c. You did a good work. ......................................................................................................
d. The police have discovered an evidence against him. ............................................
e. The songs he sang was beautiful. ...............................................................................
f. He has done a lot of travels in his life. .......................................................................
g. The police found crucial evidence in the latest criminal cases. ..........................
h. I will give you an advice. ...............................................................................................
3 Complétez avec le quantifieur qui convient :

few, a few, little, a little, much, many
a. She is going through a tough period. She has ............... problems.
b. I have very ............... hope of succeeding.
c. Jane fell and broke her arm and her leg. She had ............... pain.
d. Do you need help? I have ............... time left before leaving.
e. What a disappointment! Very ............... people finally came.
f. Only ............... people have got big houses with big pools.
4 Complétez avec l’article adéquat :

a, an, the, Ø
a. Did you hear … news today?
b. I can’t imagine such … thing.
c. They have bought … loaves of bread.
d. I need to do … research for my presentation.
e. … books he bought were detective stories.
f. I felt … anger when I saw … luggage all damaged.
g. I ate … biscuits with … milk.
h. I had … homework to do.
i. … water I drank came from … tap. I need to buy … water purifier.
Dén able e ndén able 

Corrigés p. 247
Vous faites les valises pour partir en vacances avec votre famille et vos amis.
C’est le moment de vérifier ce que chacun emporte.
Posez des questions et répondez-y en vous aidant du tableau. Attention au choix
des articles.
Ex. : What does Ann take?  She takes some water.
Bob Ethan Larry Kate
Bruce Rose Dave Georgia
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Bottle: bouteille
Chocolate bar: tablette de chocolat
Newspaper: journal
Sunglasses: lunettes de soleil
To take: emporter
 Dén able e ndén able

Démsaf
14 i, es, a,  e
Ce, ces
■ THIS
• Objet ou personne proche ➤ This book
• Valeur positive
■ THESE
• Objets ou personnes proches ➤ These books
• Valeur positive
■ THAT
• Objet ou personne loin ➤ That book
• Valeur négative
■ THOSE
• Objets ou personnes loin ➤ Those books
• Valeur négative
Ce, cet, cee, ces
THIS
➤ This beautiful house. Cette belle maison.
Valeur positive – singulier
THESE
➤ These gorgeous flowers. Ces magnifiques fleurs.
Valeur positive – pluriel
THAT
➤ That ugly boy. Ce garçon moche.
Va leur négative – sing ulier
THOSE
➤ Those nasty pupils. Ces méchants élèves.
Valeur négative – pluriel
Démsaf i, es, a, e 

How bad that cigarette can be

Everybody knows that smoking is unhealthy. But few really know why. In fact,
cigarettes contain many chemicals. These chemicals are actually poisons that can
kill in high doses.
The body can defend itself when it’s being poisoned. First-time smokers feel sick;
they feel a pain. This pain can feel like a sensation of burning in the throat and
lungs. For this reason, many people are deterred by that habit the first time they
try smoking.
The consequences of this poisoning happen little by little. Smoking leads to health
problems. These can be cancer, organ damage or heart disease. These diseases
limit a person’s ability to be normally active. Each time a smoker lights up, that
single cigarette takes about 5 to 20 minutes off the person’s life.
Those smokers who start at a young age don’t know that they are already
destroying their body. This one will not only lose athletic performance, but it will
also undergo a greater risk of injury and slower healing time.
1 Soulignez les démonstratifs.

Démonstratifs singuliers : ................................................................................................
Démonstratifs pluriels : .....................................................................................................
3 À quels mots les démonstratifs des phrases suivantes font-ils référence dans
le texte ?
a. These can be cancer, organ damage or heart disease.
b. This one will not only lose athletic performance.
4 Justifiez l’emploi des démonstratifs dans les passages suivants.

a. These chemicals
b. This pain can feel like
c. For this reason
d. That single cigarette
e. Those smokers who start
5 Complétez avec le démonstratif qui convient le mieux.

a. A few years ago, cigarette manufacturers advertised tobacco through movies.
… manufacturers did not worry about health.
b. … who start smoking young are likely to continue later.
c. I know people who tell their children how bad smoking is. … children usually
don’t start smoking.
d. I don’t like … bad trend of vaping.
 Démsaf i, es, a, e

1 Choisissez entre this et these.

a. … foot d. … people
b. … teacher e. … woman
c. … children f. … teeth
2 Choisissez entre that et those.

a. … boys d. … houses
b. … trousers e. … girl
c. … window f. … car
3 Choisissez entre this et these.

a. ........... is Mike’s pen.
b. ........... pencil is not working.
c. ........... girls are from my college.
d. ........... bikes are mountain bikes.
e. ........... house is the most expensive.
4 Mettez ces phrases au pluriel ou au singulier.

a. This book is good. f. That is a tall building.
b. This oce is near the bank. g. That dog is German.
c. These are my notebooks. h. These girls are eight.
d. This is my daughter. i. This is Simon’s pen.
e. Those are my children.
5 Complétez avec le démonstratif qui convient :

this, that, these, those
a. ........... keys are yours.
b. Look! I really like ........... dress.
c. ........... are my friends over there.
d. I can’t bear ........... boy! He is so haughty.
e. Listen to ............ It’s important.
f. Ouch! ........... shoes are hurting my feet.
g. Do it ........... way, not like ............
6 Complétez les phrases à l’aide de this, that, these ou those.

a. Look at ........... shoes!
b. ........... scarf is mine. ........... one is yours.
c. ........... people over there look like homeless people.
d. ........... dress suits me better than the first one I tried on.
e. Come and smell ........... flowers. They smell really nice.
f. ........... star is very far from the Earth.
g. Brad, come and meet Angelina. Angelina, ........... is Brad.
h. Take ........... letters and post them immediately.
i. ........... were my co-workers at the meeting.
j. Get me ........... keys on the table.
k. Please, follow me. Come ........... way.
Démsaf i, es, a, e 

Corrigés p. 248
Vous travaillez comme guide touristique à Londres et organisez des visites guidées.
Utilisez les informations suivantes pour présenter les lieux et monuments à voir.
Ex. : This is Big Ben. These are the famous guards.
Historic sites Points of interest Military museums Art museums

Tower of London: Tower Bridge: Churchill War National Gallery:
London’s castle— iconic London Rooms: the paintings produced
a secure fortress, landmark and one underground nerve between 1250 and
royal palace and of Britain’s best centre where the 1900
infamous prison loved historic sites British government The British
where you can directed the Museum:
explore 1,000 years Second World War world-famous
of history objects (Rosetta
Westminster Stone, Parthenon
Abbey (built in sculptures,
1245): one of the Egyptian
most important mummies)
Gothic buildings
of England
Stadiums Churches and Parks Flea and street
cathedrals markets
Chelsea Football St. Paul’s Hyde Park: Once Borough Market:
Club: interactive Cathedral: the site the hunting ground amazing food
and immersive of many historic for Henry VIII, market dating back
museum state occasions best known for its to the 13th century
experience (the Royal Wedding famous Speakers’
of Prince Charles Corner
and Lady Diana
Spencer)
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Amazing : incroyable
Museum : musée
Not to be missed: à ne pas rater
Place: lieu
Stunning: éblouissant
To house: héberger
 Démsaf i, es, a, e

15 Exprei d  [1]
Temps Formation Utilisation Exemples

Futur will + BV • Action indépendante de ➤ It will take place at 1pm.
simple la situation présente et Cela se passera à 13h.
qui se passera dans le ➤ I’m hot.
futur. — I’ll open the window.
• Pour une suggestion. J’ai chaud.
— Je vais ouvrir la fenêtre.
Futur be going to • Être sur le point de faire ➤ It’s going to rain.
proche be about to qqch. Il va pleuvoir.
• Il va se passer qqch. ➤ He is about to cry.
Il va pleurer.
Be to be to + BV Arrangements ociels ou ➤ Tomorrow at midday, the
personnels lorsqu’ils sont Prime Minister is to meet
contraints ou prévus. with the rail union.
Demain à midi, le Premier
ministre doit rencontrer
le syndicat des cheminots.
Futur en will be • Ac t ion qu i se ra e n ➤ At 10 tonight, I’ll be sleeping.
-ing + V-ing train de se dérouler au À 22h, je serai en train de
moment de l’avenir. dormir.
• Pour annoncer un projet ➤ The teacher will be giving
qui a déjà été arrêté. a class tomorrow morning.
Le professeur sera en train
de faire cours demain
matin.
Futur will have Pour parler d’une action ➤ I’ll have finished my work
antérieur + pp qui aura été accomplie à by the end of the week.
un moment de l’avenir. J’aurai fini mon travail d’ici
la fin de la semaine.
Présent verbe au Pour des faits certains ➤ The train leaves at 6.10.
simple présent ou réguliers, emplois du Le train part à 6h10.
temps, horaires.
Présent be + V-ing Pour un fait imminent ➤ I’m leaving tomorrow.
en -ing ou planifié. Je pars demain.
Exprei d  
16 Exprei d  [2]
Le futur et les subordonnées de temps
Dans les propositions subordonnées de temps introduites par une conjonction (when
– after – before – as soon as – as long as – until – once – while – whenever – wherever...)
on n’emploie pas will ni be going to mais du présent simple ou du present perfect simple.
■ Exemples
Ex. : When I am rich, I’ll buy a car.
Quand je serai riche, j’achèterai une voiture.
Ex. : I will speak to Paul as soon as he is at home.
Je parlerai à Paul dès qu’il sera à la maison.
Ex. : I will send you the book as soon as you have paid for it
Je t’enverrai le livre dès que tu l’auras payé.
■ Exception
Cependant, on peut utiliser will après WHEN… au discours indirect après : tell –
know – wonder – I’m sure ... et dans une question directe ou indirecte .
Ex. : I don’t know when I’ll get married.
Je ne sais pas quand je me marierai.
Ex. : When will you go to Italy?
Quand iras-tu en Italie ?
■ Astuce
Une astuce pour savoir si on peut utiliser will après une conjonction de subordina-
tion de temps consiste à se demander si les deux actions auront lieu en même temps.
Si c’est le cas, alors will n’est pas possible mais si les deux actions ne se passent
pas en même temps, alors on peut utiliser will dans la proposition subordonnée.
 Exprei d 
The cities of the future

By 2050 the world’s population will reach 9.8 billion. Nearly 70 percent of this
booming population—6.7 billion people—will be living in urban areas. Here are
some characteristics of future cities.
Sustainable land use within and outside the city will provide people with water,
food and recreation. High-capacity transit is to reduce emissions and speed
commute times.
By 2030, green roofs will have become more prevalent. Solar panels and roof
gardens will have flourished everywhere atop buildings.
Within 30 years, high-rise buildings will have disappeared for the sake of low-rise
buildings which will allow more light and air to reach the ground. Interiors will
become more shared spaces and allow community-wide activities.
As trac is expected to increase, compact city centers will knit together
employment and reduce urban sprawl. Drones will be transporting people within
the city while high-speed trains will be able to reach 600 miles an hour.
Adapted from www.nationalgeographic.co.uk
1 Relevez toutes les façons d’exprimer une idée de futur.

2 Parmi ces formes verbales, lesquelles expriment :
• une idée de prédiction/certitude
• une action qui sera en train de se dérouler au moment de l’avenir
• un projet qui a déjà été arrêté
• l’idée d’une action qui aura été accomplie à un moment de l’avenir
• l’idée de quelque chose censé se produire
3 Traduisez les phrases suivantes.

a. En 2050, les gens vivront loin des centres villes.
b. Les embouteillages n’existeront plus.
c. Les maisons individuelles auront remplacé les grands immeubles.
d. La plupart des maisons auront un jardin.
e. On s’attend à ce que les voitures soient bannies des centres villes.
f. Les gens feront de plus en plus du télétravail.
g. Le gouvernement doit annoncer de nouvelles mesures ce soir.
Exprei d  
1 Conjuguez ces verbes au futur (will).

a. You ....................... (earn) a lot of money.
b. You ....................... (travel) around the world.
c. You ....................... (meet) lots of interesting people.
d. Everybody ....................... (adore) you.
e. You ....................... (not / have) any problems.
f. Many people....................... (serve) you.
g. They ....................... (anticipate) your wishes.
h. Everything ....................... (be) perfect.
2 Utilisez les éléments donnés et be going to pour faire des phrases au futur.
a. I don’t like driving. ....................... (take my bike).
b. Helen sold her house. ....................... (buy a new one).
c. Would you like to buy my books? ....................... (sell them tomorrow).
d. I’m hungry. ....................... (you/cook soon)?
e. The clouds are black. ....................... (rain)
3 Choisissez entre will et be going to.

a. I will tell/am going to tell you a secret.
b. Tomorrow, I will wake/am going to wake up at 8.
c. Look! The tree will fall/is going to fall .
d. It will snow/is going to snow.
e. Oh, you don’t have a car. I will pick/am going to pick you up after work.
f. Will you be/Are you going to be there?
4 Choisissez entre will have + pp et will be + V-ing.

a. We will have done/will be doing our best by the end of the training.
b. We will have done/will be doing our best while you wait.
c. This time next week, I will have sunbathed/will be sunbathing on the beach.
d. This time next week, I will have finished/will be finishing my exams.
e. Do you think she will have seen/will be seeing the doctor by four o’clock?
f. I’ll post your letter. I will have passed/will be passing a post-box.
5 Exprimez une idée de futur. Plusieurs solutions sont possibles.

a. The swimming pool ....................... (open) at 8.30 a.m. tomorrow morning.
b. What time ....................... (you/leave) tomorrow?
c. I ....................... (come) back in twenty minutes. I ....................... (eat).
d. Don’t touch the dog. It ....................... (bite) you.
e. My parents ....................... (come) for a meal tonight.
f. I’m afraid we ....................... (not/finish) by tomorrow.
 Exprei d 
6 Choisissez entre will, le présent ou present perfect.
a. Next year, at the same date, I ....................... (work) in Australia.
b. As soon as you ....................... (finish) cleaning, go and help your dad.
c. The plane ....................... (take) off at 8.30.
d. He will be exhausted when he ....................... (run) for over two hours.
e. I won’t come as long as you ....................... (continue) lying.
f. When I arrive, he ....................... (leave/already).
7 Mettez le verbe au futur antérieur (will have + pp) ou au futur en -ing (will be
+ V-ing).
a. Don’t phone between 7 and 8. We ....................... dinner then (have).
b. Phone me after 8 o’clock. We ....................... dinner by then (finish).
c. A : Can we meet tomorrow?
B: Yes, but not in the afternoon. I ....................... (work).
d. A: I got to go to a meeting which begins at 10 o’clock. It will last about one hour.
B: Will you be free at 11.30?
A: Yes, the meeting ....................... (end) by then.
e. Ben is on holiday and he is spending his money very quickly. If he continues
like that, he ....................... all his money before the end of his holiday. (spend)
f. Do you think you ....................... the same job in ten years’ time? (still/do)
g. Lisa is from New Zealand. She is travelling around Europe at the moment. So
far she has travelled about 1,000 miles. By the end of the trip, she .......................
more than 3,000 miles (travel).
Exprei d  
Corrigés p. 249
Préparez vos vacances !

À partir des éléments suivants, expliquez ce que vous allez faire pour vos
prochaines vacances.
Destination Departure dates Means of transportation Travelling partner

New York March 1 - March 8 Plane Brother
Departure: Airline: ITA Airways
8.30 a.m.
(Nice airport)
Return: arrival
time 4.30 p.m./
one stopover
Accommodation Luggage Activities Cost
Stewart Hotel Toiletries See The Metropolitan $2,057 per person
Trousers Museum of Art (Hotel: $120
Underwear Walk in Central Park per night)
Sunglasses Visit The Empire State (Plane ticket:
building $678 return
T-shirts
Eat at Hudson ticket)
Cap
Smokehouse (barbecue
Map style)
Expressions utiles
Stopover: escale
To be accommodated: être logé
To bring : emporter
To come back : revenir
To discover : découvrir
To explore : explorer
To go sightseeing : visiter
To leave : partir
To take off : décoller
To travel : voyager
To visit : visiter
Toiletries: produits de toilette
Trip : voyage
Underwear: sous-vêtements
 Exprei d 
17  ir  ir (causave) [1]
■ Les causatives servent à traduire l’expression « faire faire » ou à parler d’une

action commanditée avec plus ou moins de pression par une personne sur une
autre personne ou sur une chose.
■ Lorsque l’on sait qui est l’auteur de la deuxième action, on est dans une structure
active et le deuxième verbe est soit à la base verbale, soit à l’infinitif complet
(en fonction du premier verbe).
Verbe causatif + base verbale
He made / let / had / helped John install the new computers.
Verbe causatif + to + BV
He got / forced / allowed / permitted / caused / wanted / asked / required /
helped / would like John to install the new computers.
■ Exemples
1. Just wait here. I’ll have someone BRING your suitcases (Someone est l’auteur
de l’action bring).
2. The students got the teacher TO POSTPONE their test (The teacher est l’auteur
de l’action postpone).
3. No one can make you DO something you don’t want to do (You est l’auteur de
l’action do).
■ La construction avec « to make » sous-entend souvent une nuance de contrainte.
Ex. : I will make you work! (= Otherwise you wouldn’t!) = Je te ferai travailler...
(= Sinon, tu ne le ferais pas !).
À la forme passive, cette construction nécessite un infinitif complet => to be
made to do something.
Ex. : He was made to hand over the money = On l’a forcé à rendre l’argent.
La structure avec « to get » suggère l’idée de persuader ou inciter fortement
quelqu’un. Avec « to have », la tonalité est neutre.
ir  ir (causave) 

18  ir  ir (causave) [2]
Si l’on ne précise pas qui fait l’action mentionnée par le deuxième verbe, on est dans
une structure passive et le deuxième verbe est au participe passé.
Verbe causatif + participe passé
The director had / would like the new computers installed (by John).
The director got / wanted the new computers installed (by John).
■ Exemples
1. Where did you get your car REPAIRED? (On ne dit pas qui répare la voiture).
2. We need to have our computer CHECKED out for viruses (On ne dit pas qui vérifie
l’ordinateur).
■ Cas particuliers
• Faire pousser des fleurs ou des légumes = to grow flowers or vegetables
• Faire attendre quelqu’un = to keep somebody waiting
• Se faire écraser = to be run over
• Se faire pardonner = to make it up to sb
• Se faire comprendre/ obéir/ respecter = to make oneself understood/ obeyed/
respected...
• Se faire avoir = to be had, to be conned
• Se faire entendre = to speak up for yourself
• Se faire passer pour = to pose as, to pretend to be
• Se faire voler = to be stolen
• Aller se faire voir = to get lost
• Se faire prendre : to get caught
 ir  ir (causave)

Let’s get things done and have a coffee together!

Mark and Tommy are neighbours and good friends. They enjoy spending time
together and usually have their wives do the housework while they are having a
coffee.
“Hi Mark! What are you doing tomorrow?” Tommy asks.
“Well, first I will have an interior decorator come and I’ll get him to redecorate the
living room. When the decorating is done, I would like the front door painted. I will
ask my son to do it. If I have the time, I will have my car cleaned. I will also make
my daughter water the garden.”
“That’s a lot of work to get done. You’ll be very busy,” Tommy says.
“Yes, sure. What are your plans Tommy?” Mark asks.
“I’ve got a few plans. I need the car serviced and I want my kids to run errands. My
wife asked me to do some gardening and she will also have me buy new furniture
for the kid’s bedroom. I think I’ll get the grass mowed while she has her hair cut at
the hairdresser’s. I’d like to help her relax when she comes back.”
“Oh, that’s very kind of you Tommy! I suggest we have all these things done quickly
and then see each other for a cup of coffee. See you tomorrow evening.”
1 Relevez les différentes façons de dire « faire faire ».

.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
2 Classez-les en deux catégories : celle où on sait qui fait la deuxième action et

celle où on ne précise pas l’auteur de la deuxième action.
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
3 Traduisez les expressions suivantes.

a. lui faire arroser le jardin ...............................................................................................
b. lui faire faire des courses .............................................................................................
c. se faire couper les cheveux ...........................................................................................
d. faire tondre la pelouse ...................................................................................................
e. faire laver la voiture .......................................................................................................
f. les faire débarrasser la table ........................................................................................
g. leur faire faire le lit ........................................................................................................
h. faire redécorer la chambre ...........................................................................................
i. le faire venir ....................................................................................................................
j. leur faire faire le ménage ..............................................................................................
ir  ir (causave) 

1 Mettez le verbe entre parenthèses à la forme qui convient.

a. Antony had his sister ………………… (drive).
b. The teacher made his pupils ………………… (do) the test again.
c. They got the machine operator ………………… for the defects (look).
d. He let the pupils ………………… (go) before the bell.
e. I’ll get him ………………… (tell) the truth.
f. They asked me ………………… (open) the window.
g. The manager had the technicians ………………… the outlets (modify).
2 Complétez à l’aide du verbe qui convient: have, make, get.

Attention aux accords sujet-verbe et aux temps.
a. I loved this film. It ………………… me laugh.
b. We couldn’t ………………… them to apologise.
c. She ………………… her brother wash her car.
d. They ………………… the gardener plant the trees.
e. I can’t ………………… the kids to go to bed.
f. He ………………… his sister prepare the meal.
g. They ………………… the burglar run away.
h. In my village, they ………………… a new school built next year.

a. My neighbour had his garage ………………… (sell).
b. The CEO got the employees ………………… a safety agreement (sign).
c. We’ve had the new protocol ………………… (check).
d. They got the patient ………………… to another hospital (transfer).
e. Their employer lets them ………………… early on Fridays (leave).
f. She made me ………………… (apologise) even though I had done nothing.
g. They got us ………………… (wait) for one hour.
h. He had his dog ………………… (examine).
i. We made the teacher ………………… (believe) there was no class.
j. She let her son ………………… (go out) late at night. She should have been stricter.
k. His repeated delays got him ………………… (be) fired.
l. The patient wants the meals ………………… (bring) into his room.
4 Choisissez la réponse adéquate.

a. Instead of buying a new bike, why don’t you have your old one ………………… ?
1. to fix 3. fixed
2. fixing 4. fixes
b. My mom always makes me ………………… my room on Saturday mornings.
1. to clean up 3. cleaned up
2. cleaning up 4. clean up
 ir  ir (causave)

c. My little girl wants us to let her ………………… overnight at her friend’s place.
1. to stay 3. stayed
2. staying 4. stay
d. We had our landlord ………………… the broken window.
1. to fix 3. fixed
2. fixing 4. fix
e. We got the computer guy ………………… the new software for us.
1. to install 3. installed
2. installing 4. install
f. I can get your furniture ………………… into your new apartment if you want.
1. to bring 3. brought
2. bringing 4. bring
g. We had our house ………………… last year.
1. painted 3. to paint
2. paint 4. painting
h. Your car is making some strange sounds. Why don’t you have a mechanic
………………… at it?
1. to look 3. looked
2. looking 4. look
5 Traduisez.
a. Il a fait participer son frère à la course.
............................................................................................................................................
b. Ils l’ont fait mettre en prison.
............................................................................................................................................
c. Ils le feront appeler.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Nous voulons que le travail soit fait d’ici vendredi.
............................................................................................................................................
ir  ir (causave) 

Corrigés p. 250
À partir des informations suivantes, expliquez ce que vos parents vous font faire
et vous laissent faire en utilisant des structures causatives (let, make, get, have,
want, allow, expect, ask…)
Ex. : My parents make me tidy my room every weekend. My teachers get me to
clean the board. My parents don’t let me sleep all day.
Chores at home Can’ts at home

Do the washing-up Play video games for hours
Clean the bathroom Eat junk food
Hoover the living room Have a moped
Walk the dog Stay up after 10 p.m.
Obligations at school Can’ts at school
Take notes Use my mobile phone
Participate Be late for class
Listen to teachers Talk in class
Bring my school books Cheat
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Junk food: malbouffe
Moped : mobylette
To allow = authorize, let: permettre
To cheat: tricher
To forbid: interdire
To get sb to: inciter quelqu’un à
To hoover : passer l’aspirateur
To oblige= force, compel: obliger
To stay up: veiller
To walk the dog: promener le chien
 ir  ir (causave)

19 rm e -n [1]
La forme –ing peut être ajoutée à des verbes dans différentes circonstances.
Utilisation Exemples
Former un adjectif (souvent l’équivalent ➤ Surprise – surprising (surprenant)
de –ant en français).
Un nom (faisant souvent référence à ➤ Travelling broadens the mind.
une activité ou une action passée) : il Voyager forme la jeunesse.
peut être utilisé comme sujet ou dans ➤ I forgot turning off the light.
un nom composé, après un verbe de goût J’ai oublié d’éteindre la lumière.
ou une préposition (in, on, after, before,
➤ I remember walking on that bridge.
with, without, for, into, upon…).
Je me rappelle avoir marché sur ce pont.
➤ We eat in the living-room.
➤ He likes dancing before sleeping.
Décrire une action en cours, provi- ➤ I am working.
soire ou planifiée, un changement, une ➤ I am currently living in Nice.
position du corps. ➤ I am meeting some friends tonight.
➤ He is kneeling
Il est agenouillé.
Après when ou while pour une action ➤ He fell while climbing the tree.
simultanée. Il est tombé en grimpant dans l’arbre.
Faire un commentaire négatif. ➤ He is always complaining.
Il se plaint tout le temps.
➤ He has been lying all his life.
Il a menti toute sa vie.
rm e -n 
20 rm e -n [2]
V-ing ou participe passé
■ Les adjectifs en -ing ont un sens actif (ils provoquent des sentiments ou des
sensations). C’est l’équivalent du participe présent en français (=ant).
Ex. : Flying in the air is amazing. Voler est étonnant .
This is an interesting book. C’est un livre intéressant.
■ Les adjectifs en -ed ont un sens passif ; ils décrivent les sentiments ou sensations
que l’on éprouve. C’est l’équivalent du participe passé en français (= -é, -i, -u).
Ex. : Chris looks frightened. Chris a l’air effrayé.
Ex. : The book is interesting, so the children are interested. Le livre est intéressant,
les enfants sont donc intéressés.
Ex. : Chris is frightened because he has seen something frightening. Chris est effrayé
car il a vu quelque chose d’effrayant.
Ex. : Mr. Smith is very surprised. He is reading a surprising piece of news. M. Smith
est très surpris, il lit une nouvelle surprenante.
■ Attention
Ex. : “Stop it! You are scaring me!” screamed the young girl. Arrêtez ! Vous me
faites peur, cria la fillette.
Ici « scaring » n’est pas un adjectif, mais le verbe « scare » conjugué au présent en -ing.
Ex. : The boss has congratulated his employees for their good work. Le patron a
félciité ses employés pour leur bon travail.
Ici « congratulated » est le verbe « congratulate » conjugué au present perfect
(have + pp).
■ Il faut faire attention à distinguer la voix active et la voix passive.
Ex. : He has been driving : Il a conduit.
He has been driven : on l’a emmené en voiture.
Si on peut ajouter ou sous-entendre un complément d’agent introduit par “ by”, on
aura une structure passive (He has been driven by his wife). Si le sujet fait l’action,
on aura une forme active (He has been driving : c’est lui qui a conduit).
 rm e -n
A family feud, blackmail and a witch doctor

AFP looks into an affair involving a family conflict and a witch doctor.
Matthew, 32, is the elder brother of John (29) and the twin brother of Florent. All
three are professional footballers.
Matthew has been spending most of his career in the UK.
On Saturday, Matthew published a video on social networks in which he promised
“great revelations” concerning John and the player’s agent, Simon. In the video,
Matthew says the “whole world, as well as my brother’s fans, and even more so
the French team, my brother’s team-mates and his sponsors deserve to know
certain things”.
“Revealing all this is likely to be explosive,” he concluded without adding any
substance to his “revelations”.
John reacted by saying the videos added to threats and extortion attempts by an
organised gang against John. They are demanding 13 million euros from him for
“services provided”.
The revelations are quite surprising and destabilising. They also involve another
famous footballer, the Paris Saint-Germain striker, and France teammate of John,
who appears reluctantly in the affair. John told investigators that his blackmailers
wanted to discredit him by claiming he asked a witch doctor to cast a spell on this
famous footballer, which John denies.
Adapted from France 24, 29 August 2022
1 Relevez tous les termes en -ing.

Verbes / Adjectifs
3 Reformulez les passages suivants à l’aide de vos propres mots et de which.

a. An affair involving a family conflict
b. Revelations concerning John
4 Relevez les cas suivants.

a. Préposition + V-ing
b. Present perfect continu
c. Présent continu
d. Verbe en position de sujet
5 Mettez les verbes à la forme correcte (-ed/-ing).

a. The press revealed …. (shock) information.
b. The journalists have been …. (investigate) for weeks.
c. After …. (denounce) the affair, the footballer was …. (ask) many questions by
the press.
d. …. (blackmail) his brother is a crime.
e. Everybody was …. (surprise).
f. He has never …. (want) such bad publicity.
rm e -n 
1 Observez ces phrases et justifiez l’utilisation de la forme en -ing.

a. Nowadays, people are teleworking far more than before.
b. Stop watching TV.
c. He loves swimming.
d. He has been sleeping for 10 hours! Can you imagine?
e. I am listening to the radio.
f. Not being able to speak English is frustrating.
g. After cycling, he always has a nap.
2 Dites si ces phrases sont à la voix active ou passive. Puis mettez la terminaison
qui convient (participe passé/-ing).
a. The lessons about the British Empire were really (confuse).
b. She sounds hard but she is not (frighten).
c. I love my history teacher. Her lessons are always so (excite).
d. The company has been (make) mugs for years.
e. The student has been (accuse) of cheating.
f. The workers have been (ask) for a pay rise for two years.
g. They have recently (accuse) the new president of embezzlement.
h. The association has (promise) projects.
i. The employees are always (tell) to switch off the lights on leaving.
3 Complétez les phrases en ajoutant la terminaison qui convient (-ing ou participe

passé).
a. They enjoyed the film. They found it really entertain….
b. The scientists reached surprise…. conclusions.
c. She was too tire…. to work.
d. I left the party because it was bore….
e. The show was more excite…. than expect….
f. I’m worry…. about my holiday next week. I don’t know if I will be able to leave.
g. The teacher wasn’t please…. with the answer.
h. They were shock…. by the children’s behaviour.
i. The turnover figures were disappoint….
j. I was relieve…. even if I didn’t get the job.
k. I was all the more f righten…. as I heard some worry…. noises.
l. The newly-recruit…. colleague has help…. the company make profits.
4 Identifiez si les mots soulignés sont des verbes ou des adjectifs.

a. His visit was unexpected.
b. I was so intrigued I decided to inquire.
c. Have you heard the news?
d. I could watch this movie ten times. It’s so exciting.
e. I can’t sleep! He has been listening to music for hours. That noise is really
upsetting!
f. She has been travelling a lot lately. She has learnt plenty of things.
 rm e -n
Corrigés p. 250
Vérifiez que vous connaissez bien vos amis en complétant ce tableau. Utilisez
des formes en –ing.
Ex. : James likes snorkeling.
James likes ...................................................................................

John considers ...................................................................................
Jack can’t bear ...................................................................................
Janet enjoys ...................................................................................
Jason can’t resist ...................................................................................
Julia dislikes ...................................................................................
Jack plans on ...................................................................................
Juliana misses ...................................................................................
Jackie practises ...................................................................................
Kate imagines ...................................................................................
Juliette avoids ...................................................................................
Katarina puts off ...................................................................................
Martha does not mind ...................................................................................
Laura can’t help ...................................................................................
Tom gives up ...................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Can’t bear: ne pas supporter
Can’t help: ne pas pouvoir s’empêcher de
I don’t mind: cela ne me dérange pas
To avoid: éviter
To consider: envisager de
To feel like: avoir envie de
To give up: renoncer à
To miss: languir
To plan on: prévoir de
To put off = postpone: remettre à plus tard
rm e -n 
21 rme erle [1]
Base verbale
Cas Exemples
Après un modal (can, could, will, ➤ You should work. Tu devrais travailler.
would, shall, should, may, might, must) ➤ He cannot come. Il ne peut pas venir.
Après l’auxiliaire do, does, did ➤ Did she work? A-t-elle travaillé ?
À l’impératif ➤ Get up! Lève-toi !
Après dare et need quand ils sont utili- ➤ He dare not speak. Il n’ose pas parler.
sés comme des modaux ➤ He needn’t come. Il n’a pas besoin de venir.
Au subjonctif : après des verbes, noms, ➤ I demand that he be on time.
adjectifs de recommendation, sugges- J’exige qu’il soit à l’heure.
tion, insistence, ordre, conseil, impor- ➤ It is essential that she not come.
tance, nécessité Il est essentiel qu’elle ne vienne pas.
Après why ➤ Why leave now?
Pourquoi partir maintenant ?
Pour dire faire faire avec Have, let, ➤ The teacher has his students work.
make, help Le professeur fait travailler ses élèves.
➤ He makes them do a lot of tests.
Il leur fait faire beaucoup de tests.
Après had better (ferait mieux de) ➤ He had better not speak.
Il ferait mieux de ne pas parler.
Après would rather (préfèrerais) ➤ He would rather not stay.
quand le sujet exprime une préférence Il préfèrerait ne pas rester.
pour lui-même
Après can’t help but ➤ I can’t help but eat chocolate. Je ne peux
(ne pas pouvoir s’empêcher de) pas m’empêcher de manger du chocolat.
Participe passé
Cas Exemples
Pour décrire un sentiment (participe ➤ Tired, bored, surprised
passé en français, -é)
Pour dire faire faire quand on ne sait ➤ He had the car repaired.
pas qui fait la chose Il a fait réparer la voiture.
Après Have ➤ I have eaten. J’ai mangé.
Après Be (passif) ➤ He was arrested (sous-entendre BY sb =
par qqun). Il a été arrêté.
 rme er le

22 rme erle [2]
To + BV
Cas Exemples
Expression du but ➤ He came to pick up the mail.
Après un adjectif ➤ It is hard to do.
Après les composés de some/any/every/ ➤ Something to do.
no : someone, somebody, something,
eve r yone, ever ythin g , ever y whe re,
anywhere, anybody, anything, nothing,
nobody, nowhere…
Après the first, the last, enough, too/too ➤ Too many things to do; not enough
much/too many money to spend.
Après how (to do), what (to do), where (to ➤ I don’t know whether to go or to stay.
go), who (to call), when (to go), whether Je ne sais pas si je dois partir ou rester.
(si, que)
Dans les causatives (faire faire) après ➤ I’ll get him to wake up earlier.
certains verbes (get, want, cause, ask, Je ferai en sorte qu’il se réveille plus tôt.
allow, help)
Après le modal ought to (devrait, ferait ➤ He ought to stop smoking.
mieux de)
Après used to (autrefois) ➤ He used to drive.
Avant, il conduisait, mais plus
maintenant.
Après have no/little choice but (ne pas ➤ You have no choice but to stay here.
avoir d’autre choix que de) Tu n’as pas d’autres choix que de rester
ici.
Verbes suivis de to + BV
Afford, agree, appear, arrange, ask, beg, care, claim, consent, decide, demand, deserve,
expect, fail, hesitate, hope, learn, manage, mean, need, offer, plan, prepare, pretend,
promise, refuse, seem, struggle, swear, threaten, volunteer, wait, want, wish.
rme er le 

23 rme erle [3]
V-ing
Cas Exemples
Verbe en position de sujet ➤ Travelling broadens your horizons.
Voyager élargit tes horizons.
Après un verbe de goût (like, enjoy, hate…). ➤ I love swimming. J’adore nager.
Après une préposition (in, on, with, for, ➤ Before leaving. Avant de partir.
without, before, after…)
Après certains verbes (contemplate, ➤ I consider moving out. J’envisage de
consider, remember, stop, forget, allow…). déménager.
Pour dire –ant en français ➤ Surprising : surprenant
Après certaines expressions: it is worth, ➤ It is worth working (Cela vaut la peine
there is no use/point, there is no, have de travailler). There is no use/point
diculty/trouble… sleeping (Cela ne sert à rien de dormir).
There is no cheating (Il n’y a pas moyen
de tricher). I have trouble sleeping (J’ai
du mal à dormir).
Après need et want (le verbe prend un ➤ The car needs cleaning. La voiture a
sens passif) besoin d’être nettoyée.
Après be (action en cours). ➤ He is sleeping. Il dort.
Pour parler d’une activité: après stop/ ➤ We went dancing. Nous sommes allés
start/go/keep danser.
Après when/while ➤ While sleeping. Tout en dormant.
Verbes suivis de –ing
Advise, anticipate, appreciate, avoid, complete, consider, deny, discuss, dislike, enjoy,
finish, keep, mention, mind, miss, postpone, practise, quit, recall, recommend, resent,
resist, risk, suggest, tolerate, understand.
To + V-ing
Cas Exemples
Après Be used to = be accustomed to ➤ I am used to swimming. J’ai l’habitude
(avoir l’habitude de), look forward to de nager.
(avoir hâte de). ➤ I look forward to seeing you. J’ai hâte
de te voir.
Verbes suivis de to V-ing Look forward to, be used to, be accustomed to, get near to,
admit to, confess to, object to, be given to, take to, turn to, confine oneself to, prefer
doing sth to V-ing, amount to, be reduced to.
 rme er le

Can technological fixes solve France’s water crisis amid record droughts?
France has known its worst drought since 1959. Water tables have been emptied
and water flow in the country’s rivers has vastly reduced. The French government
decided to restrict unnecessary use of water. Around 100 towns lack the usual
water supplies due to the drought, necessitating deliveries by water tanker and
distributions of water bottles.
This worsening situation has prompted many to consider new ways of providing
water, such as reusing wastewater and desalinating seawater. These ideas have
already been put in place in some countries—but implementing them has been
facing regulatory obstacles and environmental problems in France.
“France in particular, and EU member states more generally, need to catch up with
other countries when it consists in recycling wastewater,” said Julie Mendret, an
expert on water systems at the University of Montpellier. “At present less than 1
percent of treated water in France is reused. That figure is at 8 percent in Italy and
14 percent in Spain.
So, why not go further and produce drinking water by recycling water? In the
Vendée département (administrative unit) on France’s Atlantic coast, the Jourdain
project will soon experiment with this solution. Instead of being discharged into
the sea, some of the water from the Sables-d’Olonne wastewater treatment plant
will be recovered and treated before being put back into the system providing
drinking water.
Adapted from France 24, 18.8.2022
1 Classez les verbes soulignés dans les catégories suivantes.

Base verbale : ........................................................................................................................
Participe passé : ....................................................................................................................
Infinitif complet : .................................................................................................................
V-ing : ......................................................................................................................................
2 Relevez les formes verbales correspondant aux règles suivantes.

Present perfect (have + participe passé) : .........................................................................
Modal + base verbale : .........................................................................................................
Passif (be + participe passé) : ............................................................................................
Adjectif au participe présent : ...........................................................................................
Préposition + V-ing : ...........................................................................................................
Expression du but : ..............................................................................................................
Verbe sujet : ...........................................................................................................................
3 Mettez les verbes à la forme correcte.

a. … (worry) by the current water crisis, the government has … (start) … (take)
measures.
b. … (recycle) wastewater is one solution … (reduce) water consumption.
c. Some countries are … (face) with drought.
d. Some regions will … (test) new solutions.
rme er le 

1 Ajoutez la terminaison correcte au terme entre parenthèses : -ing ou participe

passé. Attention à l’orthographe.
a. They enjoyed the film but the end was (shock…).
............................................................................................................................................
b. The results of the experiment led to some (interest…) conclusions.
............................................................................................................................................
c. She worked until late last night and was very (tire…) this morning.
............................................................................................................................................
d. I left early because I was (bore…).
............................................................................................................................................
e. The team had (party…) all night long.
............................................................................................................................................
f. The report was (rewrite…) several times.
............................................................................................................................................
2 Mettez le verbe soit à l’infinitif complet, soit en -ing, soit to + V-ing.

a. It is not worth ………… (wait) for so long.
b. ………… (work) hard always pays off.
c. They consider ………… (move) to another branch.
d. We are not really keen on ………… (wake) up so early.
e. Taken by surprise, he didn’t know what ………….
f. There is nothing else ………… (do).
g. You shouldn’t confine yourself ………… (summarise) the text.
h. You can’t deny ………… (say) that.
i. This is too shocking ………… (accept).
j. I don’t mind ………… (work) extra hours.
l. If you want ………… (succeed), you have ………… (work) harder.
m. ………… (fail) an exam is always a bad piece of news.
n. I look forward ………… (meet) you.
3 Choisissez la forme qui convient le mieux :

to + verbe / to + -ing / base verbale / -ing.
a. Mary enjoys ................... to music (listen).
b. The doctor failed ................... (solve) the patient’s problem.
c. Irregular verbs are not easy ................... (remember).
d. I’m sick of ................... (eat) hamburgers.
e. My favorite hobby is ................... (cook).
f. I don’t feel like ................... (study) English today.
g. There is no use ................... (wait) for him.
h. I look forward ................... (see) you.
i. I can’t afford ................... (buy) this car.
j. He resents me for ................... (stop) our relationship.
k. Just avoid ................... (make) noise.
l. I am not used ................... (lie).
 rme er le

m. He stopped ................... (write) and turned ................... (drink) .
n. The clerk denied ................... (take) the money.
o. He never had the secretary ................... (leave) on time.
p. I don’t know what ................... (do) to improve my score.
q. ................... (work) harder is the only solution.
r. It is worth ................... (try) anyway.
s. The demonstrators caused the train ................... (be) late.
4 Mettez le verbe à la forme qui convient.

a. The book describes a person who is ready ................... (forgive) anyone.
b. ................... (not have) access to internet is ................... (frustrate).
c. It’s no use ................... (ask) for a pay rise if you have not ................... (prepare)
anything ................... (justify) your request.
d. The Scottish accent is too dicult ................... (understand).
e. ................... (earn) a lot of money, you need to work a lot.
f. They need to find someone ................... (replace) the absentee.
g. He is not used ................... (see) things from another viewpoint.
h. I recommend ................... (lock) the doors on ................... (leave).
i. He made us ................... (start) earlier and got us ................... (finish) later this
week.
j. The manager had the memo ................... (send) to all the department.
rme er le 

Corrigés p. 251
Votre correspondant vous a envoyé un message dans lequel il vous demande de

parler de vous. Complétez les phrases suivantes en utilisant la forme verbale
qui convient.
a. At the weekend, I love ....................................................................................................
b. Tomorrow, I must ..........................................................................................................
c. After class, I want ..........................................................................................................
d. I can’t stand ......................................................................................................................
e. When I was a child, I enjoyed .......................................................................................
f. One day, I would like .....................................................................................................
g. I sometimes forget ..........................................................................................................
h. I am not used ...................................................................................................................
i. Once, I helped ...................................................................................................................
j. I have never tried ...........................................................................................................
k. I wish people would stop ...............................................................................................
l. I dislike ..............................................................................................................................
m. I always look forward .....................................................................................................
n. My teacher often tells me ..............................................................................................
o. On holiday, I like ..............................................................................................................
p. In the future, I hope ........................................................................................................
q. I consider ..........................................................................................................................
r. Feel free ............................................................................................................................
s. My parents expect me ...................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
I can’t stand : je ne supporte pas
I wish : je souhaiterais
To consider : envisager
To dislike : ne pas aimer
To expect : s’attendre à
To feel free : ne pas hésiter
 rme er le

24 Ha be er
■ Had better sert à donner des conseils dans le cadre d’une situation spécifique. Il
contient l’idée qu’on a le choix (= ferait mieux de). On utilise be better to + BV pour
une suggestion plus générale. Le modal should sert à donner un simple conseil
(devrait) et le modal ought to/ought not to (ferait mieux de/de ne pas) insiste plus
sur une obligation morale ou une forte pression.
Forme armative Had better + base verbale
➤ He had better stay.
Il ferait mieux de rester.
Forme négative Had better + not + base verbale
➤ They had better not lie.
Ils feraient mieux de ne pas mentir.
Forme interrogative Had + sujet + better + base verbale
➤ Had I better speak to the CEO first before sending
the letter?
Ferais-je mieux de parler au PDG avant d’envoyer
la lettre ?
Forme interro-négative Hadn’t + sujet + BV
➤ Hadn’t we better wait for his answer?
Ne ferions-nous pas mieux d’attendre sa réponse ?
■ Contraction
La forme contractée de had est ’d .
Attention à ne pas confondre avec la contraction de would qui est aussi ’d.
Pour savoir s’il s’agit de had ou de would , il faut observer la forme du verbe qui
suit. S’il s’agit de had, le verbe est au participe passé (-ed ou 3e colonne des verbes
irréguliers). S’il s’agit de would, le verbe est à la base verbale.
Ex. : He’d left = he had left (left est le participe passé de leave).
Ex. : He’d leave = he would leave (leave est la base verbale).
■ Différences had better, should , ought to
• SHOULD est le moyen le plus courant pour donner des conseils.
• OUGHT TO insiste sur une obligation morale ou sur une pression exercée sur
quelqu’un.
• HAD BETTER est tout aussi fréquent que SHOULD. Il contient l’idée qu’on a le
choix entre 2 choses et que quelqu’un conseille une chose plutôt qu’une autre.
• HAD BETTER sert aussi à mettre en garde que si l’on ne fait pas quelque chose,
on risque d’avoir des ennuis. En français, on pourrait le traduire par « tu ferais
mieux ».
Ha be er 

A good teacher
Nowadays, being a teacher is a dicult yet rewarding job. Not everyone is well
suited to do this job. Besides loving working with children, you had better be
passionate and very patient. You had better master your subject and you’d better
not be too emotional. You’re expected to enjoy communicating with students from
different backgrounds. An ecient teacher had better support students who need
extra help as he would rather all his students were successful.
An effective teacher had better not dodge tricky questions. He should try to
provide clear explanations.
He ought to be on time and set the right example in all circumstances. The key is
to make learning fun; accordingly, he should vary instructional methods and use
games. He ought to provide work of appropriate diculty. As a result, students
will stay interested and improve their learning.
1 Relevez les structures verbales exprimant un conseil ou une recommandation.

............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
2 Comment se construisent should, ought et had better ?

............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
3 Comment forme-t-on une recommandation négative (« Tu ferais mieux de ne

pas ») ?
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
4 Quelle différence de sens faites-vous entre les formes suivantes?

a. An effective teacher had better not dodge tricky questions.
b. He ought to be on time and set the right example.
c. He should vary instructional methods and use games.
5 Complétez ces phrases avec une expression de recommandation ou de conseil :

should, had better, ought to.
a. Teachers ...... master their subjects if they want to be credible.
b. Students ...... ask questions when they don’t understand.
c. Teachers ...... make their teaching more playful.
d. School authorities ...... increase teachers’ salaries if they don’t want them to go
on strike.
e. Teachers ...... not work for money, or they will be disappointed.
 Ha be e

1 Identifiez si ’d correspond à had ou would.

a. When it started to rain, he’d been running for one hour.
b. I’d work more if I were you.
c. It’d be great to meet you.
d. He’d saved a lot of money before buying his house.
e. They’d gone an hour before he arrived.
f. It’d be extraordinary if she came.
g. I’d better ask for help.
h. You’d rather wait with us.
2 Faut-il utiliser had better, should ou ought to ?

a. You ...... not lie or it will be worse.
b. You ...... not eat fast food; otherwise, you’ll gain weight.
c. ...... I take my computer?
d. You ...... respect the deadlines to avoid extra fees.
e. You ...... not be late to our dinner tonight.
f. You ...... throw litter into the bin. Otherwise, you could be fined.
g. You ...... avoid smoking.
h. You ...... switch off the light when you leave a room.
3 Choisissez entre had better et would rather.

a. You ...... go to bed early tonight if you want to get up at 5 tomorrow.
b. He ...... live abroad; he doesn’t like it here.
c. He ...... not read so late at night.
d. We ...... she came in the evening.
e. You ...... drive more carefully; the road is dangerous.
f. She ...... not tell him the truth; he would be so disappointed.
g. I don’t want to go for a walk. I ...... have a rest.
h. I...... you didn’t sleep during the class.
4 Reformulez la phrase en utilisant would rather ou had better.

a. — Do you prefer to go to the sea or to the mountain?
— I’d prefer to go to the sea.  I ...... go to the sea.
b. He is so mean that we don’t want to invite him.  We ...... him.
c. You should buy the tickets now.  You ...... the tickets now.
d. He smokes too much. It is preferable that he stop.  He ...... smoking.
e. Jane prefers not to come on Sunday.  Jane...... on Sunday.
Ha be e 

Corrigés p. 252
Vous êtes conseiller et répondez au courrier des lecteurs d’un magazine. Donnez
des conseils et faites des suggestions.
Problem Recommendation Problem Recommendation

1. I feel lonely. Enrol in a sports club. 4. My child spends Unplug.
Find people with the too much time playing Take him/her out.
same passions or video games. Do activities with
activities. him/her.
2. I would like Go on a diet. 5. I need to improve Take private lessons.
to lose weight. Stop eating junk food. my English. Watch videos in
Go and see a dietitian. English.
Do sport. Find native speakers.
3. I have Stop watching screens 6. I spend too much Think twice before
trouble before sleeping. money; I am addicted buying.
sleeping. Do physical activities to shopping. Check what you
during the day not too already have and
late. if you really need
Do not drink coffee something new.
after 6 p.m. Pay cash to know
Do not overeat for how much you spend.
dinner. Repair or buy
second-hand.
Expressions utiles
If I were you, I would + BV: à ta place, je…
Lonely: seul (sentiment)
Second-hand: d’occasion
To enrol in: s’inscrire dans
To go on a diet: faire un régime
To go out: sortir
To have trouble + V-ing = find it dicult to: avoir du mal à
To lose weight: perdre du poids
To meet: rencontrer
To think twice: réfléchir à deux fois
To unplug : débrancher
What about = how about + V-ing: et si ….
Why don’t you + BV : pourquoi tu ne …
Why not + BV : pourquoi ne pas …
You could + BV : tu pourrais
 Ha be e

25 Ipéraf
Forme armative
Construction Exemple
Première personne du pluriel Let’s (let us) ➤ Let’s go and have a drink.
(Faisons…) + base verbale Allons boire un verre
Deuxième personne Base verbale ➤ Stand up.
(Viens/Venez) Lève-toi/levez-vous.
Troisième personne Let him/her/it ➤ Let him go out.
du singulier + base verbale Laisse(z)-le sortir.
(Laisse-le…)
Troisième personne du pluriel Let them ➤ Let them come.
(Laisse-les…) + base verbale Laisse(z)-les venir
Forme négative
Construction Exemple
Première personne du pluriel Let’s (let us) not ➤ Let’s not move.
(Ne faisons pas…) + base verbale Ne bougeons pas.
Deuxième personne Don’t ➤ Don’t make noise.
(Ne viens/venez pas) + base verbale Ne fais (faites) pas de
bruit.
Troisième personne Don’t let him/her/it ➤ Don’t let him speak like
du singulier + base verbale that.
(Ne le laisse/laissez pas…) Ne le laisse(z) pas parler
ainsi.
Troisième personne du pluriel Don’t let them ➤ Don’t let them shout.
(Ne les laisse/laissez pas…) + base verbale Ne les laisse(z) pas crier.
Ipéraf 
Let’s save the world

Our planet has always been very generous but we have not always cared enough.
It gives us oxygen and all that we need to survive. And in exchange what do we do
to protect it? Not much. Yet, there are many things we can do.
• Let’s care about nature. For instance, plant trees. Be very careful when you go
into the forest. Don’t light a fire or throw a cigarette.
• Let’s try to use less water. For example, when you brush your teeth, don’t leave
the water running.
• Let’s save water. Let’s not have baths but quick showers. For example, don’t let
your children play with water.
• Let’s use clean transport. For instance, use bikes instead of cars. Carpool
whenever you can.
• Let’s not overconsume and overwaste. Don’t throw things away after using
them just once.
• Let’s recycle. Send the used paper to recycling.
• Let’s save energy. Turn off the lights when you don’t need them.
• Let’s all go green. Let the planet rest and keep giving us water and oxygen.
• Let’s all be responsible citizens. Let people know about what is right and wrong.
Do not let them say they didn’t know.
1 Relevez les formes de comparatif et mettez-les dans les catégories suivantes.

a. Impératif positif à “nous” : ...........................................................................................
b. Impératif négatif à “nous” : ..........................................................................................
c. Impératif positif à “vous” : ...........................................................................................
d. Impératif négatif à “vous” : ..........................................................................................
e. Impératif positif à la troisième personne du singulier : ........................................
f. Impératif négatif à la troisième personne du pluriel : ...........................................
g. Impératif positif à la troisième personne du pluriel : ............................................
2 Reformulez ces phrases en utilisant un impératif.

a. We must all respect our environment. ......................................................................
b. You must not have a bath. .............................................................................................
c. We must not throw our litter in the street. ...............................................................
d. You must keep parks clean. ..........................................................................................
e. The earth needs to breathe. ..........................................................................................
3 Traduisez ces phrases.

a. Ne laissons pas certaines espèces disparaître. ........................................................
b. N’oubliez pas de trier vos déchets. ..............................................................................
c. Soyons unis. .....................................................................................................................
d. Comportez-vous responsablement. ............................................................................
e. Réduisons notre consommation de plastique. .........................................................
f. Que l’eau demeure une resource protégée. ...............................................................
 Ipéraf
1 Complétez en utilisant un impératif.

a. ...... upstairs. (to go)
b. ...... in this lake. (not/to swim)
c. ...... football in the house (not/to play)
d. ...... your teeth. (to brush)
e. ...... during the lesson. (not/to talk)
f. ...... late for school. (not/to be)
g. ...... the lights. (switch off)
2 Faites des phrases à la forme impérative.

a. you/go to bed
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
b. we/watch a movie
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
c. you/not to park here
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
d. we/not to take the car
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
e. him/drive
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
3 Quel ordre donneriez-vous en anglais dans les situations suivantes ?

Ex. : Si tu as un test, tu dois te concentrer et ne pas paniquer  Concentrate and
don’t panic.
a. Si tu joues avec la chaise, tu vas tomber.
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
b. Tu dois te dépêcher, sinon tu vas rater le bus.
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
c. Si tu n’arrêtes pas de bavarder, tu vas être puni.
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
d. Il fait nuit ici. On n’y voit rien.
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
Ipéraf 
4 Faites des phrases à la forme impérative.
Ex. : we/stay  let’s stay; you/stay  stay; we/not stay  let’s not stay; you/not
stay  don’t stay
a. you/not smoke .................................................................................................................
b. we/not forget ....................................................................................................................
c. you/leave me ....................................................................................................................
d. we/have a drink ..............................................................................................................
e. you/go to the supermarket ...........................................................................................
f. him/close the door ..........................................................................................................
g. it/not run away ...............................................................................................................
h. them/finish their meal ..................................................................................................
i. her/not make noise .........................................................................................................
5 Associez les instructions et les personnes susceptibles de les donner.
A. Keep straight on. Look in the

1. Keep fit instructor • •
mirror.
B. Don’t speak so loudly. You are

2. Dancing teacher • •
in love with her. Stand closer.
C. Touch your toes. Don’t bend

3. Nurse • • your knees. Keep your back
straight.
D. Men, put your left foot

4. Swimming forward. Lean back on your
• •
instructor right foot. Swing your partner
round.
E. Don’t try to translate every

5. Tennis coach • • word. Listen carefully. Speak
as much as possible.
F. Make sure the water is the

right temperature. Hold her
6. Driving instructor • •
head up. Don’t be afraid. Now
place her in the water.
G. Lie back in the water. Don’t

panic. Keep your body
7. Language teacher • •
straight. Slowly kick with
your legs.
H. Keep your arm straight. Keep

8. Theatre director • • your eye on the ball. Don’t
move about too much.
 Ipéraf
Corrigés p. 253
Voici des recommandations adressées aux touristes qui visitent les parcs et
jardins publics. Transformez-les en ordres en utilisant l’impératif.
Ex. : Do not throw your cigarette. Extinguish your cigarette.
These recommendations include warnings on:
• Respecting biodiversity
• Not picking berries or flowers
• Not moving or disturbing wild animals or birds
• Keeping your dog on a lead
• Avoiding setting any fires
• Taking litter with you and not leaving it in the countryside
• Keeping darkness dark (no light pollution)
• Respecting other users (such as bikes and hikers sharing the same path)
• Driving slowly on the road
• Not swimming in rivers
• Not feeding animals
• Not making noise
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Bin : poubelle
Countryside : campagne
Hiker : randonneur
Litter : détritus
On a lead : en laisse
To feed : nourrir
To pick : cueillir
To pick up : ramasser
To throw : jeter
Track : piste
Ipéraf 
26 Iensifieur [1]
Adverbes
Highest intensity (extrêmement, vraiment)

Extremely ➤ The problem is extremely hard to solve.
Very ➤ It is a very fascinating movie.
Really ➤ He was really disappointed.
Terribly ➤ He was terribly sorry.
Most Il était affreusement désolé.
➤ It is a most useful invention.
C’est une invention des plus utiles.
Strong intensity (plutôt)
Rather ➤ The test was rather dicult.
Quite Ce test était plutôt dicile.
➤ The water is quite cold.
L’eau est plutôt froide.
Limited intensity (plutôt)
Fairly ➤ My father is fairly tall.
Pretty Mon père est plutôt grand.
Somewhat ➤ The book is pretty long.
Ce livre est assez long.
➤ We are somewhat tired.
Nous sommes plutôt fatigués.
Low intensity (un peu, légèrement)
Slightly ➤ My car has been slightly damaged.
A little Ma voiture a été légèrement endommagée.
Negative intensity (pas vraiment, ne… guère, à peine)
Ne pas mettre deux négations ! (He doesn’t barely eat = il mange plutôt beaucoup)
Hardly ➤ He hardly eats.
Barely Il dort à peine.
Scarcely ➤ He barely sleeps.
Il dort à peine.
➤ They scarcely work.
Ils ne travaillent guère.
 Iensifieur
27 Iensifieur [2]
Enough (assez, susamment)
■ Enough se place avant un nom (enough money : assez d’argent) et après un adjectif
(strong enough : assez fort).
■ On peut utiliser un adverbe (pas very) pour modifier un adjectif au comparatif.
Ex. : It’s even hotter. Il fait encore plus chaud.
She feels a little (bit)/ slightly better. Elle se sent un peu mieux.
She feels much better now. She feels a lot better now. Elle se sent beaucoup
mieux maintenant. She feels so much better now. Elle se sent tellement
mieux maintenant. He is far taller than his brother. Il est bien plus grand
que son frère.
Exclamatives
What
What + (adjectif) + nom indénombrable (1) ➤ What nice weather! (1)
What + nom pluriel (2) ➤ What nice people! (2)
What + a/an + (adjectif) + nom singulier ➤ What a nice surprise! (3)
dénombrable (3)
Such = tellement, si
Such a/an + adjectif + nom dénombrable ➤ Such a great moment! (1)
singulier (1) Un si bon moment !
Such + adjectif + indénombrable (2) ➤ Such nice weather! (2)
Such + adjectif + nom pluriel (3) Un si beau temps !
➤ They are such kind people!
(NOT: They are so kind people!)
So = si, tellement
So + adjectif + a/an + nom singulier ➤ So fast a car!
(so ne s’emploie pas avec un nom pluriel Une voiture si rapide !
après) ➤ So wild an animal!
Un animal si sauvage !
How = comme, quel
How + adjectif + a/an + nom ➤ How strong an athlete he is!
(+ sujet +verbe) Comme c’est un athlète fort !
Too = trop
Too + adjectif + a/an + nom ➤ Too dicult an exercise!
Un exercice trop dicile !
Iensifieur 
What’s so appealing in extreme sports?

Extreme sports are different from average sports because they are incredibly
risky. This is what makes them so much more attractive than regular sports. Either
you perform the sport at an extremely fast pace or you do it in an incredibly
dangerous location. In order to do an extreme sport completely safely, you need to
be really experienced at it. Free solo climbing is an example of a particularly
hazardous extreme sport. It involves climbing incredibly steep cliffs that can be
thousands of feet high. The most terrifying thing about this sport is that you climb
without any equipment. How crazy this is! Those who have done such a dangerous
sport have said that the only remaining way to do it successfully is by climbing very
slowly. Such a sport requires you to remain totally focused on every move you
make. For the adrenaline junkies, extreme sports are very attractive and intriguing.
Such people, though, hardly take any risks. Therefore, if you’re thinking about
taking up so extreme a sport as mountain climbing or bungee jumping, think very
hard about the challenges involved.
1 Relevez des adverbes d’intensification.

............................................................................................................................................
2 Relevez d’autres formes d’intensification.

............................................................................................................................................
3 Observez la place des adverbes dans les phrases suivantes.

Où se trouvent-ils et quel(s) mot(s) modifient-ils?
a. an extremely fast pace
b. an incredibly dangerous location
c. do an extreme sport completely safely
d. be really experienced
e. incredibly steep cliffs
4 En quoi l’adverbe « hard » est-il different des autres adverbes ?

............................................................................................................................................
5 Qu’observez-vous concernant l’ordre des mots dans ces expressions ?

a. such a dangerous sport .................................................................................................
b. so extreme a sport ..........................................................................................................
6 Reformulez ces phrases en utilisant une autre forme d’intensification.

Utilisez l’indice donné entre parenthèses.
a. How crazy this is! (So)
b. This is what makes them so much more attractive than regular sports. (How)
c. The most terrifying thing about this sport is that you climb without any
equipment. (How)
d. Extreme sports are attractive and intriguing. (Adverbe)
e. Extreme sports are different from average sports. (Adverbe)
 Iensifieur
1 Choisissez le terme adéquat.

a. The situation is very/much serious.
b. You are much/extremely kind.
c. Today, it is much/very much colder than yesterday.
d. I like your dress very more/much more than your trousers.
e. The heating system works far better/rather better now that it has been
repaired.
f. My brother hardly works/doesn’t hardly work.
g. It is a quite/most surprising decision.
2 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide de so, such ou such a(n).

a. He wears ...... nice clothes.
b. It was a great holiday. We had ...... good time.
c. I have never eaten ...... awful meal.
d. Life has become ...... expensive.
e. The weather is really fine. I didn’t expect ...... lovely day.
f. It is dicult to understand him because he speaks ...... quickly.
g. They are ...... amazing landscapes.
3 Complétez avec un des adverbes suivants :

extremely, fairly, hardly, really, slightly
a. We were ...... disappointed but we didn’t expect to get a much better mark.
b. The movie was ...... interesting. We learnt a lot of things.
c. She danced ...... well, even though she stumbled once.
d. We have ...... eaten. We didn’t have much time.
e. The lecture was ...... boring. I nearly fell asleep!
4 Placez enough au bon endroit.

a. I didn’t run fast enough/enough fast to catch the bus.
b. She is old enough/enough old to vote.
c. We have bought milk enough/enough milk.
d. Is it enough warm/warm enough?
e. Have we got money enough/enough money to buy a ticket?
f. Computers are powerful enough/enough powerful nowadays.
g. There weren’t enough chairs/chairs enough.
h. He is not well-dressed enough/enough well-dressed.
5 Complétez avec quite ou rather.

a. It was a ...... heart-breaking decision.
b. His parents arrived yesterday. It was ...... a surprise.
c. He made ...... a lot of mistakes.
d. I read a ...... interesting book.
e. I’m tired. I’ve had ...... a busy day.
Iensifieur 
Corrigés p. 254
Voici des commentaires de personnes ayant mangé dans un célèbre restaurant.

Transformez leurs commentaires à l’aide d’intensifieurs.
Janet (35): This cozy restaurant has left the best impressions! Hospitable hosts,
delicious dishes, beautiful presentation, wide wine list and wonderful dessert.
I recommend to everyone! I would like to come back here again and again.
Timothee (22): You have to go! It’s the cutest little spot with amazing food. IT WAS
FIRE!! The service we received was amazing and we will definitely be back again.
They made us feel welcomed and gave us an amazing experience.
Robert (65): It’s a great experience. The ambiance is very welcoming and charming.
Amazing wines, food and service. Staff are extremely knowledgeable and make
great recommendations.
Nadette (72): Do yourself a favor and visit this lovely restaurant. The service is
unmatched. The staff cares about your experience. The food is amazing—everything
we tasted melted in our mouths. The best meal we had.
Mireille (41): This place is great! Atmosphere is chill and cool but the staff is also
friendly. They know what they’re doing and what they’re talking about, and you
can say making the customers happy is their main priority. Food is good.
Sam (52): Excellent food. Menu is extensive and seasonal to a high standard. Fine
dining. It can be expensive but worth it and they do different deals on different
nights so it’s worth checking them out before you book. Highly recommended.
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Chill : cool, détendu
Cozy : confortable
Cute : mignon
Dish : plat
Extensive : vaste
Host : hôte
Knowledgeable : compétent
To be worth : cela vaut la peine de
Unmatched : inégalé
 Iensifieur
28 Mau [1]
Ce sont des auxiliaires qui permettent de donner un point de vue ou d’exprimer une
nuance ou une idée (conseil, permission…). Un modal n’est jamais suivi de to (sauf
ought) mais d’une base verbale et n’a pas de « s » à la 3 e personne.
Valeur Exemples
Can Capacité, savoir faire ➤ I can swim.
= To be able to Je sais nager.
Permission ➤ Can I watch television?
= To be allowed to Puis-je regarder la télé ?
Can’t Impossibilité, interdiction ➤ She can’t be English!
Cannot = Not to be allowed to, Elle ne peut pas être anglaise !
to be forbidden
Could Possibilité passée ➤ I could swim every day.
= Was/were able to Je pouvais nager tous les jours.
Permission passée ➤ He could go out whenever he wanted.
= Was/were allowed to Il pouvait sortir quand il voulait.
Suggestion, demande ➤ Could you help me?
= Do you mind + V-ing Pourriez-vous m’aider ?
Hypothèse ➤ It could be his fault.
Reproche Cela pourrait être de sa faute.
➤ He could have told us.
Il aurait pu nous le dire.
May Permission = To be allowed to ➤ You may go now.
Tu peux partir maintenant.
Eventualité = To be likely to ➤ He may come this afternoon.
(il se peut que) Il se peut qu’il vienne cet après-midi.
Might Eventualité (il se pourrait que) ➤ It might rain.
Il se pourrait qu’il pleuve.
Expression de politesse ➤ Might I ask you a question?
= Would you mind Pourrais-je vous poser une question ?
+ V-ing/ if + prétérit
Conseil ou reproche ➤ You might have done the washing-up!
= Why did(n’t) you…? Tu aurais pu faire la vaisselle !
Mau 
29 Mau [2]
Valeur Exemples
Must Obligation ➤ You must eat more fruit.
= To have to, need to Tu dois manger plus de fruits.
Forte certitude ➤ It must be the postman.
Cela doit être le facteur.
Mustn’t Interdiction ➤ You mustn’t park here.
= Not to be allowed Tu ne dois pas te garer ici.
to, to be forbidden
Needn’t Absence d’obligation ➤ You needn’t work so much.
= Don’t have to Tu n’as pas besoin de travailler autant.
Will Bon vouloir/volonté ➤ Will you marry me?
Veux-tu m’épouser ?
Offre ➤ I will fetch you a tissue.
Je vais te chercher un mouchoir.
Avec If (hypothèse) ➤ If it rains, we will not come.
S’il pleut, nous ne viendrons pas.
Would Conditionnel ➤ If I could, I would buy a house.
Will au passé Si je pouvais, j’achèterais une maison.
Habitude passée ➤ They said they would accept the offer.
Ils ont dit qu’ils accepteraient l’offre.
➤ When I was young, I would listen to this song,
again and again.
Quand j’étais jeune, j’écoutais cette chanson
encore et encore.
Shall Suggestion (à I, we) ➤ Shall we have a drink?
On prend un verre ?
Should Conseil, reproche ➤ They should study the project.
= Had better + BV Ils devraient étudier le projet.
Ought to Conseil ➤ You ought to smoke less.
Tu devrais fumer moins.
 Mau
30 Mau [3]
Probabilités
■ Certains modaux servent à nuancer son degré de certitude.
Must + BV (probabilité sur un fait vrai

(90 % de certitude tout le temps/un événement à
= doit) venir)
May + be + V-ing (probabilité sur une
(50 % = peut-être/ action en cours)
(NOT)
il se peut que)
Might/could + have + pp (probabilité passée)
(30 % = pourrait/ + have been + V-ing (probabilité
il se pourrait que) sur une action en cours dans le
passé)
■ Toutes les combinaisons sont possibles entre chaque modal et chaque forme verbale.
• He must like tea (Il doit aimer le thé, c’est pratiquement sûr).
• He may be sleeping (Il se peut qu’il soit en train de dormir, mais peut-être que non).
• He might have forgotten to come (Il se pourrait qu’il ait oublié de venir, mais
c’est peu probable).
• He could be working (Il se pourrait qu’il soit en train de travailler, c’est une
possibilité).
Traductions particulières
Il aurait/serait + pp : Il aurait dû : Il aurait pu :

would have + pp should have + pp could have + pp
Tu devras : Tu pourras : Il se peut qu’il… :
you will have to… you will be able to… he may…
Il se pourrait qu’il … : Il se peut qu’il y ait : Il se pourrait qu’il y ait :
he might… there may be… there might be…
■ Exemples
• Il se peut que Jack ait ouvert la porte : Jack may have opened the door.
• Il se pourrait qu’il ne vienne pas demain : He might not come tomorrow.
• Il ne peut pas y avoir autant de monde : There can’t be so many people.
Mau 
New cancer treatment offers hope to patients out of options

A new cancer treatment can stop the disease advancing in patients who are
resistant to immunotherapy, doctors have discovered. Immunotherapy uses the
immune system to target and kill cancer cells, and can save lives when other
treatment options, such as surgery, radiotherapy or chemotherapy, may have
failed. However, it cannot help all patients, and some tumours can evolve to
resist it.
Now UK oncologists have found a two-pronged treatment—immunotherapy
combined with guadecitabine, a novel experimental drug—may reverse a cancer’s
resistance to immunotherapy. Patients expected to die after exhausting all
treatment options survived much longer, they found.
The dual combination could turn out to be an effective new weapon against several
forms of cancer. This combination might be a way to target their cancer even after
it has stopped responding to immunotherapy.
Alison Sowden, 61, from Dorset, was diagnosed with lung cancer four years ago
and told she had a year to live, but then received pembrolizumab for three years.
She is now free of cancer.
“I know there is a chance that my cancer may come back and develop resistance to
treatment, so it is reassuring to know research efforts aiming to reverse cancer’s
resistance to immunotherapy are under way,” she said. Her message is clear.
Patients should not lose hope.
Adapted from The Guardian, 22 Aug. 2022
1 Relevez tous les modaux.

Capacité .................................................................................................................................
Probabilité moyenne ...........................................................................................................
Probabilité passée ................................................................................................................
Potentialité ............................................................................................................................
Faible probabilité .................................................................................................................
Conseil ...................................................................................................................................
Impossibilité .........................................................................................................................
3 Comment se construisent les modaux ?

4 Reformulez ces phrases à l’aide d’un modal.
a. Patients need to have gone through other treatments.
b. It is not possible to cure all cancers.
c. The patient has to continue the treatment.
d. It is not impossible that he lost hope.
5 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide d’un modal.

a. Treatments ...... fail. It depends on cases.
b. The treatment is miraculous. Scientists ...... have found a revolutionary cure.
c. If the patient is careful, the treatment ...... fail.
 Mau
1 Complétez les phrases avec can ou can’t.

a. The swimming-pool is closed, so we ...... go there.
b. I ...... bear him. He is so awful.
c. It ...... be him; he is in Australia for one year.
d. I’m a great chef. I ...... cook all sorts of dishes.
e. She has a great job. She ...... travel the world for free.
f. This is too dicult. I ...... do this exercise.
g. I’m sorry, but I ...... accept such a beautiful present.
h. I ...... let you go, provided you have finished your work.
2 Choisissez entre must et mustn’t.

a. You ...... eat in class d. We ...... speak too loud.
b. You ...... run in the corridor. e. We ...... put our papers in the bin.
c. We ...... respect our teachers. f. We ...... write on the tables.
3 Complétez les phrases avec may ou might.

a. I don’t feel well. — Do you think it ...... be something you have eaten yesterday?
b. He ...... be on holiday. He had some days off to take.
c. You ...... eat some cake Jimmy.
d. I’ll take my umbrella as it ...... rain today.
e. You ...... not drive a car if you are under 16.
f. ...... I go, please?
g. He ...... be late because his flight has been delayed.
h. He ...... visit us next week, but he has not made his decision yet.
4 Choisissez entre will et would.

a. What time ...... you like to eat? f. Tomorrow, at 5, he ...... be playing
b. I ...... like to know him better. tennis.
c. What ...... you drink? g. When he was 18, every morning
d. ...... you be there when I get back? he ...... go swimming.
e. She said she ...... always love him. h. I’m really tired. I think I ...... stop
now.
5 Choisissez entre should, shouldn’t et ought.

a. It’s cold. You ...... take a cardigan.
b. She is always tired. She ...... go to bed so late.
c. You ...... to be more cautious on the road.
d. People ...... drive so fast.
e. ...... we leave now?
f. We ...... to organise a party for her birthday.
g. You ...... ride a motorbike without a helmet.
h. ...... we to tell Jane the news?
6 Complétez ces phrases avec le modal le plus adapté (forme négative possible).
a. You ...... already feel tired. You have just started working.
b. For the holidays? I don’t know. I ...... go to the mountains.
c. ...... I borrow your pen?
Mau 
d. It’s 11 o’clock. I’m not sure but he ...... be at home.
e. You ...... leave like that, without asking the permission.
f. This ...... be the answer. There are no other possibilities.
g. You ...... have done the housework!
h. It ...... be true! This is not possible.
i. When he was young, he ...... run for two hours.
j. They ...... have met this morning.
k. Sorry, but I have to go now. I ...... do my homework.
l. I wonder where he is. He ...... be in the kitchen.
m. Sorry to disturb you but ...... I come in?
7 Complétez avec un modal. Plusieurs réponses sont possibles parfois.

a. He ...... phone. But he is not sure whether he will have the time.
b. It is quite unusual. He ...... have forgotten the appointment.
c. He ...... work more if he wants to have good marks.
d. There’s no bread left. ...... you go to the baker’s?
e. You ...... tell everyone what you do. It is confidential.
f. Visitors ......take pictures inside the museum. It ...... damage the paintings.
g. He can’t walk. He ...... sprained his ankle.
h. Having a healthier lifestyle ...... be bad for you.
i. If you overwork, you ...... regret it in a few days.
QCM • Modaux
1. You are 15 minutes late. You ...... Next time, you won’t be accepted.
a. should hurry up c. may hurry up
b. should have hurried up d. may have hurried up
2. All they ...... to do is to make sure that you are satisfied with your purchase.
a. should c. ought
b. will d. can
3. The station is not very far. You ...... rush.
a. don’t have to c. have not to
b. mustn’t d. not have to
4. I should not ...... all those tacos.
a. eaten c. ate
b. have eaten d. have ate
5. He left two hours ago, so he ...... be there by now.
a. would c. could
b. should d. might
6. I ...... rather he took his own car.
a. will c. should
b. would d. had
 Mau
7. To enforce security measures, passengers ...... pick up their luggage themselves.
a. can c. must
b. may d. have
8. If I wear glasses, ...... I still become a pilot?
a. may c. would
b. shall d. will
9. Alma Corporation, ...... I help you?
a. shall c. will
b. may d. should
10. Where are my keys? They ...... be somewhere.
a. can c. must
b. will d. need
11. What means of payment ...... you like to use?
a. would c. may
b. will d. should
12. You ...... trust your instinct. You can’t be wrong.
a. ought c. must not
b. might d. must
13. I’m sure that Thomas ...... explain everything when he returns.
a. ought c. will be able to
b. could d. will have to
14. My cat ...... very high when he was younger.
a. could jump c. might be able to jump
b. could have jumped d. might have been able to jump
15. You are sick. You ...... come to work. Get back home.
a. should c. should have
b. should not d. should not have
16. I wanted to talk to Sylvia yesterday, but I ...... find her.
a. didn’t c. wouldn’t
b. might not d. couldn’t
17. He is totally unconscious. He ...... killed someone.
a. could c. might have
b. would have d. might
18. It ...... be late as it’s already dark.
a. will c. can
b. ought d. must
19. You ...... hurry. There’s plenty of time.
a. should c. needn’t to
b. had better d. needn’t
20. Let’s stop quarrelling, ...... we?
a. will c. must
b. shall d. could
Mau 
Corrigés p. 255
Classez les règles suivantes dans la bonne catégorie, puis formulez des consignes
à respecter dans un parc ou jardin public en utilisant des modaux.
Ex. : It is strictly forbidden to camp.
Bad practices Good practices
• Climb trees and damage branches

• Drink alcoholic beverages
• Keep your dog on a leash
• Light a fire or barbecue
• Make sure the place is clean and throw rubbish in appropriate bins
• Pick up after your dog
• Preserve plantations, flowers and trees
• Respect others, wear decent clothes and behave according to public law and order
as well as accepted moral standards
• Respect street furniture and play areas
• Swim in ponds and lakes and practise water sports, unless otherwise permitted
by competent authorities
• Throw cigarette butts on the ground
• Use motor vehicles such as mopeds, motorcycles and automobiles. Only public
service vehicles are authorised.
Expressions utiles
Beverage : boisson
Cigarette butt : mégot de cigarette
Moped : mobylette
On a leash : en laisse
Otherwise : autrement
Play area : aire de jeu
Pond : mare
Rubbish : déchets
Street furniture : mobilier urbain
To behave : se comporter
To damage : endommager
Unless : à moins que
 Mau
31 « O » ançais
Il existe plusieurs façons de traduire le « on » français. Il faut avant tout savoir à qui
l’on fait référence.
Traduction Usage Exemple

« We » « On » fait référence à « nous » ; le ➤ Yesterday, we went to the
locuteur fait partie des personnes cinema.
concernées. Hier on est allé au cinéma.
« They » « On » fait référence à un groupe ➤ In England, they drink a lot of
de personnes (sans nous), beer.
En Angleterre, on boit
beaucoup de bière.
« You » On parle des gens en général. ➤ You never know.
On ne sait jamais.
« One » En langage formel, pour une ➤ One cannot change the world.
ou « no on e» généralité. On ne peut pas changer le
monde.
Passif On ne peut aisément identifier le ➤ I have been burglarised.
(be + pp) sujet ou il a moins d’importance On m’a cambriolé.
que le verbe et le complément.
« Someone » On veut spécifier une personne ➤ Someone is knocking on the
« somebody » sans être en mesure de l’identi- door.
fier clairement. On frappe à la porte.
« People » On généralise sans ➤ People spend too much time on
nécéssairement s’inclure dans social networks.
la liste. Les gens passent trop de temps
sur les réseaux sociaux.
« O » ançais 
Future cities
What do you imagine cities will be like in the future? Will we have smart buildings
and flying cars? Or robots that will pick up our rubbish? What about schools? Will
we still travel to school or will we study online from home? Perhaps all the buildings
and roads will be underground and we’ll just have parks and cycle lanes above.
Maybe... or maybe not, but what we do know is that in the future, cities are
expected to have more and more people living in them. More than half the world’s
people already live in cities, and by 2050, we will be 6.5 billion people living there.
That’s a lot of people and nobody knows if there will be enough space for everyone!
More people means that we’re going to have more pollution, trac and noise.
It also means that we’ll need more homes, schools, hospitals, jobs and transport.
More resources, like water and energy, will be needed and more ways to grow food
will have to be imagined. Oh, and more parks will need to be created to play in!
Many cities are already planning for the future. For example, Bristol is a cycling
city in England. One can hire a bike (instead of taking a car or bus) and ride in cycle
lanes which are separated from the trac. In Singapore, people are looking ‘up’ to
grow food! To save space, vegetables are grown in lots of layers in special tall
buildings, called ‘vertical farms’. And in Amsterdam in the Netherlands, there are
‘floating houses’ built on water instead of on land!
1 Observez ces phrases. Par quels moyens a-t-on traduit le “on” français ?
a. Will we have smart buildings and flying cars?
b. Cities are expected to have more and more people.
c. Nobody knows if there will be enough space for everyone.
d. More resources, like water and energy, will be needed and more ways to grow
food will have to be imagined.
e. More parks will need to be created to play in.
f. One can hire a bike and ride in cycle lanes.
g. People are looking ‘up’ to grow food.
h. There are ‘floating houses’ built on water instead of on land.
2 Transformez ces phrases pour les mettre à la voix passive.

a. We will see more public transport and fewer cars.
b. We need more space to live.
c. One can buy an electric scooter.

a. On sait tous que les voitures vont disparaître.
b. On aura besoin d’inventer de nouveaux moyens de transport.
c. On aura du mal à se passer de la voiture.
 « O » ançais
1 Choisissez la traduction correcte de « on ».

a. Yesterday, we/one played tennis.
b. You/one needs money to travel.
c. I am delighted. One/I have been invited.
d. In Greece, we/they eat a lot of vegetables.
e. Yesterday, one/we found a very cheap hotel.
f. One/someone is knocking at the door.
g. What shall we/they do? We have some free time left.
h. They/one can’t learn a language in 6 weeks.
2 Complétez avec :
one, someone, you, we, they, people
a. How do ...... say that in French?
b. ...... arrived early yesterday and went to our hotel.
c. ...... drink beer in Ireland.
d. ...... has sent me a cheque but I don’t know that person.
e. Not so long ago, ...... used to live together: grandparents, parents, children.
f. As the proverb says, ...... can’t teach an old dog new tricks.
g. In France, we drive on the right side of the road, but in England, ...... drive on
the left side.
h. In Greta Britain, ...... drink a lot of tea.
i. Well, faced with the situation, what can ...... suggest?
j. ...... has tricked Mary on a social network.
k. “...... have made your bed, now you must lie on it”, often said my grandmother.
l. In France, ...... have the best wine exported all over the world.
3 Utilisez le passif pour traduire « on » dans ces phrases.

a. Tom, on te demande au téléphone.
............................................................................................................................................
b. On a construit une église dans le village récemment.
............................................................................................................................................
c. On n’avait jamais vu une explosion si forte avant.
............................................................................................................................................
d. On a arrêté le terroriste la semaine dernière.
............................................................................................................................................
e. On a entendu toutes sortes de rumeurs.
............................................................................................................................................
« O » ançais 
Corrigés p. 256
Présentez les pays suivants à l’aide des fact files. Utilisez différentes façons de
traduire le « on » français.
Ex. : In the UK, there is a population of 67, 508,936 inhabitants. English is the
most widely spoken language. Most people live in London. The country is surroun-
ded by several seas. It is well-known for its double-decker buses and monuments
like Stonehenge. Everybody knows Big Ben. They eat fish and chips. They use the
pound. Shakespeare and Queen Elizabeth are world-known people. In England,
you drive on the left.
The UK
Population : 67, 508,936 National dish : fish and chips, ham and
Language : English eggs
Largest city : London Famous people : Shakespeare, Queen
Neighbours : Ireland, North Sea, Irish Sea, Elizabeth II, David Beckham
Celtic sea Currency : pound
Symbols : Royal family, Big Ben, Extra : drive on the left
double-decker buses
India Mexico South Africa

Population : 1,417 billion Population : 131, 947,552 Population : 60.6 million
Language : Hindi Language : Spanish Language : 11 ocial
Largest city : Mumbai Largest city : Mexico City languages
Neighbours : Pakistan, Neighbours : US, Largest city : Johannesburg
China, Nepal Guatemala, Belize Neighbours : Namibia,
Symbols : tiger, Lotus Symbols : sombrero, Botswana
flower, Taj Mahal, sari tequila Symbols : diamonds, rugby
National dish : Chicken National dish : Mole football
Tikka Masala Poblano National dish : bobotie
Famous people : Mother Famous people : Salma Famous people : Nelson
Theresa, Gandhi Hayek Mandela
Currency : rupee Currency : peso Currency : rand
Expressions utiles
Billion= milliard
Currency : devise
Dish : plat
Double-decker bus : bus à impériale
Neighbour: voisin
Pound: livre (monnaie)
To inhabit : habiter/inhabitant : habitant
To represent : représenter
To surround : entourer
To symbolise = emblematise : symboliser
Worldwide known = world-known: mondialement connu
 « O » ançais
32 Odr de ot [1]
■ Phrase armative
Pour construire une phrase armative simple, il faut un sujet, un verbe et
éventuellement un complément. Les adjectifs se placent avant les noms.
Pour les adverbes, voir la rubrique Adverbes. Il ne faut pas les placer entre le verbe
et le COD. Il y a quelques exceptions. Parmi celles-ci, les plus importantes sont les
adverbes de fréquence et les compléments d’objet indirects sans to.
Ex. : The man often wrote his mother a letter.
■ Phrase interrogative
Pour poser une question, il faut commencer par un auxiliaire, puis le sujet, le verbe,
éventuellement le complément et la préposition associée au verbe (What are you
looking at?). Une intonation montante ne sut pas pour formuler une question.
Dans les questions indirectes, il n’y a aucune inversion sujet / verbe. On ne met
qu’une seule inversion par phrase (Sais-tu ce que veut dire le mot « hoax » ? Do you
know what the word « hoax » means ?). Il n’y a pas d’inversion non plus lorsque le
sujet de la question est who ou what (Who has finished ? What happened ?).
Les question tags viennent toujours en fin de phrase. Ils permettent d’obte-
nir une confirmation par une question. Ils commencent par un auxiliaire (ou
auxiliaire + négation) et se terminent par un pronom (Your house is near Paris,
isn’t it? These cakes aren’t very good, are they).
■ Phrase négative
Pour former une phrase négative, il faut un sujet, un auxiliaire, une négation, un
verbe et éventuellement un complément (He didn’t bring his computer. Il n’a pas
apporté son ordinateur).
■ Adjectifs
Les adjectifs se placent avant le nom ; lorsque plusieurs adjectifs se suivent, on
place le plus objectif le plus près du nom et le plus subjectif le plus loin du nom
(This is a charming Victorian house).
Opinion + size + shape + temperature + age + colour + origin +
material + usage + NOUN
Certains adjectifs ne se placent jamais avant le nom (ils ne sont jamais épithètes,
toujours attributs).
Quelques exemples: afraid (effrayé), alive (en vie), awake (éveillé), cross (en colère),
ill (malade), glad (ravi).
Il faut recourir à leurs synonymes pour dire la même chose en utilisant un adjec-
tif épithète (This girl is afraid est synonyme de This frightened girl).
Odr de ot 

33 Odr de ot [2]
■ Inversions
On peut trouver des inversions en dehors des phrases interrogatives.
C’est le cas lorsque la phrase commence par un adverbe ou une particule, et que
le verbe indique un mouvement ou un état; le sujet et le verbe sont alors inversés.
Ex. : Then, out ran the girl, without a word (Puis, la fille sortit en courant sans dire
un mot).
Here comes Jack (Voici Jack).
■ Il y a également une inversion lorsque la phrase commence par :
• un mot négatif (never : jamais ; not only : non seulement ; no sooner : à peine ;
in no way : en aucune façon ; nowhere : nulle part) ;
• un mot restrictif (hardly : à peine ; seldom = rarely : rarement ; only : seulement) ;
• un mot intensif (often : souvent ; such : si ; well : bien ; so : si).
Dans ce cas, l’inversion se construit à l’aide d’un auxiliaire ou d’un modal, comme
dans une vraie question :
Terme négatif + auxiliaire ou modal + sujet + complément
Ex. : Never did they visit me (Jamais ils ne m’ont rendu visite).
Hardly ever does she go swimming (Elle ne va nager que rarement).
Often do I think of my life as a child (Souvent je me souviens de quand j’étais
enfant).
So delicious was the food that we ate every last bite (La nourriture était si
bonne qu’on a mangé jusqu’à la dernière miette).
■ L’inversion peut aussi être utilisée dans un registre de langue assez relevé pour
exprimer une idée de conditionnel. C’est l’équivalent d’une tournure en « if ».
Ex. : Had she known what was to happen, she would not have gone there (Si elle
avait su ce qui allait arriver, elle n’y serait pas allée).
Were he richer, he would buy a bigger house (S’il était plus riche, il achète-
rait une maison plus grande).
■ Il n'y a pas d’inversion dans les phrases au style indirect (I don’t know what he will
do), après les verbes de perception (hear, see…), « let », « make » (They heard the dog
bark), « perhaps », « maybe ».
 Odr de ot

Semi-autonomous cars now permitted on some French roads

Driving a semi-autonomous car on some French roads became legal yesterday
(September 1). What do these vehicles do, and how do they differ from fully
driverless cars? The semi-autonomous vehicles which can now be driven in France
are level three out of five in terms of driverless controls. This means that they go
beyond driving aids like cruise control, but do not enable a motorist to hand total
control over to the vehicle. At this level, no sooner has the driver sat back and let
the car take over than he must remain ready to override an action if necessary.
Where is level three autonomy allowed?
There are restrictions. Not only must the vehicle speed be limited to 60km/h, but
the car can drive only on roads where there is a central reservation and no
pedestrians or cyclists. In practice, semi-autonomous driving is therefore only
possible on busy motorways or bypasses such as the Parisian périphérique, where
trac is not moving at full speed. Motorists can let go of the steering wheel.
However, should there be an obstacle or an emergency situation, the driver can be
told by the car to take back control at any time. Should they fail to react from an
instruction given by the car, the vehicle can come to a stop. Yet, so expensive are
these cars that very few people will be using them for the moment.
If the semi-autonomous car is being used properly, it is the manufacturer who will
be responsible in the case of an accident.
However, if you are called on to take back control of the car, you also recover your
responsibility for any incidents you might cause on the road.
Adapted from connexionfrance.com, 2 September 2022
1 Justifiez la place de l’adverbe « only ».

a. The car can drive only on roads where there is a central reservation.
b. Semi-autonomous driving is therefore only possible on busy motorways.
2 Que remarquez-vous concernant l’ordre des mots ?

Comment le justifiez-vous ?
a. What do these vehicles do?
b. Not only must the vehicle speed be limited…
c. Should there be an obstacle…
d. So expensive are these cars…
e. No sooner has the driver sat back…
3 Transformez les phrases suivantes en introduisant une inversion.

a. He had hardly bought a car than he had an accident.
b. I often took the plane.
c. Driving conditions are so restrictive.
d. If autonomous cars were cheaper, they would be more affordable.
Odr de ot 

1 Mettez les mots dans l’ordre.

your is neighbour’s what first name?
............................................................................................................................................
wear he what does?
............................................................................................................................................
he music what of does kind like?
............................................................................................................................................
the is his colour of what eyes?
............................................................................................................................................
2 Transformez ces armations en phrases interrogatives en les faisant porter

sur les mots soulignés.
Ex. : He came back on Monday.  When did he come back?
a. He borrowed money from the bank.
............................................................................................................................................
b. He likes reading books .
............................................................................................................................................
c. No, I won’t come to the party.
............................................................................................................................................
d. I was sleeping.
............................................................................................................................................
e. He has never seen the sea.
............................................................................................................................................
3 Mettez ces questions au style indirect en utilisant le temps correct.

a. How will you do? He asked me ....................................................................................
b. Where will you go next? He asked me .......................................................................
d. What is making this noise? I wondered ....................................................................
e. What are you doing? He asked me .............................................................................
f. Where is my phone? He asked .....................................................................................
4 Corrigez ces phrases en faisant attention à l’ordre des mots.

a. The doctor gave regularly some medicine to the child.
............................................................................................................................................
b. Where John does live?
............................................................................................................................................
c. He wonders why isn’t she coming.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Where from do they come?
............................................................................................................................................
e. He bought a wooden lovely small table.
............................................................................................................................................
 Odr de ot

Corrigés p. 257
1. Posez des questions pour deviner le titre d’un film. Attention à l’ordre des
mots dans les questions.
Ex. : When was the film released?
Date of release Director Location of the events Storyline

2009 Danny Boyle Indian slums He and his older
brother Salim find
different ways to
escape the slums.
Main character Main character’s Jamal Duration
brother
Jamal Malik Lead a life of crime Jamal: game show 115 minutes
Who Wants to Be a
Millionaire
2. Vous recevez un ami étranger. Expliquez en anglais le sens des mots suivants.
Donnez des définitions en utilisant les adjectifs ci-dessous. Attention à placer
les adjectifs dans le bon ordre.
Ex. : Pen  A pen is an instrument for writing or drawing with ink, typically
consisting of a metal nib or ball, or a nylon tip, fitted into a metal or plastic holder.
Golf ball Apple Elephant Computer Cotton bud

mouse
small, round, sweet, round, grey, massive, small, short, straight,
light, plastic, red, green, heavy, beautiful movable, plastic; round
white yellow skin, cabled or pieces at both
delicious wireless, ends
practical
Expressions utiles
Cotton bud : coton tige
Heavy : lourd
Juicy : juteux
Light : léger
Slum : bidonville
Straight : droit
Sweet : doux
To last : durer
To take place: se dérouler
Wireless : sans fil
Odr de ot 

34 Pi [1]
■ Il sert à parler de l’action subie par le sujet, à traduire le « on » français. Il s’emploie

aussi quand il n’est pas nécessaire ou impossible de mentionner l’auteur de l’action
ou lorsque le locuteur s’intéresse plus à l’action qu’à l’auteur de l’action.
Le complément l’auxiliaire le participe by et le sujet de la
de la phrase à « to be » passé du phrase à la voix active,
la voix active conjugué verbe de la devenu complément
devient le sujet + au temps + phrase à la + d’agent. Cette dernière
de la phrase du verbe de voix active partie n’est pas
passive la phrase à la toujours obligatoire.
voix active
Ex. : The dog keeps the house  The house is kept by the dog.
Her father punished her  She was punished by her father.
■ L’anglais permet d’employer un verbe au passif, suivi d’un complément d’objet
direct. Ceci est seulement possible quand c’est le complément d’objet indirect
d’une phrase active qui est employé comme sujet d’une phrase passive. Cela
concerne un nombre limité de verbes dont les plus courants sont give, tell, bring,
teach, ask, pay, sell, send.
Ex. : The doctor gave me some medicine  I was given some medicine by the doctor.
They brought the lady a small gift  The lady was brought a small gift.
Voix active Voix passive

Présent The shop sells toys. ➤ Toys are sold by the shop. Les jouets
simple sont vendus par le magasin.
Present The man is building a bridge. ➤ A bridge is being built by the man.
en -ing Un pont est en train d’être construit
par l’homme.
Prétérit The police arrested the thief. ➤ The thief was arrested by the police.
simple Le voleur a été arrêté par la police.
Prétérit My neighbours were cutting ➤ A tree was being cut by my neighbours.
en -ing a tree. Un arbre était en train d’être coupé
par mes voisins.
Futur The city will build a school. ➤ A school will be built by the city. Une
école sera construite par la ville.
Conditionnel Pupils would not forget books. ➤ Books would not be forgotten by
pupils. Les livres ne seraient pas
oubliés par les élèves.
Present My parents have saved a lot ➤ A lot of money has been saved by my
perfect of money parents. Beaucoup d’argent a été
économisé par mes parents.
Past perfect The floods had destroyed ➤ Houses had been destroyed by the
houses. floods. Des maisons avaient été
détruites par les inondations.
 Pi
35 Pi [2]
■ Avec GET
Parfois, on emploie GET (ou GOT au passé) à la place du verbe BE pour exprimer
la voix passive. On fait cela surtout en langage parlé de tous les jours.
Ex. : He got fired (Il s’est fait renvoyer). My computer got attacked by a virus (Mon
ordinateur a été victime d’un virus). I got kicked out of the club (Je me suis
fait virer du club).
■ Avec deux compléments
L’anglais permet d’employer un verbe au passif, suivi d’un complément d’objet
direct. Ceci est seulement possible quand c’est le complément d’objet indirect
d’une phrase active qui est employé comme sujet d’une phrase passive.
Cela concerne un nombre limité de verbes dont les plus courants sont give, tell,
bring, teach, ask, pay, sell, send.
Ex. : The doctor gave me some medicine  I was given some medicine by the doctor.
Le pronom personnel « me » est complément d’objet indirect de « gave » ; il
devient le sujet de la phrase passive.
Une autre construction possible est : Some medicine was given to me by the doctor.
They brought the lady a small gift  The lady was brought a small gift.
Une structure alternative est : A small gift was brought to the lady.
Le choix de la structure dépend de ce que l’on veut mettre en avant, la personne à
qui on fait quelque chose ou la chose qui est faite.
Pi 
Is climate change really a myth?

How can people still doubt the reality of climate change? The emergency and
seriousness of the situation can no longer be ignored. Everybody knows how
dangerous pollution is for humans’ health: a climax has been reached in terms of
frequency of cancers, breathing diculties, asthma and allergies. The death toll
has skyrocketed. The dangers of CO2 emissions for the environment are also well-
known now: loss of animal habitat and food sources due to toxic substances,
worsening of climate change, melting of glaciers, extinction of animal species...
Climate-related disasters have tripled in the last 30 years. Between 2006 and
2016, the global sea level rose 2.5 times faster than during the 20th century.
20 million people a year become climate refugees. Many more will be forced to flee
soon.
The more we procrastinate, the more tragic the consequences will be.
The cost to adapt to climate change and cope with damage is expected to amount
to 140-300 billion dollars per year by 2030.
We are running out of time. Many animal species were exterminated and we are
not prepared to deal with an escalation of the impacts and phenomena in the years
ahead.
1 Relevez toutes les formes verbales composées de be + participe passé.

............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
2 Classez-les en fonction du temps de la structure verbale (présent, present

perfect, prétérit, futur).
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
3 Mettez les phrases à la voix active.

a. The tragedy shouldn’t be underestimated by politicians.
............................................................................................................................................
b. The scientists were mocked by the president.
............................................................................................................................................
c. Animal species have been massacred by man.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Some plants are being destroyed by natural disasters.
............................................................................................................................................
e. Is the Earth spared by humans?
............................................................................................................................................
f. Were dinosaurs exterminated by the impact of celestial objects with the
Earth?
............................................................................................................................................
 Pi
1 Indiquez si les phrases sont à la voix passive ou active.

a. In England, they drive on the left.
............................................................................................................................................
b. We received a mail from the bank.
............................................................................................................................................
c. I was invited to go to a concert.
............................................................................................................................................
d. The rules of community living must be respected.
............................................................................................................................................
e. I will be given a check tomorrow.
............................................................................................................................................
f. When you are a parent, you must always care for your children.
............................................................................................................................................
2 Identifiez le sujet, le temps du verbe et le complément d’objet direct, puis

transformez ces phrases à la voix passive.
a. The guests ate the whole cake.
............................................................................................................................................
b. The children have lost money in the street.
............................................................................................................................................
c. They are building a new church opposite the school.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Her father will buy her a new phone.
............................................................................................................................................
e. The conference can host 250 people.
............................................................................................................................................
f. We expect her to come next week.
............................................................................................................................................
3 Mettez ces phrases à la forme active ou passive.

a. The doctor examined the patient.  ..........................................................................
b. The grandmother will send the parcel tomorrow.  .............................................
c. A new hole has been dug by the neighbour.  .........................................................
d. My father will invent a new video game.  ..............................................................
e. The journalist is recording the scene.  ..................................................................
f. New cars can’t be stolen easily by thieves.  ..........................................................
g. Your investment will be appreciated by the whole team.  .................................
Pi 
4 Transformez ces phrases en mettant en valeur soit la personne, soit l’objet.
Gardez une structure passive.
a. He was given a book.  .................................................................................................
b. They were told the whole truth.  .............................................................................
c. My mother was offered a new car.  .........................................................................
d. Lofty promises are always made to the voters.  ..................................................
e. My neighbours were sold their house at a cheap price.  ....................................
f. A trophy was offered to the winner.  ......................................................................
g. The students will be given a diploma.  ...................................................................
5 Transformez les phrases actives en phrases passives, en commençant par le

complément de personne. N’indiquez pas le complément d’agent.
a. He told me a strange story.  ......................................................................................
b. He has shown us his new car.  .................................................................................
c. John will offer her a big diamond ring.  ................................................................
d. I paid him 100 euros for his job.  .............................................................................
e. The doctor spares his patients no details.  ............................................................
f. They have shown me the premises of the factory.  .............................................
g. Somebody will send you a postcard.  .....................................................................
6 Traduisez ces phrases en mettant le complément de personne en valeur.

N’indiquez pas le complément d’agent.
a. Ils t’ont donné un meilleur emploi.
............................................................................................................................................
b. Ils devraient nous dire la vérité.
............................................................................................................................................
c. Ils nous ont appris des stratégies très utiles.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Ils ne m’offriront pas une voiture.
............................................................................................................................................
e. Ils n’ont pas pu raconter un mensonge aussi horrible aux victimes.
............................................................................................................................................
 Pi
Corrigés p. 258
Expliquez, à l’aide de ce tableau, pourquoi le changement climatique est dangereux

pour l’espèce humaine, végétale et animale. Faites des phrases au passif chaque
fois que c’est possible.
+ 1.2 billion people 13 million 35 million people Increase of ocean

displaced by 2050 undernourished due affected by floods acidification
due to climate to drought
disasters
decrease in global out of 883,000 166,000 people more than 25,000
ocean oxygen internal killed by heat animal and plant
displacements, 32% waves (1998-2017) species threatened
linked to floods and to disappear
29% to droughts
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
On m’a dit qu’il était malade : I was said he was ill.
On dit de lui qu’il est riche : He is said to be rich.
On m’a demandé de venir plus tôt : I was asked to come earlier.
On m’a volé mes clés : I was stolen my keys/my keys were stolen.
Je me suis fait avoir : I have been tricked.
La cafetière n’a jamais servi : The coffee machine has never been used.
On doit toujours être à l’heure : We must always be on time.
Pi 
36 Ps erfec [1]
Construction
Past perfect simple: had (‘d) + pp Past perfect continu: had been + V-ing
Valeur
Action passée par rapport à une autre Conditionnel de type 3 (irréel du passé)
action passée. ➤ If he had been invited, he would have
➤ He didn’t come because he had not been come.
invited.
S’emploie avec « depuis » en contexte Regret concernant le passé
passé (imparfait en français). ➤ I wish I had come.
➤ It had been raining for three days. Je regrette de ne pas être venu.
Il pleuvait depuis trois jours.
S’emploie avec « It was the first time…». Au style indirect
➤ It was the first time he had come. ➤ John said he had forgotten his keys.
■ Past perfect simple ou en -ing

Le past perfect simple (plus-que-parfait simple) est utilisé pour une action antérieure
à une autre action passée.
La forme progressive (past perfect continuous) est utilisée aussi pour une action
antérieure à une autre action passée, mais on insiste sur sa durée. À un moment
précis du passé, une action avait commencé auparavant et se déroulait toujours à
ce moment-là. Elle est souvent accompagnée de « depuis » ( for/since). C’est un peu
l’équivalent du present perfect continu.
Pour les verbes d’état, on utilise la forme simple du past perfect.
Ex. : When I arrived at the station, the train had left. Quand je suis arrivé à la gare,
le train était parti.
He had known her for one year. Il la connaissait depuis un an.
It had been raining for one hour when it started to snow. Il pleuvait depuis
une heure quand il a commencé à neiger.
■ Auxiliaire be ou have
L’auxiliaire « était-étaient » en français ne se traduit pas toujours par « was-were ».
On emploiera « was-were » dans une structure passive, quand on peut sous-en-
tendre un complément d’agent (par quelqu’un) ; sinon il faut employer « had ».
Ex. : Il était venu  He had come. Il a été enfermé (par le directeur)  He was
locked in (by the director).
 Ps erfec

37 Ps erfec [2]
■ Past perfect ou prétérit simple ?

Le past perfect simple exprime principalement l’idée que quelque chose s’est produit
AVANT une action dans le passé.
L’action la plus récente par rapport au moment d’énonciation est au prétérit et celle
qui est située avant cette action est au past perfect.
Ex. : I didn’t use my keys because I had lost them. Je n’ai pas utilisé mes clés parce
que je les avais perdues.
When we arrived at the cinema, the film had already started. Quand nous
sommes arrivés au cinéma, le film avait déjà commencé.
L’action au prétérit simple peut être remplacée par une expression de temps
(before, when, as soon as…). On emploie aussi la préposition « by » avec le sens de
« au moment de, d’ici, avant ».
Ex. : Jane had never seen the sea before last summer. Jane n’avait jamais vu la mer
avant.
By the end of the day, she had finished her homework and she had had a shower.
À la fin de la journée, elle avait fini ses devoirs et elle avait pris une douche.
■ Present perfect ou past perfect ?
Pour faire le bilan d’une action, on peut utiliser le present perfect ou le past perfect.
Il faut repérer si l’action a un impact sur le présent ou le passé.
• Si l’action a un impact sur le présent, on utilisera le present perfect.
Certains éléments comme now ou so far permettent d’établir un lien entre une
action passée et son impact sur le moment présent.
D’autres éléments, for et since, permettent d’établir un bilan sur une période
donnée.
Cependant, ces mots ne sont pas toujours présents, il s’agit donc, d’après le sens
de la phrase et son contexte, de constater qu’il y a un lien entre l’action passée
et le moment présent.
Ex. : I have washed the car, now it’s clean.
• Si l’action a un impact sur le passé, on utilisera le past perfect. L’action en question
est antérieure à un moment passé. Il faut pour cela repérer la présence d’éléments
au prétérit ou de repères temporels tels que des dates ou expressions.
Pour résumer, le present perfect sert à montrer la conséquence sur le présent
d’une action passée.
Le past perfect sert à montrer la conséquence sur le passé d’une action antérieure.
Ps erfec 

May the best ones win!

Last night, Cathy and Emilio participated in a dancing competition. They danced a
salsa dance. They had been practising for 6 months before they decided to
participate in the competition. They were very good dancers. Cathy and Emilio’s
friends were in the audience. Although they had always been close friends, they
had never seen Cathy and Emilio dance before that night. In fact, Cathy and Emilio
had done their best to train in secret before the competition. Once everyone had
danced, the judges announced the winners. Cathy and Emilio won! They were the
best dancers in the competition. Cathy said she had never practised so hard
before! She added she was glad they had won the prize and especially she was
proud she had trained so hard.
1 Relevez les verbes au prétérit et au past perfect .

.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
2 Dans les phrases suivantes, indiquez quelle action s’est produite en premier
chronologiquement.
a. They showed the dance they had prepared.
b. They had worked for two months when the show began.
c. The judges were satisfied with what the candidates had done.
3 Dans les phrases suivantes, identifiez la raison d’employer du past perfect :

avec « depuis », bilan dans le passé, antériorité, style indirect.
a. They had been practising for 6 months.
b. They said they had always been close friends.
c. They had never seen them dance before.
d. They had done their best.
e. Once everyone had danced, the judges announced the winners.
f. She had never practised so hard before.
g. She had trained so hard for so long.
4 Décidez quelle action est la plus antérieure et mettez les verbes au prétérit ou
au past perfect.
a. They ...... (train) on the dance they ...... (choose) initially.
b. They ...... (show) everyone the prize they ...... (win).
c. Once they ...... (finish) dancing, they ...... (feel) relieved.
d. They ...... (know) they ...... (do) their best, so they ...... (have) no regrets.
e. As soon as they ...... (meet), they ...... (feel) as if they ...... (always/know) each
other.
f. Their friends ...... (be) surprised that they ...... (manage) to keep this secret.
 Ps erfec

1 Mettez ces verbes irréguliers au past perfect.

a. Bring ..................................................................................................................................
b. Take ...................................................................................................................................
c. Learn .................................................................................................................................
d. Drive ..................................................................................................................................
e. Teach .................................................................................................................................
f. Drink .................................................................................................................................
g. Forget .................................................................................................................................
h. Give ....................................................................................................................................
i. See ......................................................................................................................................
j. Write ..................................................................................................................................
k. Come ..................................................................................................................................
2 Mettez les verbes à la forme correcte (past perfect simple).

a. The storm destroyed the sandcastle that we ...... (build).
b. He ...... (not / see) the step; that was why he fell in the stairs.
c. She went out to play even if she ...... (not/do) her homework.
d. The doctor took off the plaster that he ...... (put on) six weeks before.
e. The waiter brought a drink that I ...... (not / order).
f. I could not remember the lesson that I ...... (learn) the week before.
g. We wish we ...... (know) the meeting had been cancelled.
h. If we ...... (be) informed, we would not have come.
3 Mettez les verbes au past perfect simple.

a. My cousin was very nervous in the plane. He ...... (never/fly) for so long.
b. A man came to talk to me. I didn’t know him. I ...... (never/meet) him before.
c. I was very pleased to meet him after such a long time. I ...... (not/see) him for
five years.
d. John lost the tennis match yesterday. He ...... (not/train) enough.
e. We arrived at the cinema late. The film ...... (already/begin).
f. I invited Jane to the party but she couldn’t come. She ...... (plan) something
else.
4 Mettez les verbes à la forme correcte ( past perfect simple ou continu).

a. My brother said that he ...... (try) to call us for hours.
b. It was the first time the children ...... (take) the plane.
c. My brother ate the cake that our mum ...... (make).
d. They ...... (live) in the city for ten years before they moved out.
Ps erfec 

5 Mettez les verbes au past perfect simple ou en -ing.
a. I met Jack a few days ago. He ...... (just/come) back from Spain.
b. Kate was surprised to receive a letter from her cousin. She thought she ......
(forget) her.
c. He was very tired when he got back home. He ...... (drive) all day long.
d. The orchestra ...... (play) for ten minutes when somebody entered and shouted.
e. Tom ...... (go) when I arrived at the party.
f. She didn’t want to have lunch because she ...... (have) breakfast late.
g. He realized he ...... (wait) in the wrong restaurant after twenty minutes.
h. When we arrived at the work place, we realized the oce ...... (be) robbed
during the night.
6 Mettez le verbe au prétérit simple ou au past perfect simple.

a. The week after, we ...... (move) as we ...... (plan) to do.
b. He was so excited. He ...... (never/win) a race.
c. For two months, he ...... (behave) as if we ...... (say) nothing.
d. She ...... (react) very calmly as if she ...... (always/know) what would happen.
e. ‘’Thank you so much,’’ he said surprised. They ...... (never/be) so helpful.
f. By the time we ...... (arrive) home, the child ...... (fall) asleep.
g. We ...... (have) the car for ten years when it ...... (break) down.
7 Mettez le verbe au prétérit en -ing ou au past perfect en -ing.

a. It was very noisy last night. Our neighbours ...... (have) a party.
b. We ...... (work) when the manager arrived.
c. John ...... (look) for his keys for two hours when he finally found them.
d. I was out of breath. I ...... (run) for two hours.
e. Did he know what we ...... (speak) about?
f. When I learnt about the news, I thought I ...... (dream).
g. I ...... (teach) English for five years when I decided to quit.
 Ps erfec

Corrigés p. 258
1. Justifiez les actions suivantes en utilisant du past perfect.

Ex. : Why did you sleep in your car all night? (Pourquoi as-tu dormi dans ta
voiture toute la nuit ?)  I slept in my car because I had left the keys at home
(J’ai dormi dans ma voiture parce que j’avais laissé les clés à la maison).
a. Why did you say sorry to an old woman?
........................................................................................................................................
b. Why did you run out of the supermarket?
........................................................................................................................................
c. Why didn’t you come to the party yesterday night?
........................................................................................................................................
d. Why did you quit your job?
........................................................................................................................................
e. Why did you lie to your parents?
........................................................................................................................................
f. Why didn’t you do your homework?
........................................................................................................................................
g. Why did you call the police?
........................................................................................................................................
2. Vous attendiez à un arrêt de bus quand un accident s’est produit. Dites à

la police ce que vous avez vu, ce que les gens faisaient ou venaient de faire.
Utilisez le prétérit continu et le past perfect.
Voici quelques verbes pour vous aider: overtake (doubler), cross, get on the bus,
park, get out of the car, phone, turn left, stop, turn red, leave school.
Ex. : The light had just turned green. An old woman was walking her dog out. Le
feu venait de passer au vert. Une vieille dame promenait son chien.
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Si j’avais su: If I had known/Had I known
Si j’étais venu: If I had come
Je n’avais jamais vu cela avant: I had never seen that before
On m’avait dit: I had been told
Ps erfec 

Prasa erb
38 (erbe à arcule) [1]
■ Un phrasal verb est un verbe à particule, constitué d’un verbe suivi d’une prépo-
sition ou postposition qui va en modifier le sens. La particule est soit un adverbe,
soit une préposition. Les particules les plus fréquemment utilisées en anglais sont :
« up, out, back, on, down, in, off, over, away, about, around, through, along ».
Par exemple, le verbe come in signifie entrer, come out sortir, come back revenir,
come over (passer chez quelqu’un).
■ Parfois, le sens propre de la particule vient compléter celui du verbe et permet
de s’exprimer en seulement quelques mots. Mais parfois, certaines particules ne
donnent pas beaucoup d’informations quant au sens du phrasal verb.
Par exemple, come up, signifie « imaginer » ou « inventer » (I have just come up
with a solution : Je viens de trouver une solution).
■ Certains phrasal verbs sont séparables, ce qui veut dire que la particule peut ne
pas se trouver directement après la base verbale.
• Si le complément d’objet direct est un pronom et si la particule est séparable,
alors le COD vient obligatoirement se placer entre la base verbale et la particule.
Ex. : Don’t let me down! (Ne me laisse pas tomber !)
That story? I‘ve just made it up (Cette histoire ? Je viens de l’inventer).
• Dans les autres cas (le COD n’est pas un pronom), si la particule est séparable,
alors cette inversion est possible mais pas obligatoire. C’est une simple question
de style et d’habitude.
Ex. : It’s windy outside. You should not put on a hat = You should not put a hat
on (Il y a du vent dehors. Tu ne devrais pas mettre de chapeau).
■ Si un phrasal verb est séparable, le dictionnaire indique la mention sb (somebody)
ou sth (something) entre le verbe et sa particule.
■ De manière générale, les verbes intransitifs (qui ne sont pas suivis directement
d’un COD) sont inséparables.
 Prasa erb (erbe à arcule)

39 (erbe à arcule) [2]
Voici une liste de quelques-uns des principaux phrasal verbs.
Phrasal verb Sens Exemple

Account for expliquer ➤ Can you account for the result?
Blow out éteindre ➤ The wind blew out the candle.
Break down se casser, s’effondrer ➤ He broke down in tears.
Break up rompre ➤ They broke up yesterday.
Bring about engendrer ➤ It will bring about changes.
Bring out faire ressortir ➤ It brings out our weaknesses.
Bring up élever ➤ They brought up three kids.
Bump into tomber sur ➤ I bumped into my best friend.
Call off annuler ➤ Call off the meeting.
Calm down se calmer ➤ Calm down! Don’t be upset.
Carry out réaliser ➤ The lab carried out tests.
Check in /out s’enregistrer/quitter ➤ You can check in today.
Come about arriver, survenir ➤ Changes have come about.
Come across croiser ➤ I came across my cousin.
Cut back on réduire ➤ We cut back on research.
Do without se passer de ➤ We can’t do without water.
Dress up se déguiser ➤ He dressed up as a wolf.
Drop by passer chez ➤ Drop by my oce.
Drop in passer voir ➤ You can drop in anytime.
Drop out quitter l’école ➤ Bob dropped out of college.
Fill out remplir, compléter ➤ You have to fill out a form.
Find out comprendre, trouver ➤ The police found him out.
Get along être en bons termes ➤ I get along with my sister.
Get by s’en sortir ➤ Poor people can’t get by.
Get in entrer, céder ➤ Get in touch with her.
Get out sortir ➤ Get out of this room!
Give up abandonner ➤ I give up, you win.
Grow up grandir ➤ It’s time to grow up.
Hang up raccrocher ➤ He hung up on me.
Hold on tenir, rester en ligne ➤ Hold on a minute please.
Keep on continuer ➤ You can keep on playing.
Prasa erb (erbe à arcule) 

40 (erbe à arcule) [3]
Keep up with suivre le rythme ➤ I couldn’t keep up with him.

Lay sb off renvoyer ➤ He was laid off yesterday.
Let in/out laisser entrer/sortir ➤ Please, let me in!
Look forward avoir hâte de ➤ I’m looking forward to seeing you.
to
Look up vérifier, admirer ➤ He looked up to his father.
Make sth up inventer ➤ He made up the whole story.
Pay off porter ses fruits ➤ His efforts finally paid off.
Pick up ramasser ➤ She picked up her toys.
Put off reporter, dégoûter ➤ We put off the meeting.
Put up with tolérer ➤ I can’t put up with noise.
Set up mettre en place ➤ A new plan was set up.
Show off frimer ➤ He is showing off in his car.
Show up apparaître, se montrer ➤ He showed up at the party.
Sit down s’asseoir ➤ Sit down and have a drink.
Stay up veiller ➤ He stayed up all night.
Switch on/off allumer/éteindre ➤ Switch off the light.
Take in comprendre, duper ➤ A hacker tried to take me in.
Take off décoller ➤ The plane took off at 4.
Take sth up raccourcir, se mettre à ➤ He took up the oboe.
Talk sb into persuader de faire ➤ He talked me into voting for him.
Talk over discuter ➤ We talked over his concerns.
Tear sth up déchirer ➤ He tore up the photo.
Think over réfléchir ➤ It’s time to think over societal issues.
Try on essayer ➤ I always try on clothes.
Turn down refuser, baisser ➤ His offer was turned down.
Turn on/off allumer/éteindre ➤ I forgot to turn off the light.
Wake up se réveiller ➤ Wake me up at 7.30.
Watch out faire attention ➤ Watch out! There’s a dog.
Work out élaborer, faire de ➤ Working out is healthy for body and
l’exercice mind.
Write down prendre des notes ➤ Write down what I say.
Write up rédiger ➤ He wrote up the report.
 Prasa erb (erbe à arcule)

An imperfectly perfect day

When I set off for work this morning, my car broke down, so I ended up taking the
train. As soon as I got off, I bumped into an old classmate, Tom. While we were
speaking, he brought up something I had already found out from some friends we
have in common—that he had come into quite a lot of money and had set up his
own business. He told me that there was a lot to sort out, and offered to take me
on, but I turned him down straight away.
When I clocked in, my boss had a go at me, telling me off in front of everyone.
When I got over the initial shock, I told him I’d make up for being late, but it turned
out that he had blown up over a deal that had fallen through, after a client of mine
had pulled out of a contract. He told me that I wouldn’t get away with it, that I’d let
everybody down, and just went on and on….
Eventually, I ran out of patience and answered back. I said I was not going to put
up with it anymore, and if he wanted to lay me off, he should go ahead. Anyway, to
cut a long story short, I stormed out, phoned Mark’s oce. His secretary put me
through to him. I told Mark I’d like to take him up on his offer. So, in the end,
everything worked out perfectly!
1 Relevez ou soulignez tous les phrasal verbs.

.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
2 Observez la place des pronoms personnels dans ces expressions :

take me on, turned him down, telling me off, let everybody down, lay me off,
put me through, take him up
3 Associez les phrasal verbs suivants avec ces traductions.

run out of, blow up, fall through, get off, turn out, turn down, put up with, bump
into, let somebody down, have a go at
a. Tolérer f. Refuser
b. Tomber à l’eau g. Descendre
c. S’en prendre à h. Tomber sur
d. Manquer de i. S’avérer
e. S’énerver j. Laisser tomber quelqu’un
4 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide des phrasal verbs du texte.

a. I will work this weekend to ...... for the lost time.
b. Many firms were forced to ...... workers because of Covid-19.
c. Nobody likes being ...... for sitting in other people’s seats.
d. People need time to ...... dicult events.
e. He ...... of the meeting to express his discontent.
f. I would like to ...... a few additional points.
g. They were shocked when they ...... the truth.
h. Thanks to the money invested, the project can .......
Prasa erb (erbe à arcule) 

1 Associez les phrasal verbs et leur traduction.

come on, get out, get up, get back, get down, hang on, hang out, hang up, drop out
of, drop off, drop by
a. Passer chez .......................................................................................................................
b. Sortir .................................................................................................................................
c. Attendre ............................................................................................................................
d. Se lever ..............................................................................................................................
e. Allez ! .................................................................................................................................
f. Déposer .............................................................................................................................
g. Traîner ..............................................................................................................................
h. Quitter, cesser .................................................................................................................
i. Y retourner ......................................................................................................................
j. Raccrocher .......................................................................................................................
2 Choisissez le phrasal verb qui convient dans les phrases suivantes.

come on, get out, get up, get back, get down, hang on, hang out, hang up, drop
out, drop off, drop by
a. ...................... from that tree before you hurt yourself!
b. I used to ...................... with his uncle.
c. Can I ...................... your place tonight?
d. I drink a lot of water when I .......................
e. Lisa had ...................... of school to pursue a career in music.
f. ......................, you have to forgive me!
g. Oh, jeez. It’s late already. I have to ....................... I’ll call you back later.
h. I’m going to ...................... home now. Bye.
i. ...................... of here! Both of you.
j. ...................... a minute, please, I need some more time.
k. After that, I went home to ...................... some stuff.
3 Complétez ces phrases avec la bonne particule : out, up, on, back.
Certaines sont utilisées plusieurs fois.
a. Come ......................! It’ll be fun!
b. Get ...................... of your room and come and talk to us.
c. Would you like to hang ...................... with us on Saturday?
d. She grew ...................... in a rich family.
e. It’s time to get ...................... to work. Hurry up!
f. In summer, we always get ...................... as soon as the sun comes up.
g. They came ...................... with an interesting story.
 Prasa erb (erbe à arcule)

4 Identifiez les phrasal verbs dans les phrases suivantes et remplacez-les par un
synonyme d’un seul mot.
Ex. : Go on, I’m listening  Continue, I’m listening. (Poursuivez, je vous écoute.)
a. Carry on.
............................................................................................................................................
b. He carried out his mission.
............................................................................................................................................
c. She found out the truth.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Did you know that 79.48% of statistics are made up?
............................................................................................................................................
e. He drank so much that he passed out.
............................................................................................................................................
f. Let’s pick up where we left off.
............................................................................................................................................
g. Do I need to point out what happened last time?
............................................................................................................................................
h. He turned down the offer.
............................................................................................................................................
i. I’m trying to cut down on the amount of junk food I eat.
............................................................................................................................................
j. How do you come up with those ideas?
............................................................................................................................................
5 Complétez ces phrases avec le phrasal verb qui convient.

fall out, fill in, break down, put off, take off
a. What time did the plane......................?
– At 12.30.
b. Why have you ...................... your dental appointment?
– Because I’m too busy.
c. Have you ...................... the form?
– Yes, I have.
d. Why has Julia ...................... with Danny?
– Because he was rude to her.
e. Why did your car ......................?
– It ran out of petrol.
Prasa erb (erbe à arcule) 

Corrigés p. 260
1. Associez les verbes suivants et la préposition qui convient pour en faire des
phrasal verbs : at, down, up, on, off, out
Verbs Prepositions Complements

To stretch out my hand
To pick the alarm clock
To turn the alarm
To get
To take the pyjamas
To put clothes
To switch the light
To pick the toothpaste
To take the top of the toothpaste
To turn the tap
To turn the tap
To pick the newspaper
To look the headlines
To sit
To stand
To walk the street
To get a bus
To get the bus
To put sunglasses
2. Racontez votre journée d’hier en utilisant les phrasal verbs ci-dessus. Mettez
les verbes au prétérit. Voici le début de votre récit.
Ex. : I woke up and stretched out my hand. I picked up the alarm clock and turned
it off…
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................
 Prasa erb (erbe à arcule)

41 Prase égave [1]
■ Construction
• Pour former une phrase négative, il faut la structure suivante :
Sujet + auxiliaire + négation + verbe (+ complément)
Ex. : I did not (didn’t) come.

I will not (won’t) work tomorrow.
I have not (haven’t) called.
• Pour une phrase interro-négative :
Auxiliaire + négation + S + verbe ou Auxiliaire + S + négation + verbe
Ex. : Don’t you like going to the cinema?

Are you not coming with us?
■ Choix de l’auxiliaire
Au présent simple et au prétérit simple, la structure ne comporte pas d’auxi-
liaire à la forme armative, il faut ajouter un auxiliaire à la forme négative. Aux
autres temps, il faut utiliser l’auxiliaire correspondant au temps (won’t au futur,
wouldn’t au conditionnel, wasn’t/weren’t au prétérit continu, haven’t/hasn’t au
present perfect…).
■ Au présent simple, la phrase négative se construit ainsi :
Sujet + auxiliaire do ou does + not + base verbale + compléments
Ex. : I do not like chips.

He does not like chips.
Remarque : On emploie souvent la forme contractée de l’auxiliaire.
Ex. : I don’t like chips.
He doesn’t like chips.
À la forme négative, le verbe ne prend plus de S à la troisième personne du singu-
lier. C’est l’auxiliaire do qui prend ce S en devenant does.
■ Au prétérit simple, l’auxiliaire est did : il s’emploie à toutes les personnes.
Au prétérit, la phrase négative se construit selon le modèle suivant :
Sujet + auxiliaire did + not + base verbale + compléments
Ex. : I did not play tennis yesterday.

Remarque : On contracte souvent l’auxiliaire et sa négation.
Ex. : I did not play tennis yesterday.
I didn’t play tennis yesterday.
■ À la forme négative, on ne met plus –ed à la fin du verbe régulier ; de même, on
n’a plus recours à la forme irrégulière d’un verbe irrégulier.
C’est l’auxiliaire did qui prend la marque du passé dans la phrase négative. Le
verbe est à la base verbale ; il n’est pas conjugué.
Prase égave 

42 Prase égave [2]
■ Phrases négatives avec un verbe à la forme armative

Quand une phrase contient déjà un mot négatif comme never (jamais), nobody
(personne) ou nowhere (nulle part), nothing (rien), alors le verbe est à la forme
armative. Sinon, il faut les remplacer par ever, anybody, anywhere, anything.
En effet, il ne peut y avoir qu’une seule négation par phrase.
Ex. : He never goes to the swimming-pool. Il ne va jamais à la piscine.
He didn’t see anyone when he was a boy = he saw no one. Il ne voyait personne
quand il était jeune.
Nobody likes her = not anyone likes her. Personne ne l’aime.
He doesn’t know anything = he knows nothing. Il ne connait rien.
He goes nowhere = he doesn’t go anywhere. Il ne va nulle part.
Certains adverbes sont semi-négatifs (hardly, scarcely, barely = à peine; seldom,
rarely, hardly ever = presque jamais, rarement …).
Ex. : She had hardly finished her speech when/than he barged into the room. = Elle
avait à peine terminé son discours qu’il fit irruption dans la pièce.
■ Mots négatifs et inversion

Si l’on veut employer une langue plus soutenue, ou insister sur « à peine » ou
« rarement », il est possible de placer hardly, scarcely, barely, rarely, seldom… en
début de phrase. Il faut alors faire une inversion du sujet: auxiliaire + sujet + verbe.
Attention à la suite de la construction : Barely .... when... No sooner … than... Not
only… but also….
Ex. : Hardly had she finished her speech when/than he barged into the room. À peine
avait-elle terminé son discours qu’il fit irruption dans la pièce.
Ces constructions sont aussi possibles avec only, little, in no circumstances, under
no circumstances (en aucune circonstance), in no way (en aucune manière), not
until (pas avant que)…
Ex. : Never did he send her flowers.
 Prase égave

A bad day
I had not had such a bad day for years. It couldn’t be worse. I had a job interview
this morning but I had not set the alarm clock. Neither had my wife. I woke up very
late and I didn’t have time for a shower nor for breakfast.
I ran to the bus station, but I didn’t know there were no buses today because of a
strike. So, I rushed back home to take my car in the garage but it wouldn’t work.
Not before three attempts did I finally manage to make it work. The trac was not
fluid and I arrived at the parking garage five minutes before the appointment. Just
when I found a parking spot, another car arrived and tried to park, but I cut him off
and he didn’t like it. Nobody likes to be late, but it was for a good reason. Hardly
had I parked than I realized I had left the car keys inside. Usually it never happens
to me, but I was so distressed today.
I finally arrived at the interview; I was not that late hopefully. But I was particularly
unlucky. Didn’t you guess who the interviewer was? The guy I had met in the
parking garage!
It’s not that I don’t want to recognize my share of responsibility, but I must admit
the guy had not been fair.
Anyway, had I put on my alarm clock, nothing bad would have happened to me
today.
1 Trouvez dans le texte les équivalents des phrases suivantes.

a. There weren’t any buses.
b. My wife had not either.
2 Observez les phrases suivantes. Que remarquez-vous concernant le verbe ?

Est-il à la forme positive ou négative ?
a. There were no buses.
b. Nothing bad would have happened to me today.
c. It never happens to me.
3 Observez ces phrases. Commencent-elles par un mot positif ou négatif ?

Que remarquez-vous concernant le groupe verbal ?
a. Nobody likes to be late.
b. Neither had my wife.
c. Not before three attempts did I finally manage to make it work.
d. Hardly had I parked than I realized I had left the car keys inside.
4 Observez la phrase suivante. Où se trouve la négation ?

Didn’t you guess who the interviewer was?
5 Trouvez dans le texte la forme contractée ou non contractée.

a. I wasn’t late. d. I hadn’t had.
b. He did not like it. e. It is not.
c. It would not work. f. I do not want.
Prase égave 

1 Observez les phrases suivantes et soulignez les auxiliaires s’il y en a. Sinon,

quel auxiliaire faut-il utiliser à la forme négative ?
a. They live in London. .......................................................................................................
b. We are hungry. ................................................................................................................
c. She has a cat. ....................................................................................................................
d. He saw you. ......................................................................................................................
e. I will have lunch at one o’clock. ...................................................................................
f. They were old. .................................................................................................................
g. He works a lot. .................................................................................................................
h. Mel had a sister. ..............................................................................................................
2 Mettez les phrases de l’exercice précédent à la forme négative.

a. ............................................................................................................................................
b. ............................................................................................................................................
c. ............................................................................................................................................
d. ............................................................................................................................................
e. ............................................................................................................................................
f. ............................................................................................................................................
g. ............................................................................................................................................
h. ............................................................................................................................................
3 Mettez les phrases suivantes à la forme négative.

a. I went to Miami two years ago. ...................................................................................
b. This book is mine. ..........................................................................................................
c. The shop closes at 5. .......................................................................................................
d. It will cost you £20. ........................................................................................................
e. I told him the truth. .......................................................................................................
f. I have two sisters. ...........................................................................................................
g. I was born in Corsica. ....................................................................................................
h. Mary called me this morning. .....................................................................................
4 Corrigez les fautes dans ces phrases.

a. He don’t work. .................................................................................................................
b. They has not arrived yet. ..............................................................................................
c. He doesn’t knows the answer. .....................................................................................
d. I willn’t tell him the truth. ............................................................................................
e. We didn’t knew that they were coming. ....................................................................

a. Il ne sait pas encore conduire.
 ........................................................................................................................................
b. Il n’a pas voulu venir avec nous hier.
 ........................................................................................................................................
c. Nous ne resterons pas longtemps.
 ........................................................................................................................................
 Prase égave

d. Peter et Brian n’ont jamais joué au tennis ensemble.
 ........................................................................................................................................
e. Nous n’avons pas dormi la nuit dernière.
 ........................................................................................................................................
f. Il n’a pas assez d’argent pour acheter son propre appartement.
 ........................................................................................................................................
6 Formulez ces phrases autrement sans changer le sens.
a. We said nothing during the meeting.  ...................................................................
b. He went nowhere during his holiday.  ...................................................................
c. We didn’t talk to anybody.  .......................................................................................
d. We didn’t buy anything.  ...........................................................................................
e. There was no one to go with.  ...................................................................................
f. He hasn’t really ever thought about it.  .................................................................
7 Réécrivez ces phrases en débutant par le mot négatif ou semi-négatif.

a. He will barely have time to visit.  ...........................................................................
b. He has hardly eaten today.  ......................................................................................
c. They had no sooner arrived than they were arguing.  .......................................
d. He scarcely talked to his neighbours.  ...................................................................
e. We seldom go to the ice rink.  ..................................................................................
f. He never lied to his parents.  ...................................................................................
g. She not only forgot my birthday, but she also didn’t apologise.  ......................
8 Imaginez une suite à ces débuts de phrase.

a. Hardly had ........................................................................................................................
b. Not only did ......................................................................................................................
c. No sooner will .................................................................................................................
d. Seldom does .....................................................................................................................
e. Never will .........................................................................................................................
f. Little did ...........................................................................................................................

a. Il n’a rien écouté des conseils qu’on lui a donnés.
............................................................................................................................................
b. Nous n’avons jamais rien vu d’aussi beau.
............................................................................................................................................
c. À peine le film avait-il commencé qu’il y eut une coupure de courant.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Non seulement il a plu toute la journée mais les températures ont chuté.
............................................................................................................................................
e. Jamais je n’irai avec lui à cette réunion.
............................................................................................................................................
Prase égave 

Corrigés p. 261
Vous êtes suspecté d’avoir commis un crime et vous avez été convoqué pour
répondre à un interrogatoire de police. Vous êtes innocent. Répondez aux
questions par la négative.
Ex. : Do you live in the area?  No, I don’t.
a. Did you know the victim?
b. Had you met her before?
c. Were you in town at the moment of the crime?
d. Were you doing something in particular?
e. Did you leave home earlier?
f. Can anyone confirm what you are saying?
g. Do you live alone?
h. Are you from the region?
i. Have you got any friends or family here?
j. Will you need a lawyer?
k. Could you stay in the region in case we have further questions?
l. Had you already been suspected of a crime or offence?
m. Have you ever been sentenced?
n. Are you in good terms with your neighbours?
o. Do you get along with your colleagues?
p. Have you ever clashed with them?
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Further questions : d’autres questions
To be sentenced = be condemned : être condamné
To clash : se disputer
To get along = get on well : bien s’entendre
 Prase égave

43 Pép i [1]
Dans l’espace
Dans In Entre Between

Sur On Au-dessus Above
Sous Under ; below Près de, à côté de Near ; next to ; close to ; by
Derrière Behind Contre Against ; beside
Devant In front of A In (on y est); at (on y est); to (on y va)
Parmi Among ; amid(st) De From
Les prépositions in, at et on s’utilisent pour différents types d’endroits.
• In Grands endroits (noms de pays, état, ➤ We stopped in the park.

province, ville…) et petits endroits
(bâtiment, pièce, immeuble, parc,
voiture, bateau …).
• At Adresse spécifique, petits endroits ➤ We live at 441 Main Street.
(school, the library, home, work,
the oce…)
• On Utilisé devant des lieux de taille ➤ We took the boat on the river.
moyenne (a ship, train, plane, and the
name of a street, road, coast or river;
on a farm)
■ Direction
Certains mots qui désignent un emplacement se construisent sans préposition :
home, upstairs, downstairs, downtown, uptown, inside (= nom), outside (= nom).
Les prépositions suivantes indiquent un mouvement vers quelque chose.
• To Pour indiquer un déplacement. ➤ He ran to school.

Il est parti à l’école en courant.
• Onto Pour indiquer un mouvement ➤ He put his cup onto the table.
sur une surface. Il a mis sa tasse sur la table.
• Into Pour indiquer un déplacement ➤ He jumped into the pool.
vers l’intérieur. Il a plongé dans la piscine.
Pépi 
44 Pép i [2]
Dans le temps
■ On: pour les jours exacts.

Ex. : He will meet with her on Thursday, on March 16th.
■ At: avec noon, night, midnight et l’heure.
Ex. : We eat lunch at noon. We finish at 6pm.
■ In: pour les autres moments de la journée, les mois, les années, les saisons.
Ex. : They walk in the afternoon. His vacation is in October. The company started
in 1999. Leaves change color in fall.
■ Pour des périodes plus longues.
Since (depuis, depuis que) ➤ They have been gone since last week.
For (depuis, pendant) ➤ Charles is going on vacation for three weeks.
By (d’ici + date) ➤ We must finish this project by Friday.
Within (d’ici + durée) ➤ We must finish this project within a week.
From…until (de … à) ➤ The resort is open from fall until spring.
From…to (de … à) ➤ The conference runs from Monday to Friday.
During (au cours de) ➤ I read during my lunch break.
■ Traduire « de »
Origine, point de départ Matière, quantité, qualité, Cas possessif
possession
From Of ‘s ou ‘
➤ He comes from Nice ➤ A piece of wood ➤ The neighbour’s dog
➤ A cup of tea ➤ The neighbours’ car
➤ The roof of the house
➤ Three kilos of apricots
Quantité Le premier nom fonctionne Pourcentage
comme un adjectif
Some, any, no Nom composé Of/by/in
➤ I have some friends ➤ A racehorse ➤ An increase of 20%
➤ Is there any milk? (un cheval de course) ➤ A drop by 15%
➤ There is no oil ➤ An earthquake ➤ A rise in unemployment
(un tremblement de terre)
➤ A living-room
(salle de séjour)
 Pépi
45 Pép i [3]
Noms + prépositions
Nom + for Nom + of Nom + on Nom + with

Bid for Fall of Agreement on Ability with
Demand for Fun of Attack on Comparison with
Exception for Increase of Ban on Compliance with
Excuse for Lack of Congratulations on Contrast with
Need for Nom + to Constraint on Dealings with
Reputation for Addiction to Curb on Dexterity with
Responsibility for Alternative to Dependence on Involvement with (ou in)
Substitute for Attention to Discussion on Relationship with
Talent for Damage to Stoppage on Respect for
Nom + in Introduction to Tax on Sympathy with
Confidence in Objection to Nom + on
Fall in Reference to Agreement on
Increase in Reply to Attack on
Interest in Resistance to Ban on
Loss in Solution to Congratulations on
Progress in Threat to Constraint on
Curb on
Dependence on
Adjectifs + prépositions
Adj + in Adj + on Adj + to Adj + of

Interested in Dependent on Acceptable to Afraid of
Involved in Focused on Accustomed to Aware of
Lacking in Intent on Addicted to Capable of
Adj + with Reliant on Alternative to Full of
Bored with Adj + at Attentive to Guilty of
Compatible with Angry/mad at Contingent to Kind of
Connected with Brilliant at Dicult to Nice of
Familiar with Good at Essential to Proud of
Filled with Terrible at First to Short of
Happy with Adj + about Grateful to Adj + for
Incompatible with Angry about Indifferent to Eligible for
Packed with Anxious about Married to Famous for
Pleased with Crazy about Opposed to Grateful for
Satisfied with Worried about Parallel to Ready for
Rude to Responsible for
Vulnerable to Sorry for
Pépi 
46 Pép i [4]
Verbes + prépositions
Verbe + about Verbe + at Verbe + for Verbe + from Verbe + in

To care about To aim at To account for To benefit from To believe in
(ou to)
To complain To beat at To aim for To borrow from To consist in
about
To dream about To laugh at To apologise for To come from To fill in
To worry about To protest at To ask for To emerge from To invest in
Verbe + to To shout at To be To prevent from To participate in
summoned for
To amount to To smile at To blame for To stem from To result in
To come to To stare at To care for To suffer from To specialise in
To consent to Verbe + with To long for Verbe + on To succeed in
To fail to To agree with To pay for To agree on To work in
To go to To argue with To thank for To bet on
To lead to To associate To wait for To comment on
with
To need to To compare Verbe + of To concentrate
with on
To object to To comply with To accuse of To congratulate
on
To refer to To deal with To approve of To decide on
To relate to To reproach To be To depend on
with frightened of
To request to To supply with To be scared of To insist on
To require to To sympathise To consist of To rely on
with
■ Verbes ne nécessitant aucune préposition (contrairement au français)

To phone someone, to discuss something, to answer a question, to enter somewhere,
to ask someone something, to tell someone something
■ Verbes + COD + préposition
To ask sb for, to borrow sth from, to divide sth into, to congratulate sb on, to insure
sth against, to provide someone with, to spend sth on, to supply sb with, to thank
sb for, to protect sb from.
 Pépi
My flat
The room is L-shaped. There’s a round dining table and four chairs opposite the
kitchen door—I can look out into the garden when I have dinner.
My record-player is in the corner, between the kitchen door and the small window.
There are bookcases on both sides of the fireplace, and a rectangular coffee table
in front of the fire. My bed is against the long wall, under the large window. I use it
as a sofa during the day, so there are some big, striped cushions on it.
Opposite the bed, against the kitchen wall, there’s a desk, and between the bed
and the desk there’s a large armchair. I like sitting and reading in front of the fire
with my feet up on the coffee table. In the empty space in front of the door, there’s
an oval carpet on the floor. And the piano is in the corner between the door and my
bed.
1 Relevez les prépositions de lieu dans le texte.

.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
2 Associez les traductions suivantes aux prépositions du texte.

a. Dehors f. Devant
b. Dans (deux mots) g. En hauteur
c. En face de h. Contre
d. Sur i. Sous
e. Entre j. Pendant
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
3 Complétez ce texte avec des prépositions du texte.

...... (a) winter, I often stay ...... (b) my garden, watching birds singing ...... (c) a
tree. There is a ladder ...... (d) the wall of the house. Hidden ...... (e) the roof, birds
do their nests. There is a small pond ...... (f) the tree and the house. On the other
side, ...... (g) the pond, there is a path that goes ...... (h) the forest. ...... (i) the path,
we can sometimes see animals.
Pépi 
1 Complétez avec la préposition de temps qui convient.

a. ...... Monday
b. ...... March
c. ...... 2018
d. ...... April 1st
e. ...... 8.30 am
f. ...... noon/midnight
g. ...... night
h. ...... the morning/ afternoon/evening
i. ...... the middle of the night
j. ...... 10 days (d’ici)
k. ...... the end of the week (d’ici)
l. ...... 2005 (depuis)
m. ...... 2 weeks (depuis)
n. ...... 3 days (pendant)
o. ...... the internship (pendant)
p. ...... Monday ...... Friday
2 Complétez avec la préposition de lieu qui convient.

a. ...... Paris
b. ...... home
c. ...... the house
d. ...... Pennsylvania Avenue
e. ...... 330 Independence Avenue
f. ...... the corner of Independence and 3rd Street
g. ...... the United States
h. ...... an island
i. ...... train/bus/car
j. ...... a train/bus/bike
k. ...... a car
l. ...... work
m. ...... the oce (2 possibilities)
n. ...... school (2 possibilities)
o. ...... a farm
p. Absent ...... work
q. Commute ...... work
r. Travel ...... Europe
3 Choisissez la préposition correcte.

a. He was named first of his category ...... the last ten years. (by, since, on, for)
b. ..... their first few weeks, new salesclerks receive close supervision. (As, Upon,
While, During)
c. You should be able to leave ...... the next three hours. (of, to, from, within)
d. ...... 1998, the company has focused on making profits. (Before, Since, On, By)
 Pépi
4 Complétez avec la préposition qui convient.
a. He won’t be here ...... 6pm. He is still stuck ...... the airport.
b. ...... Monday, most shops will be closed.
c. The fire caused a lot of damage ...... the cathedral.
d. There has been an increase ...... donations ...... 30%.
e. The two leaders agreed ...... the end of nuclear weapons.
f. He lives ...... 45 Paradise Street, ...... a large avenue, ...... Miami.
g. Don’t stand ...... the fire. You could get burnt.
h. The seminar will last ...... Monday ...... Thursday.
i. You need to send me your report ...... the end of the week. Then it will be too
late.
j. We will be informed about the change ...... the next few days.
k. Most people should benefit ...... the tax reform.
l. The damage amounts ...... 800 million euros.
m. Your success depends ...... many things.
n. You can’t rely ...... others all the time.
o. He has been working with us ...... the beginning of the year.
p. ...... his internship, he learnt a lot of new skills.
q. There is a strong need ...... social welfare.
r. He entered ...... the room without knocking.
5 Complétez avec l’une des prépositions suivantes :

in, on, at, from, to, under, near, between
a. The bank is located ...... the clothes shop and the post oce.
b. They live ...... New York.
c. She doesn’t have to walk a lot. She lives ...... the train station.
d. I can’t see the box that is ...... the bed, ...... the floor.
e. The plane goes ...... Paris ...... London.
f. Usually, ...... the South of France the weather is quite pleasant.
g. I have always dreamt of studying ...... the university.
Test • Prépositions
1. The newest branch of the library is located … Pine Street, opposite the post oce.
a. into c. until
b. among d.on
2. The flight reservations … Mr. Patel’s trip have just been confirmed by the airline.
a. by c. for
b. about d.in
3. The computer quickly prints … the total list.
a. of c. between
b. within d.out
4. There will be seminars to promote better communication … its staff members.
a. under c. among
b. past d. behind
Pépi 
5. She has built partnerships with countries … the region.
a. everywhere c. throughout
b. on d. over
6. The position will begin … October 15.
a. until c. since
b. on d. in
7. We offer customers beautiful kitchen countertops … affordable prices.
a.in c. on
b. at d.from
8… … her time at the university, she built a solid reputation for leadership.
a. Into c. About
b. Upon d. During
9. I want to put into practice what I have learned … Dr. Baer’s guidance.
a. across c. behind
b. over d. under
10. Applications must be sent …October 3 to November 2.
a. under c. from
b. as d. in
11. Ms. Cha’s shift ends at 5.00 pm, but she often works … 6.00 pm to finish her work.
a. by c. at
b. since d. until
12. If you have any questions … how to use the new accounting software, please
contact me.
a. about c. after
b. around d. among
13. … their internship, the students will not be paid.
a. As c. While
b. Upon d. During
14. It will employ … 1,500 additional workers.
a. such that c. out of
b. in which d. up to
 Pépi
Corrigés p. 262
Vous travaillez dans un centre commercial. Indiquez la direction aux clients.

Utilisez des prépositions de lieu. Le point de départ est indiqué entre parenthèses.
Map of the shopping mall
Italian Women’s Gift shop Computer

restaurant clothes shop center
Entrance Toilets Sushi bar Coffee shop Exit
Lift Phone shop Language center Toy store
a. Please, could you tell me how to go to the toilets? (toy store)

b. Please, could you tell me how to go to the gift shop? (entrance)
c. Please, could you tell me how to go to the coffee shop? (phone shop)
d. Please, could you tell me how to go to the Italian restaurant? (computer center)
e. Please, could you tell me how to go to the lift? (gift shop)
Expressions utiles
After: après
Before: avant
Between: entre
Gift shop: boutique de cadeaux
In front of: devant
Lift: ascenseur
Next to = near, beside, close to: près de
On the left: à gauche
On the right: à droite
Opposite: en face de
To be located: se trouver
To go past: passer devant
To go straight ahead: aller tout droit
To turn left/right: tourner à gauche/droite
To walk a little further: marcher quelques mètres
Toy store: magasin de jouets
You need to = you must, you have to: il faut, vous devez
Pépi 
47 Pésent
Présent simple
Construction
Base verbale Questions Phrases négatives
Ajouter un S à la 3 pers. do/does + S + BV
e S + do/does + not + BV
du singulier
Valeur
Habitude, vérité générale, idées, senti- Instructions et directions
ments, goûts ➤ You take the train into the city centre
➤ He goes to school. They don’t like tea. and then you take a number five bus.
Does she work? You don’t get off at the museum.
Histoires et commentaires sportifs Horaires et projets
➤ Benjani fouls Cahill. Habsi takes the ➤ The lesson starts at 9.30 tomorrow.
free kick, Caicedo shoots and volleys. What time do you land?
O’Brien blocks. ➤ They don’t start back to school until
next Monday.
Au futur après when, as soon as, as long Titres de journaux
as, once, until, before, after, if, whether ➤ Man rescues child from lake.
➤ I’ll call you when I get there.
Présent progressif (présent en -ing)
Construction
S + am/are/is + V-ing Questions Phrases négatives
am/are/is + S + V-ing S + am/are/is + not + V-ing
Valeur
Action qui se déroule au moment où l’on Situation temporaire
parle ➤ Her mother’s living with her at the
➤ Jane is speaking moment.
Décrire un changement Décrire une image
➤ The economic situation is improving. ➤ On the picture, he is sitting.
Action planifiée et proche Reproche, commentaire subjectif
➤ John is coming tonight. ➤ You’re always complaining.
 Pésent
‘The new normal’: how Europe is being hit by a climate-driven drought

crisis
Water shortages across the continent, from France through Italy, Spain and
beyond, are creating a critical situation.
Europe’s most severe drought in decades is hitting homes, factories, farmers and
freight across the continent, as experts warn drier winters and searing summers
fuelled by global heating mean water shortages won’t become exceptional.
45% of the bloc’s territory was under drought warning by mid-July, with 15%
already on red alert.
Conditions have deteriorated since as repeated heatwaves roll across the
continent.
More than 100 French cities have no running drinking water and are being supplied
by truck.
Experts warn that droughts are going to be more intense. Then, we have storms
which are destroying more and more areas. The situation is getting all the more
worrying as we continue to encourage the increased use of a resource we don’t
have and which is becoming rarer.
No similar data in the last 230 years compares with the drought and heat we are
currently experiencing. These episodes are growing in frequency and intensity
because we didn’t care enough before.
1 Relevez les verbes au présent simple et les verbes au présent progressif.

2 Avec quel temps exprime-t-on :
a. une généralité ..................................................................................................................
b. une évolution en cours ..................................................................................................
c. un phénomène inhabituel .............................................................................................
d. une habitude ....................................................................................................................
3 Observez cette phrase. Où se place l’adverbe ?

The heat we are currently experiencing.
4 Observez ces phrases. Comment forme-t-on une phrase négative au présent,

au futur et au prétérit ?
a. We encourage the use of a resource we don’t have.
b. Water shortages won’t become exceptional.
c. We didn’t care enough before.
5 Mettez les verbes au présent simple ou progressif.

a. We ...... (destroy) our own planet.
b. We ...... (not/understand) the impact of our actions.
c. Experts ...... (warn) us that it is irreversible.
d. More and more people ...... (start) to act.
e. Today, people ...... (not/know) how to stop global warming.
f. The law ...... (punish) polluters.
Pésent 
1 Complétez ces phrases avec la forme correcte.

a. ...... you French? (Are/Is/Have) ...................................................................................
b. They ...... not here. (have/are/aren’t) .........................................................................
c. She ...... 23. (has/is/have) ..............................................................................................
d. It ...... not move. (do/does/is) ........................................................................................
e. Do you ...... a brother? (are/have/has) .......................................................................
f. You ...... sleep. (do/don’t/not) ........................................................................................
g. I ...... born in Spain. (has/is/was) ................................................................................
h. Does she ...... cats? (is/has/have) ................................................................................
i. I ...... happy. (am/have/is) .............................................................................................
2 Mettez ces phrases à la forme indiquée.

a. My brother eats cereals. (-)
............................................................................................................................................
b. The train does not arrive on time. (+)
............................................................................................................................................
c. They have a car. (?)
............................................................................................................................................
d. They build houses. (-)
............................................................................................................................................
e. He likes painting. (?)
............................................................................................................................................
f. She drinks tea. (?)
............................................................................................................................................
3 Conjuguez le verbe au présent en –ing.

a. I can’t come. I ...... the dishes. (wash)
b. Hurry up. The bus ...... (come)
c. They ...... a new house. (build)
d. Call them now. They ...... (not/work)
4 Choisissez la forme correcte du verbe.

a. I am cooking/cook every Friday evening.
b. She is teaching/teaches maths.
c. This box weighs/is weighing a ton.
d. He is sitting/sits at the bar.
e. He stops/is stopping working next week.
f. We are followed/are being followed. Call the police.
g. They stand/are standing near the door.
h. He always complains/is always complaining.
 Pésent
5 Transformez ces phrases en questions portant sur l’information soulignée.
Ex. : He is digging a hole in the garden. What is he digging in the garden?
a. They are preparing dinner.
b. We are looking for my keys.
c. The neighbour is making noise.
d. She is making two cakes.
6 Choisissez s’il faut utiliser du présent simple ou continu.

a. I ...... of ghosts. (never/dream)
b. Listen! Ann ...... the piano. (play)
c. What are you doing? I ...... a model plane. (make)
d. Mum always ...... coffee in the afternoon. (drink)
e. Where is mum?_ She ...... errands. (run)
f. Who ......? This is Mr Blackwell. (speak)
g. We often ...... eggs for breakfast. (have)
h. He ...... his uncle every Wednesday. (visit)
i. Today it ...... (not rain), the sun ...... (shine)
7 Mettez les verbes entre parenthèses au présent simple ou en –ing.

a. I can’t answer the phone. I (have) a bath.
b. “(you/write) to him now?” “Yes, I always (write) to him in the evening.
c. She (not/drive) yet, but she (take) driving lessons at the moment.
d. This film (come) to the local cinema next week. (you/want) to see it with me?
e. We usually (shop) in the supermarket nearby.
f. We have to drive back home. The snow (fall) heavily.
g. “It’s a pity you (not/like) her.” “Why (you/say) that?”
h. It (not/bother) me to drive you there. I (not/do) anything.
8 Posez des questions portant sur l’information soulignée.

a. He gets up at 6.
 What time .................................................................................................................. ?
b. No, it’s raining very little.
 ..................................................................................................................................... ?
c. I’m reading Harry Potter.
 ..................................................................................................................................... ?
d. Yes, he agrees with us.
 ..................................................................................................................................... ?
e. She leaves home at 7.30.
 ..................................................................................................................................... ?
f. They never do anything on Saturdays.
 ..................................................................................................................................... ?
g. Yes, they know him.
 ..................................................................................................................................... ?
h. I’m waiting for the seller.
 ..................................................................................................................................... ?
Pésent 
Corrigés p. 263
Vous êtes conseiller d’orientation dans un lycée. Expliquez en quoi consistent

les métiers suivants.
Ex. : A postal worker gets up early.
Postal worker Vet Police ocer

• Get up early • Work with animals • Run fast
• Get exercise • Get dirty • Speak to many people
• Work on his own • Use special toys • Carry a gun
• Ride a bicycle • Work inside and outside • Use technology
• Wear a hat • Wear a white blouse • Shout
• Wear a uniform • Stay clean • Be strong
• Drive a van • Be caring • Drive fast
• Work at the same place • Be gentle • Work inside and outside
every day
Nature volunteer Care worker Citizens’ advice bureau
• Outside • Work with people • Study hard
• Hard physical work • Give medicine • Help people
• Work together with other • Work inside and outside • Speak on the phone
volunteers • Be careful • Work inside
• Get dirty • Respect the rules • Use a computer
• Get cold • Work late at night • Research
• Use tools
• Be careful
Expressions utiles
Careful : prudent
Caring : attentionné
Citizens’ advice bureau : bureau de conseil des citoyens
Gentle : délicat
Medicine : médicament
On your own : seul
 Pésent
48 Pesen erfect
Le present perfect sert à parler d’une action qui a commencé dans le passé et qui dure
encore ou qui a une conséquence, un lien avec le présent. En français, il se traduit par
du présent ou du passé composé.
Present perfect simple
Construction
have + pp (I, you, we, they) / has + pp (he, she, it)
Valeur
• Obligatoire avec les verbes d’état (idée abstraite, impression, perception, possession).
• Réflexion et idée
➤ To agree, believe, know, recognise, remember, suspect, think, understand.
• Sentiment
➤ To dislike, hate, like, love, prefer, want, wish.
• Sensation et perception
➤ To appear, be, feel, hear, look, see, seem, smell, taste.
• Possession et mesure
➤ To belong, own, have, possess, owe, measure, weigh.
Action qui a commencé dans le passé et On s’intéresse au résultat , au bilan, non
qui continue ou a des conséquences au au processus.
présent. ➤ He has already left.
➤ We have not eaten. Il est déjà parti.
Nous n’avons pas mangé.
S’emploie avec « It is the first time… ». S’emploie avec « depuis ».
➤ It is the first time I have taken the boat. ➤ He has known her for years.
C’est la première fois que je prends Il la connait depuis des années.
le bateau.
Pesen erfect 

Present perfect progressif
Construction
have been + V-ing (I, you, we, they) / has been + V-ing (he, she, it)
Valeur
Action qui a commencé dans le passé et On fait un commentaire négatif.
qui continue ou a des conséquences. ➤ He has been playing for four hours!
➤ I have been running for two hours! I’m That’s enough!
exhausted. Il joue depuis quatre heures !
Je cours depuis deux heures ! Je suis Cela sut !
épuisé.
On s’intéresse au déroulement de l’action,
non à son résultat.
Peut s’employer avec certains verbes
d’état qui deviennent verbes d’action (see :
fréquenter, have : prendre, be : se compor-
ter, think : réfléchir).
➤ He has been thinking a lot.
Il a beaucoup réfléchi.
On fait une déduction à partir d’un indice. S’emploie avec « depuis ».
➤ It smells of tobacco. Someone has been ➤ He has been working for two hours.
smoking here. Il travaille depuis deux heures.
Cela sent le tabac. Quelqu’un a fumé ici.
 Pesen erfect

A language ‘revival’? Quebec moves to protect French amid Canada’s

shift towards English
Recent figures have shown that French language use has been steadily declining in
Canada, including in Quebec, the historically Francophone province, where the
number of people whose first spoken language is English now exceeds 1 million.
This unprecedented situation comes at a time when efforts to protect French in
Quebec are intensifying.
The proportion of Canadians who speak French as their first ocial language has
dropped from 22.2 percent to 21.4%.
The trend is not new. The demographics related to French language use in Canada
have been declining since 1971, and in the province of Quebec since 2001.
In Quebec, the proportion of people who speak English as their first language has
increased by 1 percent in five years, and their numbers have surpassed 1 million.
Statistics on the first language spoken at home—the most significant indicator of
the linguistic situation—show that the English-speaking population has increased
by 1.2 million, while the French-speaking population has increased by 120,000, 10
times less. Nearly 3 million allophones have adopted English as their main language
spoken at home, and nearly half a million mother-tongue French speakers have
adopted English as their home language.
Adapted from France24, 21 Aug. 2022
1 Soulignez les verbes au present perfect simple et au present perfect en -ing.

2 Dans quel cas insiste-t-on sur le résultat, le bilan et dans quel cas insiste-t-on
sur le déroulement, l’évolution de l’action ?
3 Pourquoi dans la phrase suivante a-t-on employé du present perfect et non du
présent ?
The demographics related to French language use in Canada have been declining
since 1971.
4 Pourquoi dans la phrase suivante a-t-on employé du present perfect et non du

prétérit ?
Their first language has increased by 1 percent in five years.
5 Dites si, dans les phrases suivantes, on cherche à insister sur le bilan ou le
déroulement, puis traduisez-les.
a. Le nombre de personnes parlant anglais a fortement augmenté ces dernières
années.
b. Le pourcentage d’étudiants apprenant une autre langue que l’anglais a baissé
de 15%.
c. Les Français vivant au Canada se battent depuis des années.
Pesen erfect 

1 Mettez les verbes au present perfect simple.

a. Where (you/be)?
............................................................................................................................................
b. He (not/forget) her birthday.
............................................................................................................................................
c. We (speak) to him.
............................................................................................................................................
d. She (pay) her bills.
............................................................................................................................................
e. How long (she/know) you?
............................................................................................................................................
f. She (spend) a lot of money.
............................................................................................................................................
g. The cat (catch) a mouse.
............................................................................................................................................
h. He (drink) all the tea.
............................................................................................................................................
i. (you/think) about it?
............................................................................................................................................

a. They have been making/have made noise all morning!
............................................................................................................................................
b. It is the first time our team has been winning/has won.
............................................................................................................................................
c. How long have you been living/have you lived here?
............................................................................................................................................
d. Martha has been doing/has done nothing so far.
............................................................................................................................................
e. She has been losing/ has lost her purse.
............................................................................................................................................
f. I have been buying/have bought a new book.
............................................................................................................................................
g. Matt has been having/has had diculties in his couple for a few weeks.
............................................................................................................................................
h. How many new words have you been learning/have you learnt?
............................................................................................................................................
i. He has been seeing/has seen his girlfriend a lot these last few weeks.
............................................................................................................................................
 Pesen erfect

3 Mettez le verbe au present perfect simple ou continu.
a. They ............ (look) for a bigger flat for a long time.
b. Have a cup of tea _ You look tired. ............ (you/work) hard?
c. He ............ (eat) 3 ice creams.
d. You ............ (not/visit) us for ages.
e. The baby ............ (cry) for half-an-hour.
f. ............ (you/wait) for a long time? _ I ............ (stand) here since 12 o’clock.
g. I ............ (never/see) him at the golf club.
h. How many matches ............ (you/win) so far?
i. She ............ (travel) for four months.
4 Mettez le verbe au present perfect simple ou continu.

a. I ............ (not/do) the housework yet.
b. They ............ (study) hard recently.
c. She ............ (promise) to help many times.
d. She ............ (write) the email and ............ (send) it to her aunt.
e. We ............ (take) French lessons since we arrived.
5 Complétez les phrases en conjuguant les verbes au present perfect simple ou

continu.
a. I ............ (study) all day, but I am afraid I ............ (learn/not) much.
b. Andrew ............ (eat) two bars of chocolate today.
c. The boy’s clothes are dirty because he ............ (play) in the mud.
d. I ............ (arrive/just) at the station.
e. We are exhausted because we ............ (run) all morning.
f. Edward feels a bit unsteady because he ............ (cycle/not) for five years.
g. How long ............ (you/work) for this company?
h. The kids ............ (finish/not) their homework yet.
i. Nelly ............ (watch) the film seven times.
Pesen erfect 

Corrigés p. 263
Peter avait beaucoup de travail à faire. Faites le bilan de ce qu’il a déjà fait et pas
encore fait. Attention aux verbes irréguliers.
Ex. : Peter has already ironed the shirts (Peter a déjà repassé les chemises).
Peter has not made the beds yet (Peter n’a pas encore fait les lits).
TO DO LIST
✓ ✗
Iron the shirts Make the beds
Write emails Wash the dishes
Sweep the floor Walk the dog out
Hang the shirts Cook
Buy the bread Tidy the bedroom
Ring his mum Water the plants
Pay bills Repair the bike
Fix the washing Run errands
machine
Burn rubbish Buy train tickets
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Bill : facture
To fix = repair : réparer
To hang : suspendre
To run errands : faire des courses
To sweep : balayer
To wash the dishes : faire la vaisselle
 Pesen erfect

49 Pétérit
■ Prétérit simple
Construction
Phrases armatives Questions Phrases négatives
Verbe régulier + ED ou 2 e col. did + S + BV S + did + not (didn’t) + BV
des verbes irréguliers
Valeur
Action terminée dans le passé, sans lien avec le présent, contrairement au present
perfect qui indique un lien passé-présent.
➤ He arrived at 10. Il est arrivé à 10h. On spécifie un moment précis daté dans
le passé.
➤ He has arrived. Il est arrivé. On ne dit pas à quel moment et ce qui compte
est que la personne est là.
➤ He came too late. Il est venu trop tard. / Did you see him? L’as-tu vu ?
➤ I didn’t sleep last night. Je n’ai pas dormi la nuit dernière.
■ Prétérit continu (prétérit en -ing)
Construction
Phrases armatives Questions Phrases négatives
(I, he, she, it) was + V-ing was/were + S + V-ing S + was/were + not
(you, we, they) were + V-ing (wasn’t/weren’t) + V-ing
Valeur
Action en cours dans le passé (et terminée), souvent interrompue par une action
subite (au prétérit simple).
➤ He was sleeping when the phone rang. Il dormait quand le téléphone a sonné.
➤ We were working when the director came in. Nous étions en train de travail-
ler quand le directeur est entré.
■ Prétérit modal
Construction
Verbes réguliers + ed
➤ I wish she arrived earlier. J’aimerais qu’elle vienne plus tôt.
Verbes irréguliers: 2 e colonne
➤ If I came, I would see you. Si je venais, je te verrais.
Be  were à toutes les personnes
➤ If I were you, I would come. Si j’étais toi, je viendrais.
Valeur
Il sert à parler de quelque chose d’hypothétique, d’irréel, qui ne s’est pas passé.
Il concerne le moment présent ou futur. On l’emploie après: wish, would rather,
it is (high) time, if (only), suppose, imagine.
Pétérit 
Nichelle Nichols, Pioneering ‘Star Trek’ Actress, Dies at 89

Nichelle Nichols, who captivated television audiences as Nyota Uhura in the
original “Star Trek” series, died on July 30 at age 89.
Nichols left a lasting mark on television, science fiction and the field of science
more generally. Not only did she make history as one of the first Black women to
appear in a leading role on television, but she also served as an inspiration “for
young Black people whose dreams of space science and travel were emboldened
by her character’s futuristic adventures,” as critic Gene Seymour writes for CNN.
Born Grace Dell Nichols in Chicago in 1932, she was fed up being called Gracie and
adopted Nichelle as her first name.
In the early 1960s, she moved to Los Angeles, where “Star Trek” creator Gene
Roddenberry took note of her acting skills. She landed a role in Roddenberry’s
series “The Lieutenant”—and then, a few years later, she landed another one in
“Star Trek.”
While racial tensions were raging during the civil rights movement, Nichols played
Lieutenant Nyota Uhura, a communications ocer who was fourth in command of
the Starship Enterprise. Martin Luther King Jr. once said that Uhura was the “first
non-stereotypical role portrayed by a Black woman in television history.”
King went on, Nichols recalled, to say that she had had a “God-given opportunity
to change the face of television, change the way we think.” Nichols didn’t just play
in films. She worked with NASA and paved the way for women and people of color.
Adapted from smithsonianmag.com, August 2, 2022
1 Soulignez les verbes au prétérit.

2 Observez cette phrase. Qu’observez-vous ?
Not only did she make history but she also served as an inspiration.
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
3 Pourquoi dans la phrase suivante a-t-on utilisé l’auxiliaire « be »?

She was fed up being called Gracie.
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
4 Pourquoi dans la phrase suivante a-t-on utilisé du prétérit en –ing ?

Racial tensions were raging.
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
5 Que cherche-t-on à exprimer dans cette phrase en utilisant du past perfect ?

She had had a God-given opportunity to change the face of television.
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
 Pétérit
1 Conjuguez les verbes au prétérit en -ing.

a. She ...... (not/cry).
b. They ...... (have) breakfast.
c. ...... (he/sleep)?
d. He ...... (write) a letter.
e. ...... (you/play) video games?
f. I ...... (not/swim).
g. ...... (they/answer) emails?
2 Conjuguez les verbes au prétérit simple.

a. He ...... (spend) two weeks abroad.
b. I ...... (go) to the oce yesterday.
c. Who ...... (catch) a sunburn?
d. ...... (he/come) on time?
e. You ...... (not/clean) your room this morning.
f. I ...... (visit) Spain last summer.
g. My socks ...... (be) red and my shirt ...... (be) white.
h. I ...... (break) a glass during the meal.
i. We ...... (not/have) dogs during my childhood.

a. I thought/was thinking while you are in town you may come and see me.
b. Shortly before the rain, the campers enjoyed/were enjoying a barbecue.
c. Last night, I heard/was hearing noise behind me, so I stopped/was stopping
several times but I didn’t see/was not seeing anything.
d. He hesitated/was hesitating when someone took/was taking the item just in
front of him.
e. How did you react/were you reacting when you heard the sad news?
f. When I was/was being 18, I dreamt/was dreaming of new horizons.
g. He looked/was looking for his keys for one hour.
h. I didn’t know/was not knowing what she talked/was talking about.
i. He lied/was lying about his identity when he was/was being arrested.
4 Utilisez le prétérit simple ou en - ing.

a. Last year, I ...... (meet) my manager but he ...... (work), so he ...... (not/talk).
b. I ...... (lose) my bag while I ...... (shop).
c. How fast ...... (you/drive) when the accident ...... (happen)?
d. When he ...... (be) younger, he ...... (want) to be a professional dancer.
e. ...... (be) Helen at the party last night? _ Yes, she ...... (wear) a funny dress.
f. He ...... (say) he ...... (be) sick and ...... (not/go) to work.
g. They ...... (hide) until the police ...... (abandon) the research.
h. She ...... (shout) at him when he finally ...... (leave) the room.
i. I ...... (go) back to London last year.
Pétérit 
5 Rédigez des phrases en utilisant du prétérit continu ou du prétérit simple.
a. My father/watch a movie/while/my brother/do his homework
............................................................................................................................................
b. My mother/read a novel/while/I/sleep
............................................................................................................................................
c. My two sisters/listen to the radio/while/my father/water the plants
............................................................................................................................................
d. We/talk about exams/when/the teacher/come in
............................................................................................................................................
e. I/walk in the street/when/I/meet my neighbour
............................................................................................................................................
6 Répondez aux questions suivantes.

a. What was your father doing when it started to rain?
............................................................................................................................................
b. What were you doing when the postman arrived?
............................................................................................................................................
c. What was your sister reading when I called her?
............................................................................................................................................
d. What were you thinking about while I was talking to you?
............................................................................................................................................
e. What were you writing when I came in?
............................................................................................................................................
 Pétérit
Corrigés p. 265
Un crime a été commis. Vous faites partie des suspects et vous devez répondre
à un interrogatoire de police. Répondez aux questions du policier. Utilisez du
prétérit continu.
Ex. : Between 7.00 and 7.15, I was having a shower. Then, I cleaned the floor of
the bathroom. Entre 7h00 et 7h15, je prenais une douche. Puis j’ai nettoyé le sol
de la salle de bain.
a. What were you doing between 7.00 and 7.15 am?
b. What were you doing between 7.20 and 8 am?
c. What were you doing between 8.05 and 8.10 am?
d. What were you doing between 8.15 and 8.30 am?
e. What were you doing between 8.35 and 12 pm?
f. What were you doing between 12.05 pm and 12.45 pm?
g. What were you doing between 6.30 pm and 7.00 pm?
h. What were you doing between 7.05 pm and 7.10 pm?
i. What were you doing between 8.15 pm and 10.30 pm?
j. What were you doing between 10.35 pm and 6.50 am?
7.00 am - 7.15 am have a shower 12.05 pm - 12.45 pm eat lunch

7.20 am - 8.00 am have breakfast 6.30 pm - 7.00 pm cook dinner
8.05 am - 8.10 am get dressed 7.05 pm - 7.10 pm wash the dishes
8.15 am - 8.30 am drive to work 8.15 pm - 10.30 pm watch television
8.35 am - 12 pm work 10.35 pm - 6.50 am sleep
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
Pétérit 
P e adjecf oeif,
50 pr ersonel
Pronoms personnels Pronoms personnels Pronoms personnels réfléchis

sujets compléments
I: je me : moi myself: moi-même
You: tu you : toi yourself: toi-même
He (garçon)/she (fille)/it him/her/it: lui, elle himself/herself/itself: lui/elle-même
(objet): il/elle us: nous ourselves: nous-mêmes
We: nous you: vous yourselves: vous-mêmes
You: vous them: eux, les themselves: eux-mêmes
They: ils , elles
■ Les pronoms personnels sujets se placent avant le verbe.

■ Les pronoms personnels compléments se placent après un verbe ou une préposition.
■ Les pronoms personnels réfléchis renvoient à la même personne que le sujet du verbe.
■ On emploie each other ou one another à la place d’un pronom réfléchi pour exprimer
une idée de réciprocité.
Ex. : They know each other (Ils se connaissent); they talk to each other (Ils se
parlent). Comparez avec They talk to themselves (Ils se parlent à eux-mêmes).
■ Exemples
• He came with us (Il est venu avec nous).
• He told them (Il leur a dit).
• He looks at himself (Il se regarde).
• They did it themselves (Ils l’ont fait eux-mêmes).
• For them, it is better to work with her (Pour eux, c’est mieux de travailler avec elle).
Adjectifs possessifs Pronoms possessifs

My : mon, ma, mes Mine: le mien, la mienne, les mien(nes)
Your : ton, ta, tes Yours: le tien, les tien(nes)
His : son, sa, ses (à lui) His : le sien, la sienne, les siens (à lui)
Her : son, sa, ses (à elle) Hers : le sien, la sienne, les siens (à elle)
Its : son, sa, ses (à un objet/ Its : le sien, la sienne, les siens (à un objet/animal)
animal) Ours : le nôtre, les nôtres
Our: notre, nos Yours : le vôtre, les vôtres
Your: votre, vos Theirs : le leur, les leurs
Their : leur, leurs
Usage particulier: un de mes/nos…
A friend of mine: un de mes amis
A friend of yours : un de tes/vos amis
A friend of his/hers: un de ses amis (à lui/à elle)
A friend of ours: un de nos amis
A friend of theirs: un de leurs amis
 P e adjecf oeif, r ersonel

This is us!
Hi everyone! Do you know me? My name is James and I live with my parents, Dan
and Sarah. I love them a lot. There is also my sister Jess. I find her really cute. And
we also have our dog Lucky. I always take him for a walk after school. You can
imagine that he is very attached to us. He always wants to follow us everywhere.
But my parents work a lot, so he doesn’t spend much time with them. When Mum
goes shopping, he always wants to go with her.
We live in a nice house in the center of Exeter, not very far from the Cathedral and
we see it every time we come back home. And you? What can you say about you
and your family? How do you get along with them? Are they nice to you?
1 Relevez les pronoms personnels sujets.

2 Relevez les pronoms personnels compléments.
3 Relevez les adjectifs possessifs.
4 Justifiez pourquoi dans les phrases suivantes on a employé « him » et « it ».
a. We also have our dog Lucky. I always take him for a walk after school.
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
b. We live in a nice house in the center of Exeter, not very far from the Cathedral
and we see it.
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
5 Justifiez l’emploi de « them » dans la phrase suivante.

What can you say about you and your family? How do you get along with them?
............................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................
6 Complétez avec le pronom personnel ou l’adjectif possessif qui convient.

a. I live with ...... brother. ...... is still a student.
b. My neighbours have a huge house. ...... is very modern and ...... is equipped
with surveillance cameras. ...... are directly connected to the police.
c. My parents are very nice. I get on well with ...... My mother is a teacher.
...... school is not far from ...... home. My father works with ...... own brother.
...... are plumbers.
d. If I had a dog, I would call ...... Max.
P e adjecf oeif, r ersonel 

1 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide d’un adjectif possessif.

a. Hi. I’m Jane. — What’s ...... job Jane?
b. Hi! ...... name is Florian.
c. We live with ...... parents.
d. My neighbours live in a house and ...... garden is very big.
e. My brother is married. ...... wife is called Mary.
f. Do you know that man? — Yes, I know .......
g. My friends and I went to the cinema. ...... saw Creed III.
2 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide d’un pronom personnel.

a. They are going to the cinema. Can we go with ......?
b. Who is she? I don’t know .......
c. The latest Top Gun has been released. Let’s see .......
d. She does not talk to ...... We are not friends.
e. My cousin loves talking to ...... when he has a shower.
f. My parents had a walk in the park. ...... had a nice time.
g. ...... is snowing outside.
h. My car is black. Hers is blue. ...... loves this colour.
3 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide d’un pronom personnel, adjectif possessif…

a. My neighbour is Janet. ...... is a teacher.
b. This is your sister. What is ...... name?
c. ...... are Jack and Monica. We are Italian.
d. What is ...... job? He is an engineer.
e. My cousins are very nice. I see ...... every day.
f. He often helps ...... when we don’t understand.
g. Stop looking at ...... in the mirror all the time.
4 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide d’un pronom personnel, adjectif possessif…

a. Delphine and Gregoire have bought a car. ...... is white when mine is blue.
b. Your mother hurt ...... when cutting meat.
c. Introduce ...... to the director.
d. ...... car has recently broken down. He needs to buy a new one.
e. Please inform Jane that ...... badge has just arrived. She can come when ......
wants to pick ...... up.
f. They mistakenly took Janet’s suitcase because they thought it was .......
g. I am used to working by ...... when there is nobody around to help .......
h. We asked some colleagues of ...... to give ...... a hand.
i. Mr. Robertson left the hotel’s phone number with the airport staff so they
could notify ...... when the luggage is ready.
j. Ms. Smithson invited all the employees to celebrate ...... departure.
k. Feel free to call ...... if you want ...... to give you more information about ......
new subscription offer.
 P e adjecf oeif, r ersonel

QCM • Pronoms et adjectifs possessifs, pronoms personnels
1. Mr. Roberts took Ms. Taylor’s portfolio because he mistakenly thought it was ......
a. him c. his
b. himself d. he
2. Mr. Tan believes it is essential to ask customers for ...... opinions about the
company’s services.
a. their c. they
b. them d. themselves
3. Ms. Jung notified members of the web design team that they would meet in ......
oce.
a. her c. herself
b. hers d. she
4. As a result of their improved fuel eciency, Odeo Motor’s new vehicles are
expected to pay for ......
a. them c. themselves
b. itself d. it
5. The new computer specialist, Ms. Ortiz, is already able to do much of the work......
a. her c. hers
b. she d. herself
6. Ms. Yang has been nominated by ...... colleagues to receive the Vrede’s community
service award.
a. her c. herself
b. hers d. she
7. Instead of purchasing ....., Mr. Muller decided to lease the copy machines for his
oces.
a. them c. they
b. their d. themselves
8. The nomination form is available on the company web site. ...... includes space for
you to complete.
a. It c. He
b. Its d. It’s
9. Mr. Smith found ...... in a tricky situation.
a. him c. he
b. himself d. his
10. Ms. Lincoln brought a cake to work to celebrate ...... colleague’s birthday.
a. hers c. her
b. she d. herself
11. We would like to offer you a discount. Plus if you call ...... subscription oce, we
will send you a gift.
a. we c. our
b. us d. ours
P e adjecf oeif, r ersonel 

Corrigés p. 265
Vous êtes Clemence. Présentez votre famille à l’aide des informations suivantes.
Myself My sister My step-brother

• Name: Clemence • Name: Serena • Name: Santiago
• Nationality : American • Nationality : American • Nationality : Brazilian
• Family: one sister and one • Family: divorced • Family: in a relationship
brother • Residence: Miami • Residence: London
• Residence: with parents in • Family situation: • Family situation:
New York City boyfriend, two twins (12) one child (5)
• Other family members: • Tastes: sport • Tastes: travelling
grandma (92), birthday • Project: set up own • Project: write own travel
(13 June); wavy white hair business book
• Tastes: Christmas, parties
• Love situation: boyfriend
(19), university
• Project: work in Spain
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
Step-brother: demi-frère
To like = enjoy, appreciate, love: aimer
To live: habiter
To meet: rencontrer
To plan = consider + V-ing, contemplate + V-ing, intend to: envisager de
To raise: élever
To set up: monter, établir
Would like to: aimerait
 P e adjecf oeif, r ersonel

51 P elaf [1]
Fonction Pour les personnes Pour les non-humains

Pronom sujet Who/that Which/that
(that ne s’emploie pas après une (that ne s’emploie pas après une
virgule). virgule).
➤ My neighbour, who is a teacher, ➤ The book, which is on the table,
is Chinese. is mine.
Mon voisin, qui est professeur, Le livre, qui est sur la table,
est chinois. est le mien.
➤ The man who/that is speaking ➤ The book that/which is on the
is Chinese. table is mine.
L’homme qui parle est chinois. Le livre qui est sur la table est
le mien.
Pronom Whom/that/Ø Which/ that/Ø
complément ➤ My teacher, whom you met last ➤ This book, which I have just
week, is nice. finished, is long.
Mon professeur, que tu Ce livre, que je viens de finir,
as rencontré la semaine est long.
dernière, est sympa. ➤ The book which/that/Ø you
➤ The girls whom/that/Ø you bought is famous.
met are nice. Le livre que tu as acheté est
Les filles que tu as rencontrées célèbre.
sont sympas.
Possession ➤ My sister, whose car is blue, ➤ This book(,) whose author is
is young. famous(,) is very long.
Ma soeur, dont la voiture est Ce livre, dont l’auteur est
bleue, est jeune. célèbre, est très long.
➤ This book, the author of which
is famous, is long.
Ce livre, dont l’auteur est
célèbre, est très long.
■ « Which » est utilisé uniquement pour des choses. Il sert à ajouter une précision
sur un objet. Cette précision n’est pas essentielle pour la personne qui parle. Elle
donne une information en plus.
■ « That » est utilisé pour des choses ou des personnes. On peut souvent l’omettre.
Il sert à apporter une information essentielle sur la chose ou la personne dont on
parle: c’est cette chose ou cette personne dont on parle, pas une autre.
P elaf 

52 P elaf [2]
Qui Humain Who (sujet)

➤ The boy who speaks...
Le garçon qui parle...
Whom (complément)
➤ The boy with whom I work...
Le garçon avec qui je travaille
That
➤ The boy that won... Le garçon qui a gagné...
Non-humain Which
➤ The car which is there... La voiture qui est là...
That
➤ The car that is there... La voiture qui est là...
Que Whom (complément) / that/ Which / that / Ø (pas sujet)

Ø (pas sujet) ➤ The car which/that/Ø you see...
➤ The boy whom/that/Ø you love... La voiture que tu vois...
Le garçon que tu aimes...
Ce qui, Which What

ce que ➤ He came, which was strange. ➤ What he did was strange.
Il est venu, ce qui était étrange. Ce qu’il a fait était étrange.
Dont Whose (possession) Whose (possession)

➤ The man whose daughter is 10... ➤ The house whose roof is...
L’homme dont la fille a dix ans... La maison dont le toit...
Of whom, about whom Of which, about which
➤ The man whom I talked to you ➤ The book the cover of which is red...
about... Le livre dont la couverture est
L’homme dont je t’ai parlé… rouge....
➤ The book which I talked to you
about...
Le livre dont je t’ai parlé…
Où Where When
➤ The house where I live... ➤ The day when he came...
La maison où j’habite... Le jour où il est venu...
Quand When
➤ The moment when he came... Le moment quand il est venu...
 P elaf

Gene editing could increase food security

Gene editing could strongly improve global food security and reduce reliance on
chemical fertilisers and pesticides in the coming decade, a scientific adviser who
works for the UK government’s environment department has said.
Speaking before the introduction of a bill on genetic technologies to the House of
Lords on Wednesday, Prof Gideon Henderson said the legislation aimed to create
a simpler regulatory framework that would speed up the development and
commercialisation of gene-edited products by allowing them to be treated
differently from genetically modified organisms (GMOs), which are subject to
strict regulation.
This could have numerous benefits, from building crops that are more resistant to
the climate crisis, pests and diseases, to increasing crop yields, which could help
to combat global hunger, Henderson said. It could also be used to create more
nutritious crops, such as vitamin D-enriched tomatoes.
Liz O’Neill, who is the director of the campaign group GM Freeze, raised concern
that the bill would lead to the removal of labels that allow consumers to choose
what they are buying and eating.
Adapted from The Guardian, 25 May 2022
1 Relevez les pronoms relatifs.

2 Identifiez l’antécédent des pronoms relatifs suivants.
a. A scientific adviser who works
b. Create a simpler regulatory framework that would speed up
c. Treated differently from genetically modified organisms (GMOs), which are
subject to strict regulation
d. Building crops that are more resistant to the climate crisis
e. Liz O’Neill, who is the director of the campaign group
3 Comment traduire les pronoms relatifs soulignés dans ces deux phrases ?
Comment justifier leur emploi ?
a. This could have numerous benefits, from building crops that are more
resistant to the climate crisis, pests and diseases, to increasing crop yields,
which could help to combat global hunger.
b. The bill would lead to the removal of labels that allow consumers to choose
what they are buying and eating.
4 Observez cette phrase. Dans un cas, le pronom relatif est sous-entendu et
dans l’autre il est mentionné. Pourquoi cette différence?
Henderson said the legislation aimed to create a simpler regulatory framework
that would speed up the development.
P elaf 

1 Choisissez entre who et whom le pronom relatif qui convient.

a. To ...... did you give the keys?
b. ...... sang that beautiful love song?
c. Can you tell me ...... made this delicious dish?
d. Have you seen the man ...... is standing there?
e. My parents will accept ...... I choose as my husband.
f. For ...... are you writing this letter?
g. He is the kind of person for ...... family is very important.
h. Tell me, ...... told you this wonderful piece of news.
i . The plumber ...... I asked for assistance was a crook.
j. ...... allowed you to enter this room?
2 Choississez entre who et which.

a. Can you give me the sheet of paper ...... in on the shelf?
b. I don’t know ...... will come to the party.
c. They live in a house ...... is quite old.
d. The people ...... live here are my cousins.
e. Can you tell the children ...... are playing to make less noise.
f. This is the bracelet ...... was stolen last year.
g. Mrs Daumas is the person ...... works in the library.
3 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide du pronom relatif qui convient.

a. This is the man ...... daughter has just been named CEO.
b. The student ...... the barman served many drinks had a serious accident.
c. The car ...... ran into a pole is broken down.
d. A teetotaller is someone ...... never drinks alcohol.
e. The person ...... you talked to is a hacker.
f. This is a country ...... many immigrants try to enter.
g. The house ...... you have just rented is a good deal.
4 Complétez avec le pronom relatif qui convient. Plusieurs réponses sont parfois
possibles.
a. Anna is the neighbour ...... son has just passed his exam.
b. The ruler ...... is on the table is not mine.
c. This is the market ...... I used to buy food.
d. The man ...... is singing is Laura’s uncle.
e. That is the plane ...... has just landed.
f. It is the best mark ...... I have ever got.
g. The girls ...... we met are Chinese.
h. The teacher ...... is talking is an English teacher.
i. The book the cover ...... is yellow is a Spanish book.
j. The kids ...... are eating now are my nephews.
k. Take the pencil ...... is under our teacher’s desk.
l. This is a quiet place ...... every student would like to stay.
 P elaf

5 Choisissez entre who, whose, which et where.
a. My sister, ...... just moved in with me, is looking for a job.
b. I have never met someone ...... doesn’t like chocolate.
c. That is the road ...... leads to the railway station.
d. That is the girl ...... parents got divorced last year.
e. This is the town ...... I live.
f. Ken, ...... wife has just had a baby, will not be at work for a few weeks.
6 Utilisez le pronom relatif adéquat :

who, whose, which, that, Ø, whom
a. I talked to the girl ...... car had broken down in front of the shop.
b. Mr. Richards, ...... is a taxi driver, lives on the corner.
c. We often visit our aunt in Norwich, ...... is in East Anglia.
d. This is the girl ...... comes from Spain.
e. That’s Peter, the boy ...... has just arrived at the airport.
f. Thank you very much for your e-mail ...... was very interesting.
g. This letter is to ...... it may concern.
QCM • Pronoms relatifs
1. The man ...... greeted you in the hallway is the director of the company.
a. who c. whom
b. whose d.who’s
2. The company is marketing a calcium supplement for people ...... cannot easily
digest dairy products.
a. whom c. who
b. whose d.than
3. We will provide a fully developed plan ...... will include a scale model of our
design.
a. who c. what
b. that d.there
4. ...... is particularly convenient about the hotel is its spacious underground car
park.
a. Which c. Why
b. That d.What
5. Customers ...... subscriptions have expired need to renew them.
a. whom c.whose
b. of which d.which
6. Recent sales figures indicate ...... the system has been enthusiastically received.
a. that c. what
b. them d.whom
7. Money will be refunded to any customer ...... the theatre could not let in.
a. who c. whom
b. whose d.whoever
P elaf 

8. Please find the notes from the seminar ...... you requested.
a. then c. what
b. that d.whom
9. The meeting was cancelled at the last minute, ...... surprised everyone.
a. that c. what
b. which d. who
10. Our commitment to client satisfaction, thanks to ...... we have become famous,
has not changed.
a. what c. that
b. why d. which
11. She will explain how her successor has handled her legacy and ...... the future
holds for the city.
a. who c. what
b. that d. which
12. Look at the children ...... are playing in the garden.
a. who c. whom
b.which d. where
13. The teacher, ...... all children are afraid of, is very nice .
a. who c. whose
b. whom d. which
14. That lady, ...... pet is fourteen years old, loves animals.
a. who c. who’s
b. whose d. that
15. This is the house ...... I was born .
a. where c. that
b.which d. whose
16. I want back all the money ...... I gave you.
a. whose c. who
b. which d. where
17. The newest videogame, ...... Robert likes very much , would be a great present for
him.
a. whom c. which
b. that d. whose
18. The actor, ...... is loved by all teenagers, is preparing a new movie .
a. who c. which
b. whose d. whom
19. The house ...... she lives has been refurbished .
a. who c. where
b. that d. which
20. Stealing her secret diary, ...... is what you really did , is not a good thing .
a. that c. what
b. why d. which
 P elaf

Corrigés p. 266
Vous hébergez un jeune ami étranger qui ne comprend pas votre langue. Faites
des phrases pour lui expliquer le sens des mots suivants. Utilisez des pronoms
relatifs.
Dietitian Hollywood Glasses Smartphone

• Expert in nutrition • Area located in • Lenses, correct • Combine a cell
• Give advice Los Angeles faulty vision phone with
on what to eat • Considered • Frame on the a handheld
the center of the bridge of the nose computer
movie industry • Two branches; • Offer internet
hook behind the access, data
ears storage, email
capability
Library Engineer Suncream Lawyer
• Building: Design, construction • Photoprotective • Represent clients
a collection and use of engines or topical product for in a court of law
of books, machines the skin • Advise or act for
documents, music • Mainly absorbs clients in other
• Borrow, without or reflects legal matters
payment some of the
sun’s ultraviolet
radiation
Police ocer Niece Olympic Games Driving instructor
• Enforce the law Daughter of a • Modern Teach people how
• Protect citizens person’s brother international to drive
or sister sports
competition
• Held once every
four years
Expressions utiles
Data storage : stockage de données
Device : appareil
Engine: moteur
Frame: monture
Lawyer: avocat
Lenses: lentilles
Suncream: crème solaire
To be in charge of: s’occuper de
To borrow: emprunter
To consist in (doing sth): consister à (faire qqch)
To consist of: être composé de
To contain: contenir
To enforce the law: faire appliquer la loi
To hook : accrocher
To make a living from + V-ing: vivre de
P elaf 

53 P  i e «  »
■ Les propositions subordonnées en if permettent d’exprimer différents degrés

d’hypothèses quant à la réalisation d’une action.
Prédiction, certitude ➤ If you do a good job, you will get a
If + présent, … will/can/may + BV good mark. Si tu fais un bon travail,
tu auras une bonne note.
Irréel du présent ➤ If you asked me, I would help you.
If + prétérit modal, … would/might/ ➤ Si tu me demandais, je t’aiderais.
could + BV
Irréel du passé ➤ If she had learnt her lessons, she
If + had + pp, … would/might/could + wouldn’t have failed her exam. Si elle
have + pp avait appris ses leçons, elle n’aurait
pas raté son examen.
■ Certains croisements sont possibles.
• If + prétérit modal/… would have + pp
Ex. : If I were you, I would not have come. Si j’étais toi, je ne serais pas venu.
• If + had + pp/… would + BV
Ex. : If he had listened to us, we would not have all these problems. S’il nous
avait écoutés, nous n’aurions pas tous ces ennuis.
■ Attention à l’utilisation des modaux . Il faut les remplacer par leurs équivalents
au futur/conditionnel.
*will can (capacité) *will must *will may

(obligation)
Au futur  will be able to  will have to  will be allowed to
(pourra) (devra) (pourra/permission)
Au conditionnel  would be able to/  would have to  might
could (pourrait) (aurait à) (pourrait/probabilité)
Au conditionnel  would have been  would have had  might have + pp
passé able to/could have to (aurait eu à) (aurait pu/probabilité
+pp (aurait pu) passée, reproche)
*formes non correctes
Ex. : If I pass my exam, I will be able to start working. Si je réussis mon examen,
je pourrai commencer à travailler.
If you got good marks, you would be allowed to go to the party. Si tu avais de
bonnes notes, tu serais autorisé à aller à la fête.
If you have children, you will have to be tolerant. Si tu as des enfants, tu
devras être tolérant.
If you worked , you would have to be on time. Si tu travaillais, tu devrais être
à l’heure.
 P i e «  »

Our planet is warming. Here’s what’s at stake if we don’t act now.

Our climate is changing around us faster than predicted. From more frequent and
extreme storms to unprecedented heatwaves, we’re feeling the impacts of human-
caused global warming.
Here’s what’s at stake if we don’t limit warming:
Rising sea levels could impact 1 billion people by the year 2050. Coral reefs will
undergo severe degradation by 2100.
Earth and ice-free summers could become a reality. Heat waves will become more
frequent and severe around the world, affecting hundreds of millions—or even
billions—of people if we don’t act. Global warming increases the risk of more
frequent—and heavier—rainfall, snowfall, and other precipitation. Plants and
animals may lose more than half of their habitats.
If people commuted to work or school by riding their bikes, carpooling or using
public transportation, they would reduce their fossil fuel impact.
If people had sooner realized the importance of cutting food waste and resorting
to renewable energy, they would already have reduced their carbon footprint.
Adapted from worldwildlife.org, 2022
1 Relevez trois phrases en « if » avec des temps différents.

.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
2 Associez ces trois phrases avec les valeurs suivantes :

a. Cela peut se produire mais ce n’est pas certain.
b. C’est trop tard.
c. Cela va se produire, c’est certain.
3 Mettez le verbe introduit par « if » dans les phrases suivantes au temps

indiqué. Changez également le temps du deuxième verbe.
a. Here’s what’s at stake if we don’t limit warming. (prétérit)
............................................................................................................................................
b. Heat waves will become more frequent and severe around the world, affecting
hundreds of millions of people if we don’t act. (past perfect)
............................................................................................................................................
c. If people commuted to work or school by riding their bikes, carpooling or
using public transportation, they would reduce their fossil fuel impact. (past
perfect)
............................................................................................................................................
d. If people had sooner realized the importance of cutting food waste and
resorting to renewable energy, they would already have reduced their carbon
footprint. (prétérit)
............................................................................................................................................
P i e «  » 

1 Classez ces phrases: prédiction/certitude, irréel du présent, irréel du passé.

a. If I won a million dollars, I would buy a yacht.
b. If I had gone to the party, I would have met him.
c. If you help me wash my car, I will buy you lunch.
d. If I see John, I will tell him you are looking for him.
e. Would you accept if the President asked you to be a minister?
f. She would have been late if she had not taken the train.
a. ............................................................................................................................................
b. ............................................................................................................................................
c. ............................................................................................................................................
d ............................................................................................................................................
e. ............................................................................................................................................
f. ............................................................................................................................................
2 Choisissez la réponse correcte.

a. If I study hard this quarter, I will/would get good marks.
b. If I had known you were waiting, I would not stay/would not have stayed on
the phone for so long.
c. If I knew/had known Mary was in town, I would join her immediately.
d. If I am /were you , I would save money instead of wasting it
e. If Jack arrived/had arrived on time for work, he would have finished earlier.
f. If I can change cars, I will/would take a faster one.
3 Complétez ces phrases en mettant le verbe entre parenthèses à la forme
appropriée.
a. What ...... (he/do) if you left him?
b. I ...... (stay) if I have the time.
c. If she had followed his advice, she ...... (succeed).
d. If I were you, I ...... (not/worry).
e. If he had invited me, I ...... (come).
f. If I study hard this quarter, I ...... (get) good marks.
g. What ...... (she/tell) him if he had asked?
h. If I win the lottery, I ...... (take) a short vacation.
4 Conjuguez le verbe au temps qui convient.

a. If we go to England, we ...... (visit) the British Museum.
b. If I were rich, I ...... (travel) all around the world.
c. He ...... (start) learning English younger if he had known.
d. If my neighbour goes on holiday, I ...... (water) his garden.
e. If we ...... (not/miss) the train, we would have been on time.
f. If you worked harder, you ...... (have) better marks.
g. If he ...... (not/be) ill, he would come with us.
 P i e «  »

5 Conjuguez les deux verbes en utilisant les trois types de conditionnel à chaque
fois.
Ex. : If I (eat) too much, I (put) on weight.  If I eat too much, I will put on weight.
If I ate too much, I would put on weight.  If I had eaten too much, I would
have put on weight.
a. If I (be) rich, I (travel) to the US.
............................................................................................................................................
b. If they (arrive), we (can) leave.
............................................................................................................................................
c. The conference (be) cancelled if too few people (register).
............................................................................................................................................
6 Répondez aux questions suivantes.

a. What would you do if you met your English teacher at a party?
............................................................................................................................................
b. What would you have done if you had not had a lot of money?
............................................................................................................................................
c. What would you do if you failed your exam?
............................................................................................................................................
d. What would you have done if you had won the lottery?
............................................................................................................................................
e. What will you do if your friend needs money?
............................................................................................................................................
f. What would you have done if you had not had a brother?
............................................................................................................................................
g. What will you do if your car breaks down?
............................................................................................................................................
P i e «  » 

Corrigés p. 267
Posez des questions à partir des deux tableaux et répondez-y. Attention au choix
des temps.
Ex. : Where would you live if you were rich?  If I were rich, I would live in New
York.
where/you/live how often/you what time/ how/you/ how many

/listen to the you/get up celebrate your hours a day/
radio birthday you/ watch TV
where/you/go what/your what time/ what/hobbies/ what/you/

on holiday bedroom/ you/go to bed choose like as a
be like present
how often/ what/you/ what/make/ how often/ how/you/
you/ be afraid of you/ you/listen to relax
surf the happy music
internet
what/you/do/ where/you/ go what/rather/ how long/stay/ what/you/ buy
in the evening every night eat current job
if you were if you if you were if you have if you could if your best
rich had been 70 no money choose friend wins
famous the lottery
if you live in if you if you were if you were if you if your
Antarctica had had immortal a spy were the neighbour
children president made too
much noise
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
To be eager to: être désireux de
To devote oneself to + V-ing: se consacrer à
To feel free to: ne pas hésiter à
To make the most of : profiter de
To spend one’s time + V-ing: passer son temps à
 P i e «  »

54 Quanfieur [1]
singulier pluriel singulier ou pluriel

Beaucoup de much many a lot of, lots of
Peu de little few
Un peu de, quelques a little a few
Trop + adjectif = too
Trop de too much too many
Trop peu de too little too few
Enough (quantité susante) : assez
Adjectif + enough (strong enough) − Enough + nom (enough money)
Idée d’ensemble Individualisation (chaque) Totalité

All Every Whole
➤ All night long ➤ I go to the sports club ➤ The whole team
(Toute la nuit) every day (Je vais au was rewarded
➤ All the guests club de sports tous les (Toute l’équipe a été
(Tous les invités) jours). récompensée).
Tout le monde Tout non suivi d’un nom

Everyone – Everybody Everything
➤ Everybody was invited to his party and ➤ Everything is fine (Tout va bien).
they all brought a gift. (Tout le monde
a été invité à sa soirée et ils ont tous
apporté un cadeau).
Quanfieur 
55 Quanfieur [2]
Phrase armative Phrase interrogative Phrase négative

Some ➤ Some children are ➤ Would you like
playing outside. some milk?
x
Quelques enfants (On s’attend à une
jouent dehors. réponse positive)
Any ➤ Any book will do. ➤ Are there any ➤ There aren’t any
N’importe quel biscuits left? yoghurts left. Il n’y
livre fera l’affaire. Reste t-il a plus de yaourts.
des biscuits ?
No ➤ There are no ➤ Is there no bread
yoghurts left. left? Ne reste-t-il
x
Il ne reste plus pas de pain ?
de yaourts.
Les composés
Some Someone Somebody Something Somewhere

Quelqu’un Quelqu’un Quelque chose Quelque part
Any Anyone Anybody Anything Anywhere
N’importe qui N’importe qui N’importe quoi, quelque chose N’importe où
No No one Nobody Nothing Nowhere
Personne Personne Rien Nulle part
■ Les combinaisons avec no- ont le sens de not any = personne, rien, aucun.
Ex. : There is nobody = There isn’t anyone. Il n’y a personne.
■ Les mots composés avec some- seront généralement employés dans des phrases
armatives.
■ Les composés avec any- seront généralement employés dans des phrases
interrogatives ou négatives.
■ Lorsque les pronoms composés avec -thing, -body, et -one (ex : someone, anything,
everybody) sont sujets d’une phrase, ils sont toujours suivis d’un verbe au singulier.
Ex. : Everybody loves chocolate.
■ S’agissant de pronoms indéfinis ayant un sens collectif, ils peuvent être suivis
de : they, their, them...
Ex. : Everybody can come and have their present. Tout le monde peut venir et avoir
son cadeau.
 Quanfieur
Eating too much

Obesity concerns many people but it does not happen overnight. It develops
gradually and often results from poor diet and lifestyle choices, such as:
• eating too much processed or fast food—that’s too high in fat and sugar.
• drinking too much alcohol—alcohol contains a lot of calories, and people who
drink heavily are often overweight.
• eating out a lot—you may be tempted to also have a starter or dessert in a
restaurant, and the food can be higher in fat and sugar.
• eating larger portions than you need—you may be encouraged to eat too much
if your friends or relatives are also eating large portions.
• drinking too many sugary drinks—including any soft drinks and fruit juice.
• comfort eating—if you are going through some troubles and have low self-
esteem or feel depressed, you may eat anything to make yourself feel a little
better.
Unhealthy eating habits usually run in families. You may develop bad eating habits
with your parents when you’re young and continue them into adulthood.
Not enough physical activity is another major factor contributing to obesity. In
many jobs, some people have to stay sitting at a desk for most of the day. They
also rely on their cars, rather than walking or cycling. They do too few exercises.
For relaxation, many people tend to watch TV, browse the internet or play
computer games, and rarely take regular exercise.
If you’re not active enough or do too little sport, you do not use much of the energy
provided by the food you eat, and the extra energy you consume is stored by the
body as fat.
1. Relevez les quantifieurs dans le texte.
2 Lesquels indiquent :
a. une grande quantité .......................................................................................................
b. une trop grande quantité ..............................................................................................
c. une petite quantité .........................................................................................................
d. une trop petite quantité ................................................................................................
e. une quantité approximative .........................................................................................
f. une quantité insusante ..............................................................................................
3 Pourquoi a-t-on utilisé deux formes différentes ici pour traduire « trop de » ?
a. drinking too much alcohol
b. drinking too many sugary drinks
4 Pourquoi a-t-on utilisé deux formes différentes ici pour traduire « trop peu
de » ?
a. You do too little sport.
b. They do too few exercises.
5 Expliquez dans quel cas on traduit « trop » par « too » simplement. Puis donnez
un exemple tiré du texte.
Quanfieur 
1 Choisissez entre much et many.

a. You are making ...... noise.
b. She hasn’t got ...... friends.
c. Let’s hurry up. We don’t have ...... time.
d. You can’t take ...... luggage.
e. ...... people were waiting in front of me.
2 Choisissez entre little et few.

a. ...... students can speak several languages.
b. He lives in a small flat because he has ...... money.
c. He has ...... patience.
d. He loves ...... TV series.
e. He drinks ...... alcohol.
3 Choisissez entre too, too little, too few, too much et too many.
a. I have eaten ...... biscuits. I should be more reasonable.
b. He drives ...... fast. He takes ...... risks.
c. My bag is ...... heavy.
d. We work ...... We are ...... tired.
4 Choisissez la place de enough qui est correcte.

a. You can’t run fast enough/enough fast.
b. I don’t have milk enough/enough sugar.
c. You didn’t do enough competitions/competitions enough.
d. John isn’t strong enough/enough strong.
5 Complétez avec le quantifieur qui convient parmi :

too, too much, too many, much, many, little, a little, few, a few, too little,
too few, enough
a. They invited ...... friends. The house was overcrowded.
b. I’m sorry but I’m very busy. I have ...... time to listen to you.
c. Despite her efforts, she has made ...... progress.
d. You eat ...... sugar. You can’t lose weight.
e. Although he speaks English very well, he makes ...... mistakes sometimes.
f. He is ...... selfish. He will never have ...... friends.
g. I didn’t have ...... money, so I borrowed ...... from the bank.
6 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide de la traduction de « tout » qui convient.

a. I spent a ...... week studying but I have forgotten ...... I learnt.
b. I slept ...... night but my ...... body is exhausted.
c. ...... my friends will come to my birthday party.
d. The ...... town was in celebration.
e. ...... little children like playing.
f. ...... was different 50 years ago.
g. ...... was outside to see the parade.
 Quanfieur
Corrigés p. 268
Observez ce que Tom mange et boit. Utilisez des quantifieurs pour dire en
quelles quantités.
Ex. : Tom doesn’t drink enough water. Tom ne boit pas assez d’eau.
Breakfast Lunch Snack Dinner Snack

Monday Coffee Sandwich Coffee Salmon Apples
White bread Coffee Cake Rice Coffee
toast
Marmelade
Tuesday Coffee Brocoli Ice cream Meat Clementines
White bread Meat Coffee Fried Sweets
toast Coffee potatoes
Marmelade Coffee
Wednesday Coffee Eggs Fruit juice Ice cream Pears
White bread Pasta Biscuits Coffee Coffee
toast Coffee
Marmelade
Thursday Coffee Pizza Coffee Pizza Melon
White bread Coffee Cake Ice cream Coffee
toast Coffee
Marmelade
Friday Coffee Hamburgers Potato Pasta Ice cream
White bread French fries chips Apple pie Coffee
toast Coffee Coffee Coffee
Marmelade
Expressions utiles
Dish: plat
Fruit: des fruits
Heavy meal: repas copieux
Meal: repas
Pear: poire
Sweets: sucreries
To abuse = overindulge in: abuser de
To eat light: manger léger
To raise the cholesterol level: faire monter le taux de cholestérol
Quanfieur 
56 Ques  gs
■ Utilisation
Les question tags sont de courtes questions qu’on ajoute à la fin d’une phrase :
• pour obtenir la confirmation de ce qu’on dit. L’intonation est descendante.
Ex. : You are from England, aren’t you?
Tu viens d’Angleterre, n’est-ce pas ?
• pour poser une vraie question alors qu’on ne connaît pas la réponse. L’intonation
est montante.
Ex. : You like football, don’t you?
Tu aimes le football, n’est-ce pas ?
■ Syntaxe
Premier morceau de la phrase : positif (+) Premier morceau de la phrase : négatif (-)
Question tag : négatif (-) Question tag : positif (+)
➤ You love English (+), don’t you? (-) ➤ He doesn’t eat a lot (-), does he? (+)
■ Construction
• Si on a un auxiliaire ou un modal dans le premier morceau de la phrase, on le
reprend.
Ex. : He has got a dog, hasn’t he? He won’t come, will he?
• Si on n’a pas d’auxiliaire, on utilise l’auxiliaire correspondant au temps du
début de la phrase et on accorde avec le sujet (do-does au présent/did au prétérit).
Ex. : You went to Australia, didn’t you?
(went est au prétérit, alors on utilise did pour former le tag).
He has a dog, doesn’t he?
(has est un verbe ici et non un auxiliaire; on utilise does pour poser une
question au présent à la 3e personne du singulier).
• Les question tags reprenant un sujet composé de « some, any, no » sont au pluriel.
Ex. : Everybody loves chocolate, don’t they?
Tout le monde aime le chocolat, n’est-ce pas ?
 Ques  gs

I know you, don’t I?

This morning, I was waiting for the bus and a man came up to me.
Gerald: Hello, excuse me, I think I know you. You are Brian’s brother, aren’t you?
Simon: Yes, this is right. But have we already met?
Gerald: We haven’t actually met. But he has often talked to me about you and you
look alike a lot.
Simon: Yes, we’re twin brothers.
Gerald: You study languages at the university, don’t you?
Simon: Exactly. Are you a student too?
Gerald: Well, I’m currently working in a hospital as a doctor now.
Simon: Wow, it must be exciting to save lives, mustn’t it?
Gerald: Yes, sure! You went to Brazil last summer, didn’t you?
Simon: Oh yes. It was really wonderful. It’s such a beautiful country, isn’t it?
Gerald: You have been to Brazil twice, haven’t you?
Simon: Yes, and I’d like to go back there next summer. Would you like to come?
Gerald: Well, that could be great. Everybody would like to go there, wouldn’t they?
But, you can’t fly directly to Brazil from here, can you?
Simon: I had a direct flight. So, it is possible.
Gerald: Let’s keep in touch, shall we?
Simon: Give me your phone number, will you?
Gerald: Here it is.
Simon: Thanks. See you soon!
1 Relevez les question tags dans le texte.

2 Dans les phrases suivantes, identifiez l’auxiliaire dans la première moitié de la
phrase.
a. You are Brian’s brother, aren’t you?
b. It must be exciting to save lives, mustn’t it?
c. You have been to Brazil twice, haven’t you?
d. Everybody would like to go there, wouldn’t they?
e. You can’t fly directly to Brazil from here, can you?
3 Observez ces deux phrases. Y a-t-il un auxiliaire dans la première partie de la

phrase ? Lequel a été utilisé pour former le tag ? Pourquoi n’a-t-on pas utilisé
le même ?
a. You study languages at the university, don’t you?
b. You went to Brazil last summer, didn’t you?
4 En quoi la construction de ces question tags est-elle différente des autres cas
dans les deux phrases suivantes ?
a. Let’s keep in touch, shall we?
b. Give me your phone number, will you?
Ques  gs 


a. Ann and Samantha are twin sisters, ...? are they not/are they/aren’t they
b. Peter lived in Spain, ...? didn’t he/did he/doesn’t he
c. Jack is angry today, ...? isn’t he/he is not/is he not
d. It was such a beautiful day, ...? isn’t it/wasn’t it/was it
e. He has cleaned the house, ...? has he/has he not/hasn’t he
f. Everybody was happy, …? wasn’t it/weren’t they/was they
g. You’re not scared, ...? aren’t you/are you/you aren’t
h. I am not late, ...? am I/ain’t I/I am not
2 Ajoutez un question tag à la fin des phrases.

a. Janet has a red car, .......................................................................................................?
b. He recognised us, ......................................................................................................... ?
c. You are Italian, .............................................................................................................. ?
d. He won’t tell her ............................................................................................................ ?
e. They need some new clothes, ..................................................................................... ?
f. He isn’t working, .......................................................................................................... ?
g. They went to San Francisco two years ago, ............................................................ ?
h. They don’t watch the news, ........................................................................................ ?
i. He is English, ................................................................................................................ ?
j. She can’t play football, ................................................................................................. ?
3 Complétez ces phrases avec un question tag.

a. David and Julie don’t like cheese, .............................................................................. ?
b. She watches horror movies, ....................................................................................... ?
c. They phoned you, .......................................................................................................... ?
d. He has a big house, ....................................................................................................... ?
e. John’s a very good student, .......................................................................................... ?
f. You didn’t say that, ....................................................................................................... ?
g. They will come, ............................................................................................................. ?
h. You’re addicted to shopping, ...................................................................................... ?
i. They weren’t part of the regular team, ................................................................... ?
j. You can’t give it back to the owner, ........................................................................... ?
k. Let’s take a day off tomorrow, .................................................................................... ?
l. She has her hair styled every week, ......................................................................... ?
m. Mum will be happy to see you, .................................................................................. ?
n. John keeps talking all the time. It’s disgusting, .................................................... ?
o. They haven’t ever bought a new car, ........................................................................ ?
 Ques  gs

Corrigés p. 268
Vous avez retrouvé un ancien ami grâce aux réseaux sociaux mais vous n’êtes
plus très sûr de bien le connaître. Vérifiez vos souvenirs en formulant des phrases
suivies d’un question tag.
Ex. : What/favourite animal?  Your favourite animal is the dog, isn’t it?
1. How old?
You’re ………………… years old, ………………… you?
2. How often/play sport? ...................................................................................................
3. Can/swim fast? ................................................................................................................
4. How long/been living in this city? ..............................................................................
5. Project/become an engineer? .......................................................................................
6. Want/invent useful devices? ........................................................................................
7. Parents/got divorced? .....................................................................................................
8. One brother? .....................................................................................................................
9. When/birthday? ..............................................................................................................
10. How often/go to the cinema? ........................................................................................
11. How long/plan to stay in Spain? ..................................................................................
12. Hate cold coffee? ..............................................................................................................
13. Wouldn’t like to live in a cold country? ......................................................................
14. Brother/ married? ...........................................................................................................
15. Brother/one child? ..........................................................................................................
Expressions utiles
How old: quel âge
How often: combien de fois
How long: combien de temps
When: quand
Where: où
How much/many: combien
Who: qui
Why: pourquoi
Which: lequel
Ques  gs 

57 Ques [1]
Mot en wh- auxiliaire (+ négation) sujet verbe complément
What (que) ➤ What did you say? Qu’as-tu dit ?

Why (pourquoi) ➤ Why did he leave? Pourquoi est-il parti ?
How long= how much time ➤ How long have you been waiting?
(combien de temps, depuis Depuis combien de temps attends-tu ?
combien de temps, pendant ➤ How long did you stay?
combien de temps) Combien de temps es-tu resté ?
How old (quel âge) ➤ How old is he? Quel âge a-t-il ?
Where (où) ➤ Where will you stay? Où resteras-tu ?
When (quand) ➤ When did you buy it? Quand l’as-tu acheté ?
Which (lequel) ➤ Which one do you prefer? Lequel préfères-tu ?
How far (à quelle distance) ➤ How far from here do you live?
À quelle distance d’ici habites-tu ?
Whom (qui, que) ➤ Whom did you talk to? À qui as-tu parlé ?
Who (qui) ➤ Who called this morning? Qui a appelé ce matin ?
How (comment) ➤ How did you come? Comment es-tu venu ?
How often = how many times ➤ How often do you swim?
(combien de fois) Combien de fois nages-tu ?
Where … from (d’où) ➤ Where are you from? D’ou viens-tu ?
Whose (à qui) ➤ Whose keys are these? À qui sont ces clés ?
How much + sing. (combien) ➤ How much money do you need?
How many + pluriel (combien) Combien d’argent te faut-il ?
➤ How many people were there?
Combien de personnes y avait-il ?
What ... for ➤ What did you call him for?
(pour quelle raison) Pour quelle raison l’as-tu appelé ?
How tall (quelle taille) ➤ How tall is your brother?
Combien mesure ton frère ?
 Ques
58 Ques [2]
Choix de l’auxiliaire
Les auxiliaires de base sont: be, have, do (does-did). Les autres auxiliaires sont les
modaux (can, may, might, should, must, could, will, would, shall).
Le choix dépend avant tout du temps et du sens de la question.
Question au Question au Question au Question au

présent simple présent en –ing prétérit simple prétérit en –ing
do-does am-is-are did was-were
➤ How often do you ➤ What are you ➤ Where did you ➤ What was he
go swimming? doing? go? cooking? What
were you doing?
Question au Question au Question au Question

present perfect past perfect futur au conditionnel
have-has had will would
➤ What have you ➤ Had he been to ➤ Will he be here? ➤ Would he accept
seen? Japan before? to leave if he
could?
■ Attention
• L’auxiliaire « être » ne se traduit pas nécessairement par « be » en anglais.
Ex. : Est-il parti ?  Has he left? ou Did he leave?
• L’auxiliaire « avoir » ne se traduit pas toujours par « have ».
Ex. : As-tu soif ?  Are you thirsty? Quel âge as-tu ? How old are you?
Ques 
Interview with an actor

Interviewer: Thank you for giving me some of your precious time today. I know
how busy you are.
Actor: You’re welcome. It is a pleasure to meet you.
Interviewer: Have you been working on any new films recently?
Actor: Yes, I’m acting in Face in the Sun this month. It’s a great film!
Interviewer: Congratulations! May I ask you some questions about your life?
Actor: Of course, you can! I can answer almost any question!
Interviewer: Great. Acting is hard work. What do you like doing when you’re not at
work?
Actor: Yes, it is very hard work. I usually relax in my garden.
Interviewer: What are you doing today for relaxation?
Actor: I’m having an interview today!
Interviewer: That’s very funny! Where did you enjoy going when you were younger?
Actor: I usually just stayed home! I have never travelled a lot!
Interviewer: Would you like to go anywhere?
Actor: No, actually.
Interviewer: Have you got any plans for the future?
Actor: This evening I’m going to the movies.
Interviewer: Which movie are you going to watch?
Actor: I can’t say, it’s a secret!
1 Relevez les questions.

2 Soulignez les auxiliaires utilisés pour former les questions et identifiez le
temps des questions.
3 À partir des termes suivants, recréez une interview en essayant de ne pas
regarder le texte d’origine.
Interviewer: thank you/interview/know/busy
Actor: welcome/pleasure
Interviewer: work/new/book
Actor: yes/write/Sun in the South
Interviewer: congratulations/ask/questions/about/life
Actor: yes/any/question
Interviewer: what/do/after/work
Actor: usually/do sport/swimming-pool
Interviewer: what/do/today
Actor: do suitcase/go on holiday/today
Interviewer: where/go
Actor: see/grandma/hometown
Interviewer: stay/long
Actor: no/come back in two days/meet publisher/future projects
Interviewer: what/topic
Actor: not/say
 Ques
1 Associez les mots interrogatifs et leur traduction.

What … for, where, how long, how much, how often, how far, whose, which,
why, when, how, who
quand ................ à qui ................ dans quel but ................
qui ................ pourquoi ................ combien ................
combien à quelle
................ comment ................ ................
de temps distance
combien de fois ................ où ................ lequel ................
2 Complétez avec le mot interrogatif qui convient :

how long, how far, how often, where
a. .................. do you come from? — I come from Nice.
b. .................. is the school from your home? — It’s is 2 km away.
c. .................. does your brother go to Japan? — He goes there once a year.
d. .................. will you stay in Spain? — I’ll stay 2 weeks.
3 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide d’un pronom interrogatif.

a. ...... will you work with? My brother.
b. ...... do you live? Next to the town hall.
c. ...... are you going to Paris here? By plane.
d. ...... will you stay? — Two days.
e. ...... did he use to go to the cinema? — Twice a week.
f. ...... do you live from the workplace? — It’s five minutes away.
g. ...... car is this? — I think it is my aunt’s.
h. ...... will you be sharing your flat with? — It might well be a young student.
4 Posez la question à l’origine de la réponse.

a. ..........................................................................................................................................?
— Yes, he will arrive tonight.
b. .......................................................................................................................................... ?
— Yes, I have two dogs.
c. .........................................................................................................................................?
— No, you are not allowed to park here.
d. .........................................................................................................................................?
— Yes, he lives in Nice.
e. ..........................................................................................................................................?
— Yes, it costs 100 dollars.
f. ..........................................................................................................................................?
— No, my brother is older than me.
Ques 
5 Choisissez l’auxiliaire qui convient.
a. Are/Do you often go shopping on Saturdays?
b. Do/Does the bus stop in front of the school?
c. Do/Did your friends go with you yesterday?
d. What do/are your friends doing today?
e. How long has/does he been teaching?
f. Has/Is the train arrived?
g. Why was/has he been arrested?
6 Complétez les questions avec l’auxiliaire adéquat.

a. What stores ...... your brother like to buy clothes at?
b. ...... you have come if he had invited you?
c. What ...... your sister doing when I called?
d. Where ...... you go last Saturday?
e. Why ...... you leaving so early?
7 Retrouvez la question correspondant à la partie en gras.

a. I went to Dubai two weeks ago. ..................................................................................
b. This book is John’s. ........................................................................................................
c. The store closes at 7. .......................................................................................................
d. It will cost you £20. ........................................................................................................
e. I showed him some books. ...........................................................................................
f. I have two sisters. ..........................................................................................................
g. I was born in Toulon. ....................................................................................................
h. Janet called me this morning. .....................................................................................
8 Traduisez les questions suivantes.

a. Sais-tu ce que le mot « teetotaller » veut dire ?
b. Que s’est-il passé ce matin ?
c. Depuis combien de temps joues-tu au basket ?
d. Sait-il déjà conduire ?
e. Avez-vous bien dormi la nuit dernière ?
f. A-t-il assez d’argent pour acheter son propre appartement ?
9 Posez des questions portant sur l’information soulignée.

a. Lana takes the bus twice a week.
b. He goes to school by train.
c. The supermarket will be closed until next month.
d. These are my glasses.
e. We invited 20 politicians.
f. They are building a school.
 Ques
Corrigés p. 270
Vous souhaitez aller voir un événement sportif ou culturel. À partir des

informations suivantes, faites un dialogue entre vous et le vendeur de billets.
Posez des questions pour obtenir les réponses figurant dans les tableaux.
• Situation 1
Buyer Seller
Basketball match Mention possible dates and times
Saturday or Sunday Place: Azur Arena Antibes
Afternoon or evening (not too late) Adults: 18 euros
3 tickets; one child under 10 Children under 12: 9 euros
Car (need ID card)
Sit in the front row Beginning: 7.45 p.m./End: 10.15 p.m.
Credit card or cash Break: 15 minutes
Snacks and drinks
Car park nearby; free
Arrive at least 15 minutes before
Free seating
• Situation 2
Buyer Seller
Concert Mention possible dates and times
Classical music Hans Zimmer Place: Nikaia Nice
2 tickets Date: Saturday, May 5
Sit in the middle Adults: 68 euros
Car Children under 12: 49 euros (need ID card)
Credit card Beginning: 8.00 p.m./End: 11.30 p.m.
Break: 15 minutes
Snacks and drinks
Car park nearby: 5 euros
Arrive at least 30 minutes before
No free seating: numbered places
Ques 
59 Sl direc e ndirect
Le discours direct s’utilise lors d’une conversation. Le discours indirect sert à rappor-
ter une conversation, expliquer ce que quelqu’un a dit ou pensé. Pour utiliser le style
indirect, vous devez utiliser un verbe qu’on appelle un verbe introducteur et procé-
der à des changements de temps.
Discours direct Discours indirect

présent simple  prétérit simple
présent continu (am/is/are + V-ing)  prétérit continu (was/were + V-ing)
present perfect (have/has + pp)  past perfect (had + pp)
present perfect continu  past perfect continu
(have/has been + V-ing) (had been + V-ing)
prétérit simple  past perfect (had + pp)
prétérit continu (was/were + V-ing)  past perfect continu (had been + V-ing)
past perfect (had + pp)  past perfect (had + pp)
futur (will)  conditionnel (would)
Don’t + BV  Not to + BV
Discours direct Discours indirect

can  could
will  would
must  had to
may  might
Lors du passage au discours indirect, il faut également procéder à quelques change-

ments de pronoms et d’indicateurs spatiaux temporels.
Discours direct Discours indirect Discours direct Discours indirect

Now  then I  he/she
I/he/she/you/
Today  that day you  we/they
Tonight  that night he  he
the day before,
Yesterday  she  she
the previous day
the day after,
Tomorrow  the next day, the it  it
following day
Here  there we  we/they
This/that  that
These/those  those
 Sl direc e ndirect

Apple® workers launch petition over firm’s return-to-oce stance

Apple® employees have hit back at the tech company’s return-to-oce orders,
and launched a petition saying the firm risked stifling diversity and staff wellbeing
by restricting their ability to work remotely.
The petition follows a memo addressed to all the employees by Apple’s chief
executive, Tim Cook, who last week announced workers would have to come into
the oce for at least three days a week. The plan is less strict than previous
proposals that planned to force staff to return every Monday, Tuesday and
Thursday, with Cook saying it would “enhance” the company’s ability to work
flexibly, “while preserving the in-person collaboration that is so essential to our
culture”.
However, a group of workers who operate under the name Apple® Together
launched a petition pushing back against Cook’s orders, arguing greater flexibility
would promote diversity within the company.
“We believe that Apple® needs to encourage, not prohibit, flexible work to build a
more diverse and successful company where we can feel comfortable to ‘think
different’ together,” the Apple® petition pointed out. The petition added that the
mandate failed to mention that workers were “happier and more productive”
when they had less traditional working arrangements.
“Are you an oce-based Apple® employee? Are you less than thrilled with the RTO
[return to oce] mandate? Sign the petition, let's stand together,” the group said
in a tweet linked to the petition on Monday.
At least one high-level employee has resigned: “I definitely believe that more
flexibility would have been the best policy for my team,” Goodfellow reportedly
told employees.
1 Mettez ces phrases au style direct.

a. Apple® employees launched a petition saying the firm risked stifling diversity.
............................................................................................................................................
b. Tim Cook last week announced workers would have to come into the oce for
at least three days.
............................................................................................................................................
c. Cook said it would “enhance” the company’s ability to work flexibly.
............................................................................................................................................
d. The mandate failed to mention that workers were “happier and more
productive” when they had less traditional working arrangements.
............................................................................................................................................
2 Mettez ces phrases au style indirect.

a. “We believe that Apple® needs to encourage, not prohibit, flexible work to
build a more diverse and successful company where we can feel comfortable,”
the Apple petition pointed out.
b. “I definitely believe that more flexibility would have been the best policy for
my team,” Goodfellow reportedly told employees.
Sl direc e ndirect 

1 Soulignez les verbes dans les phrases suivantes et identifiez leur temps.
a. What are you doing? e. He was working from home.
b. I won’t be here tomorrow. f. They didn’t come yesterday.
c. He has been living here for ten g. Will you bring something?
years.
d. He likes this house.
2 Reprenez l’exercice précédent et complétez ces phrases en mettant le verbe

au bon temps.
a. He asked me what I ...... e. He said that he ...... from home.
b. I said that I ...... there the next day. f. They said that they ...... the day
c. He said that he ...... there for ten before.
years. g. I asked you if you ...... something.
d. He said that he ...... that house.
3 Choisissez la forme correcte

a. “I have a toothache.” He said that he has/had a toothache.
b. “I will open the window.” He said that he will/would open the window.
c. “Go away!”, he said to me. He told me go away/to go away.
d. “I told you the truth”. He said he told/had told me the truth.
e. “We’re not going to the cinema.” He said they aren’t/weren’t going to the cinema.
f. “I don’t know”. He said that he doesn’t/didn’t know.
4 Mettez ces phrases au style direct ou indirect.

a. “How much does he earn?” he asked me.  .............................................................
b. “Where can I find a bookshop?” he asked me.  .....................................................
c. “I am at work”, she told me.  .....................................................................................
d. He asked me if I would lend him my calculator.  ................................................
e. “When did you arrive?” Mrs Jones asked her son.  .............................................
5 Transformez ces armations en phrases interrogatives en les faisant porter sur

les mots soulignés. Attention à la structure d’une question : wh- + auxiliaire + sujet
+ verbe + complément. Puis, mettez les armations au style indirect (He said…).
Ex. : I came back on Monday.  When did he come back? He said he had come
back on Monday.
a. I borrowed money from the bank. ..............................................................................
b. I like reading books . .......................................................................................................
c. No, I won’t come to the party. ......................................................................................
d. I was sleeping. .................................................................................................................
e. I have never seen the sea. ..............................................................................................
6 Mettez ces questions au style indirect en utilisant le temps correct.

a. How will you do? He asked me ....................................................................................
b. What will come next? He asked me ............................................................................
c. What is making that noise? I wondered ....................................................................
d. What are you doing? He asked me .............................................................................
e. Where is my phone? He asked me ..............................................................................
 Sl direc e ndirect

Corrigés p. 271
Votre collocataire n’était pas là et vous avez pris des messages téléphoniques
pour lui/elle.
À son retour, rendez-lui compte du contenu des messages en utilisant le style
indirect.
Ex. : You’ve got a message from the bank. They said that your overdraft had been
approved and that you should check your email for details.
From : bank From : travel agent From : girlfriend From : phone

Message : Your Message : Managed Message: Going company
overdraft has been to get a cheap flight shopping this Message: Your new
approved. Check to Spain for your evening with Jane. phone line is going
your email for holiday. Please call Will be home late. to be installed on
details. back. Love you. Saturday morning.
Call to confirm this
is ok.
From : Jim From : repair shop From : mum From : school
Message: See you Message: Your TV Message: The cat Message: Classes
tomorrow after has been repaired. is stuck up the are cancelled. Your
work. Will meet Please come to pick tree again. Please teacher has won the
you at the pub at it up. call back soon. lottery and has left
6 p.m. the school.
Expressions utiles
Cheap : pas cher
Overdraft(n) : découvert/overdrawn: à découvert
To add : ajouter
To ask : demander
To claim : armer
To require : exiger
To say : dire
To tell sb to : demander à qqun de
Sl direc e ndirect 

60 Sucf
Le subjonctif est un mode de conjugaison. Il évoque des faits imaginés ou souhaités

et permet de formuler des demandes ou des hypothèses. Pour conjuguer un verbe
au subjonctif présent, c’est comme à l’indicatif, sans le -s à la troisième personne du
singulier. Il faut souvent sous-entendre « should ».
Forme armative Forme négative

= base verbale = not + base verbale
Usage
Après des termes (verbes, noms, adjectifs) de recommendation, insistence, demande,
ordre, suggestion… ils sont suivis de that ou bien that est sous-entendu.
Verbes Adjectifs Noms
Insist, recommend, Essential, vital, crucial, Order, recommenda-
demand, command, preferable, neces- tion, insistence, demand,
desire, ask, suggest, sary, urgent, impera- suggestion, proposal,
advise, propose, urge, tive, important, best, advice…
prefer, stipulate… recommended…
■ Exemples
• We recommend he take some warm clothing. Nous recommandons qu’il prenne
des vêtements chauds.
• It is necessary that the products be clearly labelled. Il est nécessaire que les produits
soient clairement étiquetés.
• It is vital that she sign the contract by the end of the week. Il est essentiel qu’elle
signe le contrat d’ici la fin de la semaine.
• It is crucial that he not arrive late for the kick-off meeting. Il est essentiel qu’il
n’arrive pas en retard pour la réunion de lancement.
■ Expressions figées ou archaïques
Be that as it may (quoi qu’il en soit); Come shine come rain (qu’il pleuve ou qu’il
vente); Come what may (advienne que pourra); Come to that (à ce propos); God bless
you (que Dieu te bénisse; à tes souhaits); God save the Queen (Que Dieu protège la
Reine); Like it or not (que cela te plaise ou non); If this be so (s’il en est ainsi); So be
it (qu’il en soit ainsi); Perish this thought (loin de moi cette pensée); Whether it be
true or not (que cela soit vrai ou non)…
 Sucf
Don’t want to get sick this winter?

The pandemic health habits to keep long term
Experts recommend people continue some of the health and hygiene habits
adopted because of Covid to reduce the risk of contracting other diseases. Public
messaging and awkward celebrity videos said it was essential people wash their
hands thoroughly with soap and running water for 20 seconds, or use hand
sanitiser if they don’t have access to a tap.
Experts insist that unwell people stay away from work and social events. And it is
essential that everybody with respiratory symptoms wear masks. They suggest
employers provide free surgical masks.
Besides, an expert recommends everyone over six months old get the influenza
vaccine.
He advises that people not wear gloves because they are less likely to wash their
hands. He urges that everyone stay up to date with vaccination against whooping
cough.
1. Identifiez les verbes au subjonctif. Comment se construisent-ils à la forme

positive et négative ?
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
2 Quels mots ont conduit à l’utilisation du subjonctif ?

.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................
3 Mettez les verbes entre parenthèses au subjonctif.

a. It is highly recommended that children ...... (stay) at home if they are ill.
b. Parents insist that the teacher ...... (report) the lessons on learning platforms.
c. Teachers find it preferable that the platform ...... (be) updated daily.
d. Doctors’ proposal that people ...... (not/wear) masks seemed illogical.
e. It is important that she ...... (listen) to our advice.
f. People ask that warnings ...... (be) clearly displayed in buses.
g. We suggest that everybody ...... (wear) a mask in public transport.
h. The manager finds it crucial that the deadline ...... (not/be) postponed.
i. His insistence that the patient ...... (not/go) to work was surprising.
Sucf 

a. It is important that all employees are dressed/be dressed/will be dressed
smartly.
b. I suggest she wait/waits/waited in the corridor.
c. It is necessary that he avoid/avoids/avoided that place at night.
d. It is desirable that you don’t write/not write/didn’t write this article.
e. I demand that he put/puts/will put his gun down.
f. It is preferable that she leave/leaves/left in advance.
g. They ask that she work/works/worked more.
h. I insist that he were/be/is the first to speak.
2 Complétez les phrases suivantes en mettant le verbe à la forme correcte.

a. God ...... (bless) you!
b. I request that he ...... (be) arrested immediately.
c. The recommendation that I ...... (change) my eating habits was useful.
d. He ordered that the prisoner ...... (stay) a few months here.
e. They suggested that he ...... (not come) with them.
f. Bruno asked that everyone ...... (be) on time.
g. I prefer that he ...... (go) alone.
h. It was essential that he ...... (listen) to me.
3 Traduisez les phrases suivantes en utilisant un subjonctif.

a. Elle exigea que l’entretien soit enregistré.
............................................................................................................................................
b. Il est important que le client soit informé du danger.
............................................................................................................................................
c. Le professeur insista pour que Jane aille au tableau.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Il est nécessaire qu’un étudiant apprenne ses leçons.
............................................................................................................................................
e. Ils ont exigé qu’elle les suive.
............................................................................................................................................
f. Il est recommandé qu’il ne soit pas là.
............................................................................................................................................
4 Les phrases suivantes sont-elles correctes ? Corrigez-les si besoin.

a. What do you suggest I do?
............................................................................................................................................
b. It is essential that you are here.
............................................................................................................................................
c. It is recommended that he apologize.
............................................................................................................................................
 Sucf
Corrigés p. 272
Vos amis viennent prendre conseil auprès de vous. Aidez-les en leur faisant des
recommandations. Utilisez le subjonctif et les structures suivantes.
It is essential/crucial/necessary/imperative/indispensable/recommended/important
that…
I recommend/advise/suggest/insist/order that…
My advice/recommendation/proposal is that…
Ex. : My mother never lets me do anything I want.
It is important that your mother leave you some freedom.
Sally Mark Johnny Kate

I’m always late I don’t understand I feel like travelling I have no idea what
at work because anything in but I don’t have a job I will do later.
I can’t wake up in mathematics. lot of money.
the morning.
Janet Jack Terry Christine
My little sister My father never I never have good My brother is
always wants lets me do anything grades in history. always grumpy.
to stay with me with him.
although she is 12.
Mireille Sanaa Timothy Luc
I always feel cold at I have put on My mother has My teacher never
home. weight. I am not caught a cold. leaves us enough
feeling well. time to finish the
test.
Expressions utiles
Career advisor: conseiller d’orientation
Grade: note
Grumpy: grognon
To catch a cold: attraper froid
To feel cold: avoir froid
To put on weight: grossir
Sucf 
61 er , er ar… [1]
Structure Traduction ➤ Exemple

Il y a There is + singulier ➤ There is a lemon. Il y a un citron .
There are + pluriel ➤ There are some boys. Il y a des garçons.
Y a-t-il Is there + singulier? ➤ Is there anyone in the house?
Are there + pluriel? Y a-t-il quelqu’un à la maison ?
➤ Are there people? Y a-t-il des gens ?
Il n’y a pas There is no + singulier ➤ There is no milk left.
There are no + pluriel ll ne reste pas de lait.
➤ There are no apples.
Il n’y a pas de pommes.
Il y avait There was + singulier ➤ There was a lemon.
There were + pluriel Il y avait un citron.
➤ There were two apples.
Il y avait deux pommes.
Il y a eu There has been ➤ There has been an attack.
+ singulier Il y a eu une attaque.
There have been + ➤ There have been a lot of people.
pluriel Il y a eu beaucoup de monde.
There was + singulier ➤ There was a war. Il y a eu une guerre.
There were + pluriel ➤ There were demonstrations.
Il y a eu des manifestations.
Y avait-il Was there + singulier? ➤ Was there anyone in the house?
Were there + pluriel? ➤ Were there people?
Il n’y avait There was no + ➤ There was no milk left.
pas singulier Il ne restait pas de lait.
There were no + pluriel ➤ There were no apples.
Il n’y avait pas de pommes.
Il y aura There will be ➤ There will be a lot of people.
Il y aura beaucoup de monde.
Autrefois il y There used to be ➤ There used to be a park.
avait Autrefois il y avait un parc.
Autrefois il There didn’t use to be ➤ There didn’t use to be cars.
n’y avait pas Autrefois il n’y avait pas de voitures.
Il y avait eu There had been ➤ There had been rumours.
Il y avait eu des rumeurs.
 er , er ar…

62 er , er ar… [2]
Structure Traduction ➤ Exemple

Y aura-t-il Will there be ➤ Will there be a lot of people?
Y aura-t-il beaucoup de monde ?
Il n’y aura pas There will not ➤ There won’t be a lot of people.
(won’t) be Il n’y aura pas beaucoup de monde.
Il y aurait eu There would have ➤ There would have been a lot of
been people.
Il y aurait eu beaucoup de monde.
Y aurait-il eu Would there have ➤ Would there have been a lot of
been people.
Y aurait-il eu beaucoup de monde ?
Il n’y aurait pas eu There would not ➤ There wouldn’t have been a lot of
(wouldn’t) have been people.
Il n’y aurait pas eu beaucoup de
monde.
Il se peut qu’il y ait There may be ➤ There may be some wind.
Il se peut qu’il y ait du vent.
Il se peut qu’il y ait There may have ➤ There may have been some wind.
eu been Il aurait pu y avoir du vent.
Il doit y avoir There must be ➤ There must be some wind.
Il doit y avoir du vent.
Il ne doit pas y There must not be ➤ There must not be any noise.
avoir (interdiction) Il ne doit pas y avoir le moindre
There can’t be bruit.
(impossibilité) ➤ There can’t be anyone left in the
bus; this is not possible.
Il ne peut pas rester quelqu’un
dans le bus. Ce n’est pas possible.
Il a dû y avoir There must have ➤ There must have been some wind.
been Il a dû y avoir du vent.
Il se pourrait qu’il There might/could ➤ There might be some wind.
y ait be Il se pourrait qu’il y ait du vent.
Il aurait pu y avoir There might/could ➤ There might/could have been some
have been wind.
Il aurait pu y avoir du vent.
er , er ar… 

A local’s guide to Bilbao, Spain: home of the Guggenheim—and so much

more
There may not be any city like Bilbao. Obviously, Bilbao is probably not the ideal
city for vegetarians as we do eat an awful lot of meat.
There has been a huge transformation of Bilbao over time: while there used to be
a prosperous iron trade in this former industrial city, there is now art and culture—
and tourism too. In 1997, there was the inauguration of the Guggenheim Museum
that had a huge impact. But while there were mainly mainstream centres at the
beginning, today alternative art and cultural bodies are being established in old
industrial buildings, where owners are charging low rents rather than see their
properties decay.
There is a school which is a former paint factory. Plus, there are some cool new
galleries in the San Francisco area.
Now thanks to the low rents for premises, there have been young entrepreneurs,
artists and designers who have set up shop there.
There is a strong temptation to eat everywhere, from the restaurants and pintxo
bars to delicatessens. When you feel the need for a bit of breathing space in the
narrow, busy streets, there are plenty of bars where you can have a coffee or a
beer.
Bilbao is surrounded by mountains, and there is open countryside just a 20-minute
walk from the city centre. There are some steep slopes, but there will be funiculars
soon.
1. Relevez les expressions composées de “there + be”.

• Présent
• Passé
• Present perfect
• Futur
3 Expliquez la différence entre les formes suivantes.

a. There was the inauguration/ There were mainly mainstream centres.
b. There is a school/There are some steep slopes.
c. There have been young entrepreneurs/There has been a huge transformation.

a. Il n’y avait pas beaucoup de monde.
b. Il y aura une visite guidée demain.
c. Il y a eu un accident. Viens avec moi.
d. Il n’y a pas de musée gratuit.
e. Il se peut qu’il y ait eu une explosion.
f. Il aurait pu y avoir une inauguration.
g. Il y aurait eu un fast food.
h. Autrefois, il y avait une galerie d’art ici.
 er , er ar…

1 Complétez avec is ou are.

a. There ... no fireplace. f. There ... two TV sets.
b. There ... three bedrooms. g. There ... one table.
c. There ... a garden. h. ... there beds?
d. There ... no stairs. i. ... there a bathroom?
e. There ... a carpet. j. ... there noise?
2 Complétez ces phrases avec There is ou There are.

a. …………………………….. a big kitchen in my flat.
b. …………………………….. two bedrooms in my house.
c. …………………………….. a bookcase in your room.
d. …………………………….. three floors in their house.
e. …………………………….. a bed and a wardrobe.
f. …………………………….. a new carpet.
3 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide de : is/are/was/were

a. There ... three apples on the table yesterday.
b. There ... three apples on the table today.
c. Look, there ... a cat near the school.
d. There ... a lot of trac on the road this morning. I’m afraid I won’t be on time.
e. There ... some people in this street 3 days ago.
f. Yesterday there ... only one banana in my bag.
g. There ... only 15 people on this bus today.
h. There ... no policeman in the bank when the thieves entered.
i. There ... two Australian kids living in the neighbourhood.
j. ... there a new student in your class last week?
4 Complétez ces phrases par There was (no), there were (no) ou une forme
interrogative.
a. He was not alone. ... a woman with him.
b. ... another reason why he left.
c. ... good movies at the cinema?
d. ... work for him. He didn’t earn money.
5. Traduisez les phrases suivantes.

a. Il n’y aura personne pour prendre une décision.  ...............................................
b. Il y aura toujours du monde dans les supermarchés.  .......................................
c. Il y a eu de violentes émeutes en ville hier.  ..........................................................
d. Il a dû y avoir un tremblement de terre.  ...............................................................
e. Y a-t-il une issue de secours ?  .................................................................................
f. S’il n’y avait pas eu d’ascenseur, on aurait pris les escaliers.  ..........................
g. Combien d’entreprises françaises y a-t-il ?  .........................................................
h. Quand y aura-t-il un vaccin ?  .................................................................................
i. Il y a eu des rumeurs à son sujet récemment.  .....................................................
j. Il se pourrait qu’il y ait une grève.  .........................................................................
k. Il se pourrait qu’il y ait eu un gagnant.  ................................................................
er , er ar… 

Corrigés p. 273
Vous cherchez un nouvel appartement. Vous avez consulté des annonces. À présent,
informez votre famille de ce que vous avez trouvé. Utilisez there is/are/was/were.
Ex. : There are three bedrooms. There is a cellar. There is no garage.
Flat 1 Flat 2 Flat 3

• Two bedrooms • One big bedroom • Two bedrooms
• A big living room window • Lots of windows • Lots of windows
• A large dining room next • A walk-in closet in the • Lots of storage space
to the kitchen bedroom • No balcony
• 3 floors • One large balcony • Street trac-noise
• No elevator • No neighbours • No restaurants in the
• Lots of trees near the • Previous tenants: a young neighbourhood before
building couple • A small park a few
• Tram station nearby • A supermarket nearby years ago
• New tram line soon • Lots of walking trails not
• Renovation works a few far
months ago
Expressions utiles
Balcony : balcon
Cellar : cave
Elevator = lift : ascenseur
Neighbourhood: quartier
Previous : précédent
Storage : rangement
Store : magasin
Tenant : locataire
Walk-in closet : dressing
Walking trails : sentiers de promenade
 er , er ar…

Use /did’ s /
63 Wul équen f
Used to/didn’t use to
■ Used to est une expression verbale qui sert à parler de ce qu’on faisait avant et
qu’on ne fait plus aujourd’hui.
Ex. : I used to swim. Autrefois je nageais.
I didn’t use to travel. Autrefois je ne voyageais pas.
■ Il ne faut pas confondre used to + BV et be used to + -ing qui indique une habitude.
On peut parler d’une habitude au passé: was/were used to V-ing (ce qui est à peu
près équivalent à used to + BV).
Ex. : I was used to typing fast. J’avais l’habitude de taper vite.
Would fréquentatif
■ Would indique souvent la répétition quelque peu rituelle de faits ou d’activités dans
le passé. On parle d’habitudes passées. Le would fréquentatif se traduit alors par
un imparfait en français.
Ex. : She was a chatterbox and would spend hours on the phone! C’était une horrible
bavarde qui passait des heures au téléphone.
When I was a student, I would always hang out with my friends after classes.
Quand j’étais étudiant, je trainais toujours avec mes amis après les cours.
■ La différence avec « used to » : La tournure « used to + verbe à l’infinitif » (I used to
smoke 20 cigarettes a day) exprime elle aussi une habitude passée. La différence
c’est qu’elle met explicitement l’accent sur l’idée de rupture avec le présent.
Use /did’ s /Wul équenf 

The Culture of the 1950s

During the 1950s, there used to be a sense of uniformity that pervaded American
society. Conformity used to be common, as young and old alike followed group
norms rather than strike out on their own. Though men and women had been
forced into new employment patterns during World War II, once the war was over,
traditional roles were rearmed. Men used to be the only breadwinners; women,
even when they worked, used to assume their proper place was at home. They
didn’t use to consider work as a value.
Television didn’t just use to inform people. It contributed to the homogenizing
trend by providing young and old with a shared experience reflecting accepted
social patterns.
But not all Americans conformed to such cultural norms. A number of writers,
members of the so-called «beat generation,» would rebel against conventional
values. Stressing spontaneity and spirituality, they asserted intuition over reason,
Eastern mysticism over Western institutionalized religion. The «beats» would
challenge the patterns of respectability and shock the rest of the culture.
Musicians and artists rebelled as well. Elvis Presley and other rock and roll singers
demonstrated that the time when black music used to be reserved to blacks was
over and that there was a white audience for black music, thus testifying to the
increasing integration of American culture. All of these artists and authors,
whatever the medium, provided models for the wider and more deeply felt social
revolution of the 1960s.
Adapted from http://www.let.rug.nl/usa/outlines/history-1994/
postwar-america/the-culture-of-the-1950s.php
1 Relevez les phrases contenant « used to ».

2 Relevez un exemple de forme négative de « used to ». Qu’est-ce qui change par
rapport à la forme armative ?
3 Réécrivez ces phrases en utilisant used to ou didn’t use to.
a. Women spent most of their time in the house.
b. Men worked a lot in industries.
c. Artists were not as well considered as today.
d. People didn’t fight for equality.
4 Traduisez ces phrases en utilisant used to, be used to, didn’t use to.
a. Autrefois, les hommes étaient les seuls à être chefs d’entreprise.
b. Beaucoup d’artistes ont l’habitude de protester pour se faire entendre.
c. La télévision avait plus d’impact qu’aujourd’hui.
d. Nous n’avions pas autant de moyens d’accès à l’information.
e. Les réseaux sociaux n’existaient pas.
f. Les gens ont l’habitude de se tenir informés sur les réseaux sociaux.
g. Les médias traditionnels n’ont pas l’habitude de publier de fausses
informations.
 Use /did’ s /Wul équenf

1 Traduisez ces phrases en utilisant used to ou be used to.

a. J’habitais à Dublin avant.
............................................................................................................................................
b. J’ai l’habitude de me lever à 6h.
............................................................................................................................................
c. Nous n’avons pas l’habitude de travailler le dimanche.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Fumais-tu avant ?
............................................................................................................................................
2 Complétez avec used to (forme positive, négative) ou be used to + V-ing (à

conjuguer).
a. What sport …………………………… (you/play) when you were a child?
b. We …………………………… (go) to the cinema at weekends.
c. They …………………………… (live) in the countryside, but now they live in the city.
d. He …………………………… (hang) out with friends on Friday nights.
e. She …………………………… (not/smoke) before she started working.
3 Décrivez la vie avant l’apparition de ces inventions.

a. Before the invention of the fridge,
people used to ……/didn’t use to ….
b. Before the invention of the internet,
c. Before the invention of the mobile phone,
d. Before the invention of the remote control,
4 Traduisez ces phrases en utilisant would dans la phrase principale.

a. Quand mon père travaillait, il apportait son déjeuner avec lui.
b. Quand j’étais jeune, on fêtait mon anniversaire avec toute ma famille et mes
amis.
c. Quand j’étais ado, je sortais les weekends avec mes amis.
d. Quand j’avais 10 ans, il fallait toujours que mon père nous raconte sa journée
de travail au dîner.
e. Quand j’étais lycéen, je partais de chez moi à 7h30 et je revenais en bus à
19h00.
f. Quand j’étais enfant, j’allais voir ma grand-mère après les cours.
Use /did’ s /Wul équenf 

Corrigés p. 274
1. Répondez aux questions suivantes afin d’aider vos amis à mieux vous connaître.
Utilisez used to et didn’t use to.
Ex. : When I was younger/a child/a teenager, I used to spend a lot of time playing
video games.
How often did Who used to be What did you use Did you use to get
you use to watch your favourite to do during your good grades at
TV? celebrity? free time? school?
How often did What did you use What used to What clothes did
you use to do to be afraid of? be your biggest you use to wear?
sport? problem?
Where did you Who used to be Did you use to What did you use
use to go on your best friend? fight? to clash with your
holiday? parents about?
2. C’est à votre tour de questionner vos amis. Formulez des questions à l’aide
de did you use to/didn’t you use to.
Ex. : What used to be your favourite subject at school? Didn’t you use to travel?
Favourite singer Best activity Good or bad Teachers’ opinion

student about you
Weekends Parents’ complaints Favourite food Best or worst
about you memory
Expressions utiles
Occasionally : occasionellement
Once a day: une fois par jour
Once in a while = from time to time : de temps en temps
Regularly : régulièrement
Seldom = rarely : rarement
Several : plusieurs
Three times : trois fois
To admire : admirer
To clash : se disputer
To spend : passer, dépenser
Twice : deux fois
 Use /did’ s /Wul équenf

64 Verbe e dé d hrase
Un verbe placé en tout début de phrase peut avoir différentes fonctions et différentes
formes.
Cas Utilisation Exemple

Impératif Donner un ordre ➤ Get up!
(base verbale) Lève-toi !
V-ing Verbe sujet ➤ Sleeping is important to keep fit.
Dormir est important pour rester
en forme.
V-ing Indication ➤ Running down the stairs, he fell down
de la manière, and broke his arm.
du moyen, de l’activité Alors qu’il descendait les escaliers
en courant, il est tombé et s’est cassé
le bras.
Participe passé Le sujet est passif ➤ Tired by the noise, he left.
Fatigué du bruit, il est parti.
To + base verbale Expression du but ➤ To win the race, you must train hard.
Pour gagner la course, t u dois
t’entraîner dur.
Verbe e dé d hrase 

Feeling insecure
Staring at me through the glass-panelled door, the man was still standing on the
porch. Blinded by the sun, he was hiding his eyes with his hand. Not knowing for
how long he had been watching me, I sarted to get worried. Remember to lock the
door, Jack had kept telling me before leaving. Don’t forget there are criminals
wandering around.
I wanted to call him. But telling him I was scared didn’t sound very brave to me.
Still scared by the presence of the man, I grabbed my phone and dialed 911.
To speak clearly, I tried to keep calm. But suddenly, I heard someone turn the
knob… Feeling totally powerless, I started yelling. Probably surprised by my
scream, the man left quickly. Relieved by his departure, I decided to go and sleep.
1 Relevez les verbes placés en début de phrase.
2 Justifiez la forme des verbes en début de phrase.

a. Intrigued/Intriguing by the noise, I went downstairs.
b. Not believe/Don’t believe what people say.
c. Known/To know what will happen, he launched himself.
d. Not have/Not to have bad surprises, you need to prepare yourself.
e. Surprising/Surprised everybody, the manager announced his decision to
retire.
4 Traduisez ces phrases en mettant le verbe à la forme correcte.

a. Ne parvenant pas à ouvrir la porte, il appela à l’aide.
............................................................................................................................................
b. Enfermé à clé, il passa par la fenêtre pour sortir.
............................................................................................................................................
c. Pour vivre en sécurité, il faut être prudent.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Laisser la maison ouverte est totalement inconscient.
............................................................................................................................................
e. Ne donnez pas vos clés à n’importe qui.
............................................................................................................................................
f. Eteignez les lumières avant de sortir.
............................................................................................................................................
 Verbe e dé d hrase

1 Choisissez entre une forme en -ing et un infinitif complet.

a. To practise/Practising a sport is good for health.
b. To buy/Buying a house, you need to save some money.
c. To participate/Participating in international competitions is stimulating.
d. To learn/Learning another language is an asset.
e. To wake up/Waking up early, you must go to bed early too.
f. To stop/Stopping smoking, you need to be strong-willed.
2 Choisissez entre une base verbale et un infinitif complet.

a. Wait/To wait a minute before opening the door.
b. Turn/To turn off the computer on leaving.
c. Not to hesitate/Don’t hesitate when you do the quiz.
d. Walk/To walk for one hour every day; it will help you keep fit.
e. Translate/To translate a text correctly, you need to adapt the language you
are translating into.
f. Not to make/Don’t make a mistake, read the questions carefully.
3 Choisissez entre une forme en -ing et un participe passé.

a. Tired/Tiring of working, he decided to have a break.
b. Repeating/Repeated the exercise, he improved his analytical skills.
c. Relying/Relied on the other team members is not the best plan.
d. Reviewing/Reviewed by the team, the report was sent to the manager.
e. Alerting/Alerted, the workers reacted quickly.
f. Manufacturing/Manufactured robots is a profitable business.
4 Mettez le verbe entre parenthèses à la forme correcte.

a. (Repair) your electronical devices will make you save money.
............................................................................................................................................
b. (Lose) weight, eat healthily and do sport.
............................................................................................................................................
c. (Not/waste) time before getting down to work.
............................................................................................................................................
d. (Travel) is one of my favourite activities.
............................................................................................................................................
e. (Include) the shipping costs whenever you order online.
............................................................................................................................................
f. (Not/wait) queuing up, you’d better use the click and collect service.
............................................................................................................................................
g. (Expect) by the whole staff, the new director implemented changes.
............................................................................................................................................
Verbe e dé d hrase 

Corrigés p. 274
À partir des deux tableaux suivants, faites des phrases en mettant le verbe en
début de phrase et en changeant sa fonction : donner un ordre, verbe sujet,
indication de la manière, sujet passif, expression du but.
Ex. : GO
Go to the supermarket and buy some milk (ordre).
Going to the supermarket is easy (verbe sujet).
Going to the supermarket, he fell down and broke his ankle (manière).
Gone to the supermarket, we never saw him again (passif).
To go to the supermarket, you need to take your car (but).
• Verb cards
go take see try want

invite do find work have
• Complement cards
a friend a nap a plate from in a restaurant

the cupboard
a sandwich something to eat a computer a bath
programme
the housework a sailing race dinner the supermarket
Expressions utiles
Bath : bain
Cupboard : placard
Housework : ménage
Plate : assiette
Sailing race : course à la voile
 Verbe e dé d hrase

65 Verbe régulier [1]
Base verbale Prétérit Part. passé Traduction

Arise arose arisen survenir
Awake awoke awoken se réveiller
Be was/were been être
Bear bore borne/born porter/supporter
Beat beat beaten battre
Become became become devenir
Begin began begun commencer
Bite bit bitten mordre
Blow blew blown souer
Break broke broken casser
Bring brought brought apporter
Build built built construire
Burst burst burst éclater
Buy bought bought acheter
Catch caught caught attraper
Choose chose chosen choisir
Come came come venir
Cut cut cut couper
Do did done faire
Draw drew drawn dessiner/tirer
Dream dreamt dreamt rêver
Drink drank drunk boire
Drive drove driven conduire
Eat ate eaten manger
Fall fell fallen tomber
Feed fed fed nourrir
Feel felt felt (se) sentir
Fight fought fought lutter
Find found found trouver
Flee fled fled s’enfuir
Fly flew flown voler (oiseau)
Forbid forbade forbidden interdire
Forecast forecast forecast prévoir
Forget forgot forgotten oublier
Forgive forgave forgiven pardonner
Freeze froze frozen geler
Get got got obtenir
Give gave given donner
Go went gone aller
Grow grew grown grandir
Hang hung hung tenir/pendre
Have had had avoir
Hear heard heard entendre
Hide hid hidden cacher
Hold held held tenir
Verbe régulier 

Base verbale Prétérit Participe passé Traduction

Hurt hurt hurt blesser
Keep kept kept garder
Know knew known savoir
Lay laid laid poser à plat
Learn learnt learnt apprendre
Leave left left partir, laisser
Lie lay lain s’allonger
Lose lost lost perdre
Make made made faire
Mean meant meant signifier
Meet met met rencontrer
Overcome overcame overcome surmonter
Pay paid paid payer
Put put put mettre
Quit quit quit quitter, cesser
Read read read lire
Ride rode ridden monter (vélo…)
Ring rang rung sonner
Rise rose risen augmenter
Run ran run courir
Say said said dire
See saw seen voir
Seek sought sought chercher
Sell sold sold vendre
Send sent sent envoyer
Set set set fixer
Shake shook shaken secouer
Shine shone shone briller
Shoot shot shot tirer
Show showed shown montrer
Shut shut shut fermer
Sing sang sung chanter
Sink sank sunk couler
Sit sat sat être assis
Sleep slept slept dormir
Slide slid slid glisser
Smell smelt smelt sentir
Speak spoke spoken parler
Spend spent spent passer, dépenser
Spill spilt spilt renverser
Split split split fendre
Spread spread spread répandre
Stand stood stood être debout
Steal stole stolen voler
Stick stuck stuck coller
 Verbe régulier

Base verbale Prétérit Participe passé Traduction

Sweep swept swept balayer
Swim swam swum nager
Take took taken prendre
Teach taught taught enseigner
Tell told told raconter, dire
Think thought thought penser
Throw threw thrown jeter
Undergo underwent undergone subir
Understand understood understood comprendre
Wake woke woken réveiller
Wear wore worn porter (sur soi)
Win won won gagner
Write wrote written écrire
Verbe régulier 

A short history of American growth and immigration

Christopher Columbus “discovered” America in 1492. This was the first time that
most Europeans had heard anything about the “New World”. The Spanish took
advantage of the discovery. Over one century they did their best to conquer new
territories. They knew they could become richer and more powerful. They found
and fought with the greater nations of the Americas. By 1600, they had got
profitable colonies in Mexico, Peru and the Caribbean.
One century after the Spanish came, in 1607, the English began permanent
settlements in the Americas.
During the 17th and 18th centuries (1607-1775), 13 English colonies set foot in what
will become the United States. The US became independent in 1776 and grew very
rapidly.
People left England and Scotland, but also France, Germany and other European
countries and came to the colonies. They quickly understood the potential of the
new land. Many hunters, trappers and then settlers went west looking for new
opportunities.
In parallel, slave traders brought many Africans and got them to work as slaves.
These slaves were bought and sold in the US until the 1860s. The northern part of
the country showed its opposition to slavery and spent many years trying to end it.
Immigrants that chose to settle in the country brought their culture with them and
gave the US its unique identity. They met diculty sometimes but they ate the
foods they had always been used to eating and spoke their own languages. They
kept their customs alive.
1 Soulignez les verbes irréguliers et donnez leurs trois formes

(base verbale, prétérit, participe passé).
2 Relevez des verbes au past perfect.

3 Conjuguez les verbes suivants au prétérit.
a. To set d. To undergo
b. To wear e. To build
c. To understand f. To lose
4 Traduisez ces phrases en conjuguant les verbes entre parenthèses au prétérit.

a. Les colons ont apporté des maladies.
b. Les premiers habitants ne parlaient pas anglais.
c. Ils ont vu de grands espaces vides.
d. Ils savaient qu’ils pouvaient devenir riches.
e. Ils ont surmonté de nombreux obstacles.
f. Ils ont commencé à coloniser le territoire.
g. Ils ne savaient pas s’il y avait d’autres habitants.
h. Ils ont choisi de rester.
i. Ils n’avaient jamais pensé que leur culture subsisterait.
j. Ils n’étaient jamais partis pendant si longtemps.
 Verbe régulier

1 Traduisez le verbe entre parenthèses en utilisant le temps indiqué.

a. Yesterday, we ......... (aller) to the restaurant but we ......... (trouver) the food
disappointing: it ......... (cost) a lot. prétérit simple
b. ........ already (lire/present perfect) this book. I ......... (se sentir/prétérit) carried
away.
c. When I have enough time, I ......... (prendre/futur) my bike out of the garage
and clean it.
d. I’m really sorry. I ......... (oublier/ prétérit simple) we ......... (avoir/ prétérit
simple) to bring you the keys this morning.
e. The wind ......... (souer/ prétérit simple) for three days.
f. The vase ......... ( just/se casser/present perfect).
g. The sun ......... (se lever/prétérit) earlier last week.
h. I ......... (never/voir/present perfect) such a beautiful sunset.
i. He ......... (rencontrer/present perfect) a lot of hardships in his life already.
j. The lecturer ......... (parler/prétérit) for one hour.
k. We ......... (penser/past perfect) that he would come for a long time.

a. The treasure had been hid/hidden in the cellar.
b. The poor boy was beat/beaten by his parents.
c. We brang/brought the cake we had made.
d. The plane flies/flows every day to New York.
e. He has forgave/has forgiven us.
f. She had her hair cut/cutted.
g. He buy/bought flowers for his mum.
h. We have already losen/lost a lot of time.
i. We meet/met last year.
j. He didn’t say/said what he thought.
k. They have paid/payed cash.
l. When we saw/seen the result, we quitted/quit the room.
Verbe régulier 

3 Mots croisés anglais. Trouvez les verbes réguliers et irréguliers correspondant
aux traductions.
Horizontal Vertical
1. Devenir 1. Prier
3. Cacher 2. Choisir
5. Pousser, grandir 4. Disparaître
6. Coûter 7. Trouver
8. Commencer 8. Construire
9. Espérer
10. Frapper
11. Faire
12. Découvrir
1 2
3 4
10 11
12
 Verbe régulier

Corrigés p. 275
Répondez aux questions du tableau en utilisant les verbes irréguliers donnés

au bon temps.
Ex. : Something your teacher taught you in the last lesson. In the last lesson, my
teacher taught me about Queen Elizabeth II.
a. Something b. Something you c. Something d. Where you

you brought to have learnt you bought went last week
class yesterday recently yesterday
e. What you do f. The last time g. Something you h. The last time
every day you fell have lost and you saw your
never found best friend
i. What you were j. How you felt k. Something you l. How much
doing when during your have seen and pocket money
your parents last lesson has shocked you have every
came back you week
home
m. How much n. Where you o. The last p. Something
time you slept will go next time you ate that your best
last night summer with your friend is doing
grandparents right now
Expressions utiles
Excited : excité
Frightened : effrayé
Impressed : impressionné
Last: dernier
Next: prochain
Three days ago : il y a trois jours
To go and see : aller voir
To run errands : faire des courses
To travel : voyager
To wake up : se réveiller
Wallet : porte-feuille
Verbe régulier 

68 Wsh
■ Souhait présent ou à venir
Traductions
J’aimerais… Je souhaiterais… Ah si seulement… Je regrette...
Construction
Prétérit
• -ed ou 2e col. des verbes irréguliers  I wish he hurried up and came (J’aimerais
qu’il se dépêche de venir).
•  be  were à toutes les personnes  I wish he were here (Ah si seulement il était
là = j’aimerais qu’il soit là).
• Phrase négative : didn’t + BV ou weren’t  I wish he didn’t come (Ah si seulement
il ne venait pas = je regrette qu’il vienne).
Stratégies
1. Passer par Ah si seulement !
• Je regrette qu’il vienne = ah si seulement il ne venait pas. La deuxième partie de
la phrase est négative et au prétérit en anglais.  I wish he didn’t come.
• Je regrette qu’il ne vienne pas = ah si seulement il venait. La phrase est positive
en anglais.
2. Imparfait en français = prétérit en anglais.
■ Regret passé
Traductions
J’aurais aimé… J’aurais souhaité
Ah si seulement j’avais + part. passé/j’étais + part. passé
Je regrette qu’il ait + part. passé/qu’il soit + part. passé/d’avoir + part. passé
Construction
• Had + pp
Stratégies
1. Passer par Ah si seulement !
• Je regrette qu’il ne soit pas venu = ah si seulement il était venu. La deuxième partie
de la phrase est positive et au plus-que-parfait en anglais.  I wish he had come.
• Je regrette qu’il soit venu = ah si seulement il n’était pas venu. La deuxième partie de
la phrase est négative et au plus-que-parfait en anglais.  I wish he had not come.
2. Plus-que-parfait en français = had + pp en anglais.
Exemples
➤ I wish he had called me: Ah si seulement il m’avait appelé = je regrette qu’il ne
m’ait pas appelé = j’aurais aimé qu’il m’appelle.
➤ I wish he had not come : Je regrette qu’il soit venu : ah si seulement il n’était pas
venu.
 Wsh
If only I could!
Benjamin Yates is a 16-year-old boy from New York. He studies at a public high
school near his place. He has always felt like anybody else and has sometimes
wished he were more extraordinary. He wishes he had more friends and he wishes
he weren’t so shy. He wishes he had been less overprotected by his parents and he
wishes they had encouraged him more to hang out. In addition, he wishes he
looked older. If only he were more athletic and didn’t have freckles! If only he
weren’t so tall and skinny! If only he had had sporty parents, he could have taken
up a sports activity. He would have felt better and more self-confident. Of course,
he knows that many teens feel like him. They all wish they were popular, appreciated
and respected. If only their parents were more understanding too.
1 Relevez les différentes phrases exprimant un souhait.

2 Classez-les deux catégories.
• Souhaits encore réalisables
• Souhaits trop tard à réaliser
3 Justifiez la forme suivante pour le verbe « be ».

a. He wishes he weren’t so shy.
b. He wished he were more extraordinary.
4 Transformez ces phrases en utilisant soit le verbe « wish », soit « If only ».

a. He wishes they had encouraged him more.
b. If only he were more athletic.
c. He wishes he had been less overprotected.
d. They all wish they were popular.

a. Il aimerait ne pas être comme tout le monde.
b. Il aimerait que ses parents le comprennent.
c. Il regrette que ses parents ne lui aient pas donné plus de liberté.
d. Il regrette de ne pas avoir été plus courageux.
e. Il aurait aimé que ses parents le soutiennent plus.
f. Si seulement il n’était pas si petit.
g. Ils souhaiteraient tous trouver un travail facilement.
h. Les jeunes souhaiteraient être mieux considérés.
i. Ils regrettent de ne pas avoir eu le droit de vote à 16 ans. Ils auraient pu
s’exprimer librement.
Wsh 
1 Décidez si ces phrases expriment un souhait ou un regret.

a. I wish I could swim.
............................................................................................................................................
b. They had a bad accident. If only they had driven more carefully.
............................................................................................................................................
c. If only I travelled to New York.
............................................................................................................................................
d. I wish I were a doctor.
............................................................................................................................................
e. She wishes she studied mathematics next year.
............................................................................................................................................
f. He wishes he had worked harder.
............................................................................................................................................

a. I wish I could/would/had play the piano.
b. I wish they could/would/did keep the noise down next door.
c. I wish I didn’t say/hadn’t said/wouldn’t say that yesterday.
d. I wish I am/was/were at home.
e. I wish I have/had/had had the time to go next week.
f. He wished he had not forgotten/had not forgot/didn’t forget it yesterday.

a. He likes swimming. He wishes he ... near the sea.
1. lives 3. had lived
2. lived 4. would live
b. It’s cold today. I wish it ... warmer.
1. is 3. were
2. has been 4. had been
c. I wish I ... the answer, but I don’t.
1. know 3. had known
2. knew 4. would know
d. She misses him. She wishes he ... her a letter.
1. has sent 3. would send
2. will send 4. would have sent
e. She wishes she ... a movie star.
1. is 3. will be
2. were 4. would be
f. I have to work on Sunday. I wish I ... have to work on Sunday.
1. don’t 3. won’t
2. didn’t 4. wouldn’t
g. I wish you ... borrow my things without permission.
1. don’t 3. wouldn’t
2. won’t 4. shouldn’t
 Wsh
4 Reformulez ces phrases en exprimant un souhait présent ou à venir.
a. I don’t have a car.
............................................................................................................................................
b. I can’t play the piano.
............................................................................................................................................
c. I’m at work.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Their laptop is broken.
............................................................................................................................................
e. She doesn’t know how to drive.
............................................................................................................................................
f. I can’t afford to go on holiday.
............................................................................................................................................
g. He doesn’t have time to read.
............................................................................................................................................
5 Traduisez les phrases suivantes à l’aide de wish.

a. Je regrette que nous ayons un test aujourd’hui.
.........................................................................................................................................
b. J’aimerais être meilleur en maths.
.........................................................................................................................................
c. Il aimerait vivre près de la plage.
.........................................................................................................................................
d. Je regrette que cet exercice soit aussi dicile.
.........................................................................................................................................
e. Elle aimerait ne pas devoir se lever tôt.
.........................................................................................................................................
f. Nous aimerions pouvoir voler.
.........................................................................................................................................
g. Il aimerait qu’elle arrête de se plaindre.
.........................................................................................................................................
h. Nous aimerions que vous veniez.
.........................................................................................................................................
i. Elle regrette de ne pas avoir appris l’anglais à l’école.
.........................................................................................................................................
j. Je regrette qu’il ait menti.
.........................................................................................................................................
Wsh 
Corrigés p. 276
Exprimez des souhaits ou des regrets suite aux armations suivantes.

Ex. : You’re trying to work from home but it’s far too hot.
I wish I had stayed at the workplace. I wish I had a fan.
a. You can’t reach b. It’s freezing c. You’ve just d. You’re sitting

a book on the cold and you made a pasta in a restaurant
bookshelf are locked sauce which is but can’t read
because you outside your too spicy. the menu.
are too short. house.
e. You want to f. It’s the middle g. You fell off h. You see a pair
go to sleep of the morning your bike and of shoes in a
but you can’t and you’re hurt your head shop but they
because your absolutely quite badly. don’t have your
guests are still starving. size.
here.
i. You’re walking j. Your child is k. An annoying l. Your trousers
your dog in crying because man sitting are too tight.
the park but he feels bored. next to you on
you can’t see a plane won’t
because it’s too stop talking.
dark.
Expressions utiles
Bookshelf: étagère
Freezing cold: glacial
Guest: invité
Spicy: épicé
Still: encore
Tight: serré
To feel bored: s’ennuyer
To reach: atteindre
 Wsh
69 Wul ae-l refer
■ Le sujet exprime une préférence le concernant
would prefer to + BV
would prefer not to + BV
➤ I would prefer to work.
Je préfèrerais travailler.
➤ I would prefer not to come.
Je préfèrerais ne pas venir.
would rather + BV
would rather not + BV
➤ I would rather work.
Je préfèrerais travailler.
➤ I would rather not be here.
Je préfèrerais ne pas être ici.
■ La préférence concerne une autre personne
would prefer sb to + BV
would prefer sb not to + BV
➤ I would prefer him to work.
Je préfèrerais qu’il travaille.
➤ I would prefer them not to stay.
Je préfèrerais qu’ils ne restent pas.
would rather + S + prétérit modal
would rather + S did not/were not
➤ I would rather he worked.
Je préfèrerais qu’il travaille.
➤ I would rather he were (not) here.
Je préfèrerais qu’il (ne) soit (pas) là.
➤ I would rather he did not come.
Je préfèrerais qu’il ne vienne pas.
(1) Prétérit modal = Verbes réguliers + ed/ verbes irréguliers: 2 e colonne/be  were
à toutes les personnes.
Wul ae-l refer 

Money makes the world go round

Nowadays we live in a world where money seems to be the most important thing
in our day-to-day living. Most people would rather become rich and do whatever
they want, but this is not possible without money. They would rather not have to
work hard and would prefer to idle away all day long on a sunny beach. Yet, it is not
easy to become rich without working hard.
Everybody needs money to purchase food, shelter and clothes. But everybody
would rather food were less expensive. They would prefer not to have to spend
half of their wages on a rent. They would rather the cost of living didn’t skyrocket,
as it did these last few years. They would prefer to spend their money on leisure
and gifts. Everybody would rather lead a life of luxury and they would rather not
worry about daily troubles. Finally, they would prefer governments to share
resources more equally.
1 Relevez les passages exprimant une préférence.

2 À quelle forme est le deuxième verbe ?
a. Most people would rather become rich/They would prefer to idle away.
............................................................................................................................................
b. They would prefer not to have to spend/They would rather the cost of living
didn’t skyrocket.
............................................................................................................................................
c. Everybody would rather food were less expensive/They would prefer
governments to share resources.
............................................................................................................................................

a. Les gens préfèreraient ne pas dépenser autant en nourriture.
............................................................................................................................................
b. Ils préfèreraient que les coûts de l’énergie soient plus bas.
............................................................................................................................................
c. Ils préfèreraient pouvoir dépenser leur argent dans les loisirs.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Ils préfèreraient que le coût de la vie ne soit pas aussi élevé.
............................................................................................................................................
e. Ils préfèreraient que les plus riches donnent aux plus pauvres.
............................................................................................................................................
 Wul ae-l refer

1 Choisissez s’il faut utiliser would rather ou would prefer.

a. My parents ............ to work from home.
b. Students ............ study in group.
c. Her husband ............ not to stay in a hotel.
d. Workers ............ not spend too much time.
e. I ............ continue my studies than start working.
2 Mettez les verbes entre parenthèses à la forme qui convient.

a. Mrs Martin would rather (not go) to Spain. ..............................................................
b. My wife would rather (rent) a flat in New York. ......................................................
c. I would prefer (not camp) in the desert. ....................................................................
d. I would rather (be) at home. .........................................................................................
3 Réécrivez ces phrases en utilisant une autre expression de la préférence.

a. We would prefer not to stay in the country.  ........................................................
b. They would rather learn Italian than French.  ....................................................
c. We’d rather not lie.  ....................................................................................................
d. My sister would prefer to start working in September.  ....................................
e. He would rather have breakfast outside.  .............................................................
f. Would you prefer me to pay cash or by credit card?  .........................................
g. We’d rather he did not have an exam tomorrow.  ................................................

a. I’d rather they (speak) French. .....................................................................................
b. Mum would rather I (live) near her. ...........................................................................
c. I’d rather you (not/come) now. .....................................................................................
d. She’d rather I (go) home. ................................................................................................
e. We would prefer him (not/tell) our secret. ...............................................................
f. We would rather he (be) more polite. .........................................................................
g. I would prefer him (not/wait) outside. .......................................................................
5 Choisissez s’il faut utiliser would rather ou would prefer.

a. My parents ............ to travel abroad.
b. Students ............ study in class than from a distance.
c. Her husband ............ not to stay in a hotel.
d. Workers ............ not spend too much time.
e. I ............ continue my studies than start working.
f. I ............ take my car than the bus.

a. Je préfèrerais avoir ma propre voiture.  ................................................................
b. Nous préfèrerions aller au cinéma que de rester à la maison.  ........................
c. Il préfèrerait que tu saches jouer au tennis.  ........................................................
d. Préfèrerais-tu que j’aille à pied ou en voiture ?  ..................................................
e. Nous préfèrerions ne pas devoir payer d’impôts.  ..............................................
Wul ae-l refer 

Corrigés p. 277
Vous participez à un entretien d’embauche et on vous demande de faire des choix

rapidement afin de mieux vous connaître. Répondez aux questions suivantes
en utilisant would rather.
Ex. : Would you rather be without internet for a week or without your phone?
I would rather be without internet for a week than without my phone.
Would you rather own Would you rather go Would you rather be able
your own boat or your own without TV or junk food to breathe under water or
plane? for the rest of your life? fly through the air?
Would you rather be Would you rather have Would you rather live in
covered in fur or covered your first child when you Antarctica or the Sahara
in scales? are 18 or 40? Desert?
Would you rather have a Would you rather be Would you rather have a
desk job or an outdoor job? able to talk with animals cook or a maid?
or speak all foreign
languages?
Would you rather be on a Would you rather be Would you rather be
survival reality show or a locked in an amusement known as a one-hit wonder
dating game show? park or a library? for a novel or a song?
Would you rather always Would you rather have Would you rather win the
be 10 minutes late or unlimited international lottery or live twice as
always be 10 minutes first-class tickets or never long?
early? have to pay for food at
restaurants?
Expressions utiles
Cook: cuisinier
Desk job: emploi de bureau
Foreign: étranger
Fur: fourrure
Library: bibliothèque
Maid: servante
One-hit wonder: succès sans lendemain
Outdoor: extérieur
Own: propre (à soi)
Scales: écailles
To own: posséder
Twice as long: deux fois plus longtemps
 Wul ae-l refer

Équivalence de emp
70 ançai - anglai [1]
Français  anglais Exemples

Passé Present perfect simple ➤ J’ai trop mangé.
composé (have/has + pp) I have eaten too much.
Present perfect en -ING ➤ J’ai cette montre depuis un an.
(have/has been + V-ing) I have had this watch for one year.
Valeur : lien passé-présent ou avec
« depuis »
Prétérit simple (événement fini) ➤ Je ne l’ai pas vu hier.
(Pour former une question et une I didn’t see him yesterday.
phrase négative : did) ➤ Je suis allé en Espagne il y a un
an.
I went to Spain one year ago.
Passé Prétérit simple (événement fini) ➤ Il ne vint pas à la réunion.
simple (Pour former une question et une He didn’t come to the meeting.
phrase négative : did)
Imparfait Prétérit simple (événement fini) ➤ Il ne savait pas.
(Pour former une question et une ➤ He didn’t know.
phrase négative: did) ➤ Il voyageait beaucoup.
He travelled a lot.
Prétérit en ING ➤ Il dormait à ce moment-là.
(was/were + V-ing) He was sleeping at that moment.
(Action finie, en cours dans le passé
= était en train de)
Had + pp ou had been ➤ Il parlait depuis 5 minutes.
+ V-ing (past perfect) He ha d be en sp ea kin g for
(avec « depuis ») 5 minutes.
➤ Il la connaissait depuis un an.
He had known her for one year.
Plus que Had + pp (past perfect) ➤ Il n’avait pas appris sa leçon.
parfait He had not learnt his lesson.
Équivalence de emp ançai - anglai 

Équivalence de emp
71 ançai - anglai [2]
Français  anglais Exemples

Présent Présent simple (S à he, she, it…) ➤ Il n’aime pas le thé ; il ne boit
(généralité, vrai tout le temps, que du café.
horaires des transports) He does not like tea; he only
drinks coffee.
➤ Son avion décolle à 8 h.
His plane takes off at 8.
Présent en –ING ➤ Il est en train de dormir.
• action en cours = est en train de He is sleeping.
• action planifiée ➤ Je mange dehors ce soir.
• commentaire négatif I am eating out tonight.
➤ Il se plaint tout le temps.
He is always complaining.
Present perfect simple ➤ Je travaille depuis 1 heure.
ou en –ING I have been working for one
have/has + pp hour.
ou have/has been + V-ing ➤ Je le connais depuis un an.
(avec « depuis ») I have known him for one year.
Futur Will (certitude, prédiction) ➤ Il pleuvra demain.
Be going to (événement planifié, It will rain tomorrow.
déduction, futur proche). ➤ Il va déménager à NY.
Présent en –ING He is going to move to New
Présent simple (horaires ; après York.
when, as soon as, as long as, once, ➤ Je partirai bientôt.
until, before, after, if, unless…). I am leaving soon.
➤ Le train partira à 8 h.
The train leaves at 8.
➤ Nous partirons dès que nous
serons prêts.
We will leave as soon as we are
ready.
Futur will have + pp ➤ Il n’aura jamais voyagé.
antérieur He will never have travelled.
Conditionnel would + BV ➤ Il viendrait s’il pouvait.
He would come if he could.
Conditionnel would have + pp ➤ Il aurait appelé.
passé He would have called.
 Équivalence de emp ançai - anglai

Hi!
I’ve been trying to write for ages and finally today I’m actually doing it. I’m not
trying to make excuses for myself, but I admit it’s been really hard to sit down and
write. As I had told you before leaving, I’ve been moving around a lot. Since we last
saw each other, I’ve settled in four different cities. This job turns out to be more of
a whirlwind than I expected, but it’s alright!
I went from London to Prague to set up a new regional oce there. You know I’d
always wanted to go, but maybe I was imagining Prague in spring when I used to
talk about that. Winter was really hard, with minus 15 degrees in the mornings and
dark came really early in the evening. From there I was on another three-month
mission to oversee the set-up of the oce in New York. I have always wanted to go
to NY. It’s like being in one big TV show, as everywhere looks just a little bit familiar.
When I wasn’t working, I did every tourist thing you can think of. I spent most of
my salary on eating out.
So then I was posted to LA, and this is where I’m actually working. At first, it felt
like a whole other country compared with the East Coast. I have definitely got
used to that kind of outdoor, beach lifestyle, but I don’t spend as much time getting
to know California as I could because I’m working a lot.
That’s all for now. How are you doing? Have you finally met someone? Will you
come and see me soon? There are so many things we could do together.
Lots of love,
Kath
1 Soulignez les verbes conjugués. Identifiez leur temps.

2 Quels temps font référence à :
a. une action vraie au moment où Kath écrit
b. une généralité
c. une action terminée
d. une action qui a commencé dans le passé et qui dure encore
e. une action antérieure à une action passée
f. une action future
g. une action qui se déroulait dans le passé et qui a été interrompue
3 Justifiez l’emploi des temps suivants.

a. I’ve been trying to write for ages.
b. I’m not trying to make excuses.
c. Since we last saw each other, I’ve settled in four different cities.
d. I was posted to LA, and this is where I’m actually working.

a. J’ai toujours voulu vivre à New York.
b. Autrefois, je ne pensais pas que je voyagerais autant.
c. Quand j’aurai le temps, je viendrai te voir.
d. Depuis que j’ai commencé à travailler, je n’ai appelé personne.
e. Je n’avais jamais su que tu travaillais là-bas aussi.
Équivalence de emp ançai - anglai 

1 Mettez les verbes au présent simple ou au présent en -ing.

a. The room ...... (smell) bad. Can you open the window?
b. I ...... (see) the manager tomorrow morning.
c. Can you give me the dictionary. I ...... (need) it; I ...... (do) the English exercises.
d. ...... (he/believe) in God?
e. Why ...... (you/look) at that man?
2 Mettez les verbes au présent ou au present perfect, simple ou progressif.

a. He ...... (run) the restaurant for so many years.
b. It’s the first time he ...... (answer) back to the teacher.
c. He ...... (buy) his ticket. He is taking the plane this afternoon.
d. You ...... (sleep) all the time.
e. This is so unfair. I ...... (work) so hard to get the job.
3 Mettez les verbes au present perfect ou au past perfect simple.

a. Chris ...... (know) Janet for many years when we met her.
b. They ...... (live) in Paris for two years before they moved to Boston.
c. This was the first time I ...... (meet) such friendly people.
d. We ...... (spend) a lot of time together.
e. When I called them this morning, they ...... (leave) for a walk.
f. They ...... (not/return) yet.
g. I couldn’t remember where I ...... (put) my keys.
h. It is the first time they ...... (take) the plane.
4 Mettez les verbes au prétérit simple ou au past perfect simple.

a. Once we ...... (finish) eating, we ...... (go) to the park.
b. Kate ...... (watch) a movie after she ...... (do) her homework.
c. By the time we ...... (arrive) home, the child ...... (fall) asleep.
d. When I ...... (get) back to the car park, I ...... (realise) that my car ...... (disappear).
e. By the time the lecture ...... (end), many attendees ...... (leave).
f. We ...... (be) frightened because we ...... (never/see) a snake before.
g. We ...... (have) the car for ten years when it ...... (break) down.
h. I ...... (understand) the film I saw because I ...... (read) the book.
5 Utilisez le présent, present perfect/prétérit/past perfect simple ou en -ing.

a. He ...... (play) tennis since he ...... (be) 10 years old.
b. It was the first time he ...... (win) a competition.
c. It ...... (not/work).
d. It ...... (rain) for three weeks when it finally ...... (stop) last week.
e. We ...... (eat) the cake she ...... (prepare) for us.
f. I ...... (wait) for you for an hour! What on earth ...... you (do)?
g. He ...... (write) an article that will be published soon.
h. Look! I ...... (buy) a new car.
i. I don’t want to be late. I ...... (wait) for this day for two years!
 Équivalence de emp ançai - anglai

QCM 1
1. Ms. Morgan recruited the workers the company ...... for the next three months.
a. will employ c. have employed
b. employ d. will have employed
2. From March 23 to March 27, the cafeteria kitchens will undergo renovations as
new appliances ...... in to replace the old ones.
a. are bringing c. bring
b. have brought d. are brought
3. Our department ...... the meeting last Monday, but we had a scheduling conflict.
a. can attend c. should attend
b. must have attended d. would have attended
4. Upon completion of the study, each participant ...... a gift card valued at $100.
a. will be received c. will receive
b. will have received d. will received
5. Last Monday, the announcement ...... with approval.
a. was meeting c. had met
b. had been meeting d. was met
6. By the time Clear Technology’s word processing program goes on the market,
software engineers ...... the remaining flaws.
a. had been correcting c. will correct
b. will have corrected d. will be corrected
7. All regular staff meetings ...... until Friday afternoon so that team leaders can
complete their monthly sales reports.
a. postponed c. will be postponed
b. had postponed d. are postponing
8. The battery life of your cell phone ...... if you store the phone in a cool environment.
a. extend c. will be extended
b. will have extended d. would extend
9. All employees ...... to use the back exits while moving.
a. requested c. are requested
b. are requesting d. requests
10. ...... joined Vince’s Gym, Mr. Pinter could attend group classes for free.
a. Being c. To have
b. Having d. To be
11. Next month, to enter, you will ...... assistance from the security team.
a. have requested c. be requesting
b. have to request d. be requested
12. Data Research announced that it ...... 60 researchers to meet the new sales target.
a. recruit c. was recruited
b. is recruiting d. had recruit
13. Sheridan Fashions, now ...... throughout Japan, first began as a small tailor shop.
a. operates c. could have operated
b. have been operating d. operating
Équivalence de emp ançai - anglai 

14. Dear employees, note that the tickets ...... on a first-come, first-served basis.
a. distribute c. will be distributed
b. are distributing d. have been distributed
15. For the last 30 years, economist.com ...... authoritative insight on world news.
a. has been providing c. will provide
b. had provided d. has been provided
QCM 2
1. I ...... greatly from the last four weeks working in Ms Eleanor’s studio.
a. benefit c. was benefitted
b. have benefitted d. would benefit
2. The conference ...... participants to take part in many interesting discussions.
a. allow c. would allow
b. to allow d. allowed
3. Strict parking rules ...... in the business district.
a. enforce c. are enforcing
b. are enforced d. will enforce
4. Because of the renovations, six departments ...... temporarily unavailable for two
weeks.
a. are c. are being
b. was d. have been
5. As our business is growing, we ...... to hire experienced employees shortly.
a. looked c. were looking
b. have looked d. will be looking
6. Since the meeting last month, he ...... several presentations to shareholders.
a. has given c. was giving
b. was given d. has been given
7. Mrs. Smith ..... all of her work by 5pm, so there is no need for her to work overtime.
a. has finished c. will have finished
b. is finishing d. has been finishing
8. The director had her assistant ...... some sandwiches for the meeting.
a. pick up c. picked up
b. picks up d. picking up
9. If Mr. Tee won a free trip anywhere, he ...... to go to Brazil.
a. could have chosen c. will choose
b. would choose d. would have been choosing
10. If their marketing team succeeds, they ...... their profits by 20%.
a. will have been increased c. will increase
b. would have been increasing d. would increase
11. The team is going out to eat tomorrow after they ...... in the finals tournament.
a. will compete c. are competing
b. will have competed d. have competed
 Équivalence de emp ançai - anglai

12. We ...... three earthquake so far; yet not once has the fire department responded.
a. have had c. had
b. are having d. have
13. When the power went out, the clerks ...... the reports for the meeting.
a. have copied c. were copying
b. will copy d. are copying
14. While the presentation ......, a camera crew was recording it for a local news story.
a. was being made c. was making
b. has been made d. made
15. If the postage is incorrect, the package ...... to the sender.
a. was returned c. will be returned
b. is going to return d. returns
QCM 3
1. Hubert wants the travel plans ...... before the seat sale ends.
a. to arrange c. arranged
b. will arrange d. arrange
2. As soon as the money ...... invested, the project will begin.
a. is c. is going to be
b. will be d. will have been
3. If we ...... the plans carefully, we would not have erred so seriously.
a. had studied c. studied
b. study d. were studying
4. If we ...... her foresight, our growth would have been more dicult.
a. has c. had
b. did not have d. had not had
5. Tickets for the concert can only ...... at the box oce.
a. purchasing c. were purchased
b. to purchase d. be purchased
6. I am pleased to announce that Miss Dones ...... Mazbin Software’s new vice
president for marketing.
a. will appoint c. has been appointed
b. appointed d. to be appointed
7. Next month the employee cafeteria ...... closing at 2pm.
a. was c. has been
b. are d. will be
8. When Mr. Lee ...... to Shangai next month, he will stay at the hotel.
a. goes c. was going
b. will go d. going
9. New employees should be ...... to spend one day filling out paperwork.
a. prepare c. prepared
b. preparation d. prepares
Équivalence de emp ançai - anglai 

10. A portion of the legal department’s budget ...... for unforeseen circumstances.
a. reserves c. to be reserved
b. was reserving d. has been reserved
11. The opposition was so strong that the two companies ...... to go their separate
ways.
a. to decide c. decision
b. decided d. deciding
12. Please take a moment to read the brochure. It ...... detailed descriptions of the bill.
a. providing c. provided
b. had provided d. provides
13. Workers ...... this new keyboard say it is more comfortable.
a. use c. using
b. will use d. have used
14. The corporation ......significant revenue increases in several areas.
a. anticipates c. anticipation
b. anticipating d. to anticipate
15. I need to see the doctor. I would ...... not wait for too long.
a. had preferred c. preferring
b. have preferred d. prefer
 Équivalence de emp ançai - anglai

Corrigés p. 278
Faites des phrases à partir des indices suivants. Utilisez les temps qui vous
paraissent les plus adaptés. Essayez d’employer des temps variés.
Ex. : Context: She/resign from her job
Reason: Not paid enough; boss/refuse pay rise
Outcome: Look for a better-paid job; sure/find one in a multinational
Ex. : She resigned from her job because she was not paid enough and her boss
refused her the pay rise she had asked. So she now has to look for another job but
she is sure she will find one in a multinational.
Context: We/go to Context: He/fall Context: Context: They/call

the police station asleep in class I/not finish my for help
Reason: I/lose my Reason: Up all homework Reason: Car broken
wallet night playing Reason: Look after down
Outcome: games little sister Outcome:
investigation, call Outcome: Outcome: A mechanic/come;
me when wallet punished; deprived apologise to my buy another car
found of games teacher
Context: I/always/ Context: I/help him Context: She/be Context: He/can’t
want to go to with his homework very hungry come to the party
France Reason: He/not Reason: Not eat Reason: Working
Reason: Dream finish yet lunch; forget wallet Outcome: Save
destination Outcome: Good Outcome: Borrow a part of cake for
Outcome: Save grade; happy; money from a him and send him
money; go next grateful friend; pay her back pictures
year later
Expressions utiles
Grade : note
Grateful : reconnaissant
Mechanic : mécanicien
Outcome : issue
To borrow : emprunter
To look after: s’occuper de
Équivalence de emp ançai - anglai 

72  ue crane à ée [1]
a. Le verbe « tell » se construit directement avec la personne sans la préposition « to »

contrairement à « say » (He told us/he said to us).
b. Le verbe stop peut être suivi d’un verbe en -ing : on arrête l’activité (He stopped
smoking : Il a arrêté de fumer) ou bien d’un infinitif complet : on arrête ce qu’on
est en train de faire pour … (He stopped to smoke : Il s’est arrêté pour fumer).
c. Pour dire « pendant », il y a trois façons en anglais : while (pendant que, tout en),
during (au cours de) et for. Pour savoir s’il faut employer for ou during, il sut de
remplacer par « au cours de » : il a dormi pendant le stage (= au cours du stage 
during). Il a dormi pendant trois heures (au cours de trois heures  for).
d. Le verbe want est suivi d’un infinitif complet : want (sb) (not) to + BV.
e. Les composés de every sont singuliers et ont un verbe singulier mais sont repris
par un pronom pluriel (Everybody has their bags).
f. Le terme news est suivi d’un verbe singulier mais a un sens pluriel (The news is
good : les nouvelles sont bonnes). Pour dire une nouvelle, on dit « a piece of news ».
g. Certaines structures imposent un prétérit modal; c’est le cas de It is (high) time (It
is high time we left), wish (I wish I were rich), would rather (I would rather he came),
imagine (Imagine we won), if (If he were here), if only (If only I could fly), suppose
(Suppose he forgot to come).
h. Avec ago, on emploie du prétérit (I arrived a few minutes ago).
i. On n’emploie pas de will ou de be going to dans une subordonnée au futur, sauf
dans une question ou au style indirect. À la place, on utilise du présent simple ou
du present perfect simple. Ex. : I will leave as soon as you arrive. He will call us when
he has finished.
j. Le verbe wish est suivi d’un prétérit modal (action encore réalisable) (We wish he
came) ou d’un past perfect (trop tard, regret) (We wish he had come).
 ue crane à ée

1 Corrigez les fautes dans les phrases suivantes.

a. He forgot to tell to his wife that he would finish late.
............................................................................................................................................
b. You need to stop to take the treatment two weeks before doing the examination.
............................................................................................................................................
c. He stayed in the company during three months and left for another one.
............................................................................................................................................
d. They don’t want that I work for them.
............................................................................................................................................
e. Every people know that it is no use cheating.
............................................................................................................................................
f. The doctor said the news were not really good concerning the blood test.
............................................................................................................................................
g. It is high time he starts working or he will fail his exam.
............................................................................................................................................
h. He is left one month ago for China.
............................................................................................................................................
i. As long as you will refuse to tell the truth, you’ll stay in jail.
............................................................................................................................................
j. The teachers wish the student get better marks.
............................................................................................................................................

a. Nous avons arrêté de voyager à cause de la pandémie.
............................................................................................................................................
b. Nous aimerions qu’elle soit présente lors de l’entretien.
............................................................................................................................................
c. Il préfèrerait que nous ne restions pas là.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Dès que tu auras eu les résultats, tu devras les envoyer.
............................................................................................................................................
e. Je regrette qu’il ne nous ait pas prévenus qu’il ne venait pas.
............................................................................................................................................
f. Tout le monde a-t-il fait ses exercices ?
............................................................................................................................................
ue crane à ée 

73  ue crane à ée [2]
a. Dans une phrase avec « depuis », le verbe principal est soit au present perfect
(contexte présent), soit au past perfect (contexte passé). Dans les deux cas, on peut
avoir la forme simple ou en -ing.
Ex. : It has been raining for 3 days (Il pleut depuis trois jours). It had been raining
for three days when it finally stopped (Il pleuvait depuis trois jours quand cela
s’est finalement arrêté).
b. Quand un chiffre est approximatif (des centaines de, des milliers de), on met un
« s » au nom et on traduit « de » par « of » (millions of people). Si on a un chiffre
avant, le nom fonctionne comme un adjectif en anglais et devient indénombrable
et on n’utilise pas « of » (2 million people).
c. On n’a qu’une seule inversion dans une question (Do you know when he will come?).
d. Quand on s’exprime en général, on utilise l’article zéro devant un nom dénom-
brable pluriel (Dogs are faithful animals) et un indénombrable ( Water is vital).
e. Le verbe qui suit « since » (depuis) est la plupart du temps au prétérit (He has been
living here since he left Paris).
f. Dans l’expression « un de mes », on utilise un pronom possessif (mine, yours, hers…).
Ex. : a colleague of yours : un de tes collègues.
g. Pour exprimer un but, on utilise to + BV.
h. Au style indirect, le présent devient du prétérit.
i. Pour poser une question, il faut un auxiliaire + un sujet + un verbe. L’auxiliaire du
présent est do/does et celui du prétérit est did, sauf si on a l’auxiliaire be ou have,
ou un modal.
j. On doit avoir une structure comme dans une question (auxiliaire + sujet + verbe)
quand une phrase commence par un mot négatif (never, no sooner, not only) ou à
sens négatif (rarely, seldom, hardly, barely…). Hardly does he eat (Il mange à peine).
No sooner had he arrived than he had to leave again (il venait d’arriver quand il dût
repartir).
 ue crane à ée

1 Corrigez les fautes dans les phrases suivantes.

a. Since she accepted the job abroad, she no longer makes any effort.
............................................................................................................................................
b. Hundred of people attended the meeting.
............................................................................................................................................
c. Can you tell me where is the train station? I think I’m lost.
............................................................................................................................................
d. Usually, the students imagine that they just have to follow courses to pass
their exams.
............................................................................................................................................
e. The police have not found any clue on the crime scene yet since they have
started the inquiry.
............................................................................................................................................
f. A friend of me called me totally panicked not knowing what to do.
............................................................................................................................................
g. He keeps working hard for earning always more money.
............................................................................................................................................
h. I did not know whether he can come for my birthday party last Monday.
............................................................................................................................................
i. How long you stayed in New Zealand?
............................................................................................................................................
j. Never I will buy a new car.
............................................................................................................................................

a. Le président a dit qu’il ne savait pas si les mesures qu’il avait mises en place
suraient.
............................................................................................................................................
b. Un de nos voisins vient de déménager.
............................................................................................................................................
c. Sais-tu ce que veut dire le mot « reluctant » ?
............................................................................................................................................
d. Deux mille personnes ont manifesté dimanche dernier.
............................................................................................................................................
e. Nous n’avons plus de nouvelles depuis qu’il est parti en Australie.
............................................................................................................................................
f. À peine avions-nous fini de manger qu’il arriva.
............................................................................................................................................
ue crane à ée 

Qui d ési
Quiz 1 Corrigés p. 279
1. The president gave very ...... information about the new measure.
a. few
b. less
c. many
d. little
2. You ...... warned us that you would be late.

a. should
b. should have
c. can
d. can have
3. He came to the party, ...... was really unexpected.

a. that
b. which
c. what
d. whose
4. My ...... works as a secretary.

a. boss’s wife
b. boss’ wife
c. boss wife
d. bosses’ wife
5. If you hear any strange noise don’t wait and have your car ......
a. to check
b. checked
c. be checked
d. check
6. The new employee ...... the prize of “most committed employee” this year.
a. awarded
b. had awarded
c. has been awarded
d. had been awarded
7. Things ...... a lot these last few weeks.

a. improve
b. are improved
c. has improved
d. have been improving
 Qui d ési

8. ...... now, shall we?
a. Go
b. Let go
c. Let’s gone
d. Let’s go
9. ...... Americans usually have ...... cereals for ...... breakfast.

a. the/Ø/the
b. Ø/ Ø/ Ø
c. Ø/ Ø/the
d. the/ Ø/ Ø
10. Would you be ...... to come and help me?

a. too kind
b. so kind
c. kind enough
d. enough kind
11. It’s time you ...... back to work now.

a. got
b. get
c. will get
d. would get
12. No sooner ...... than the alarm rang.

a. we left
b. left we
c. we had left
d. had we left
13. By 5 p.m., she ...... her mission.

a. will finish
b. finish
c. have finished
d. will have finished
14. When you ...... the train arrive, it will be the moment to leave.
a. see
b. will see
c. saw
d. have seen
15. Can you switch on the radio? ...... the news.

a. There are
b. Here are
c. There is
d. That is
Qui d ési 

16. If he ...... insulted his teacher, he ...... suspended for two weeks.
a. hadn’t/won’t have been
b. hadn’t/wouldn’t have been
c. hasn’t/wouldn’t be
d. wouldn’t have/wouldn’t be
17. Before ...... here, he was employed in a grocery shop.

a. working
b. to working
c. work
d. to work
18. He is ...... that he is ready to do anything for you.

a. so a nice man
b. a man so nice
c. such a nice man
d. such nice man
19. I wish he ...... here to give me advice.

a. was
b. is
c. were
d. was being
20. He took a ...... vacation this summer.

a. two-week
b. two week
c. two-weeks
d. two weeks
1. You must ...... the neighbour to stop making so much noise.

a. have
b. let
c. get
d. make
2. He will visit us as soon as he ...... to the manager.

a. has spoken
b. will speak
c. had spoken
d. spoke
3. ...... people have died because of COVID-19 pandemic.

a. Million
b. Million of
c. Millions
d. Millions of
 Qui d ési

4. ...... agriculture was severely impacted by ...... drought ...... last winter
a. Ø/Ø/Ø
b. Ø/Ø/the
c. Ø/the/Ø
d. the Ø/Ø
5. ...... people who visited the park last summer.

a. There was
b. There were
c. There has been
d. There have been
6. People should ...... their bikes or carpool.

a. take
b. have take
c. taken
d. to take
7. When I was younger, I had a lot of friends, only ...... are still in contact.
a. whose two
b. the two
c. two of whom
d. two of which
8. There is ...... on the floor.

a. a child’s toy
b. a toy’s child
c. a childs’ toy
d. a child’s toys
9. They decided that the match ...... postponed because of the rain.
a. was
b. be
c. will be
d. would be
10. He ...... injured if he had used the right protections.

a. will not be
b. would not be
c. would not have been
d. would not have
11. Write a presentation in as ...... words as you can.

a. little
b. less
c. few
d. fewer
Qui d ési 

12. Since the beginning of the war, all the countries ...... efforts.
a. make
b. made
c. are making
d. have made
13. Not only ...... a vaccine, but he also made it free.

a. did he find
b. has he found
c. he found
d. did he found
14. I have found ...... way to make money! I will invent a new phone.
a. the easier
b. the more easy
c. the easiest
d. the most easy
15. We all wish the climate ...... not warming up.

a. is
b. were
c. was
d. will be
16. ...... by the strike, the manager accepted the workers’ requests.
a. Annoyed
b. To annoy
c. Annoy
d. Annoying
17. I haven’t used my car ...... I ...... operated on.

a. since/am
b. since/was
c. while/am
d. while/was
18. The meeting will be held ...... conference room 2 ...... 4pm ...... Monday.
a. in/at/at
b. on/at/on
c. in/on/in
d. in/at/on
19. It is the first time he ...... to his parents.

a. lies
b. has lied
c. lied
d. had lied
 Qui d ési

20. He left without ...... reason.
a. any
b. some
c. no
d. none
1. I will get back to you as soon as I ...... her.

a. see
b. will see
c. saw
d. had seen
2. It is high time you ...... a new job.

a. start
b. started
c. to start
d. you were starting
3. I wish he ...... earlier; I don’t want to be late.

a. had come
b. comes
c. came
d. has come
4. If ever you forget your keys, you can take ...... We don’t need them.
a. our
b. we
c. us
d. ours
5. I have never seen ...... movie.

a. such good
b. so good
c. such a good
d. so a
6. This is the man ...... I worked with during the summer.

a. who
b. whom
c. whose
d. that
7. I’m fond of ...... animals I saw in the zoo.

a. the
b. this
c. an
d. Ø
Qui d ési 

8. He is a ...... businessman.
a. smart young Italian
b. young smart Italian
c. young Italian smart
9. It is raining, ......?
a. isn’t it
b. is it
c. is it not
d. it isn’t
10. He ...... already ...... when we ......

a. has/left/arrived
b. will have/left/will arrive
c. had/left/arrived
d. had/left/had arrived
11. Have you ever heard ...... kind of stupidities?

a. this
b. that
c. these
d. those
12. I would rather you ...... in the corridor. You are making noise.
a. not stay
b. don’t stay
c. didn’t stay
d. hadn’t stayed
13. He has finished his homework. ...... go out.

a. Let’s
b. Let him
c. Let’s him
d. Let her
14. The teacher ...... the students leave the room.

a. had
b. make
c. gets
d. allowed
15. Our car ...... stolen while we were doing shopping.

a. has been
b. was
c. had been
d. was been
 Qui d ési

16. There’s a lot of trac. I’m afraid I ...... be late.
a. should
b. may
c. must
d. ought to
17. The store is located ...... 23 Mandela Street.

a. at
b. on
c. at
d. to
18. If he had trained harder, he ...... the test.

a. wouldn’t fail
b. won’t fail
c. won’t have failed
d. wouldn’t have failed
19. My mother had the parcel ...... this morning.

a. to send
b. send
c. sent
d. be sent
20. You will find ...... war books in the library.

a. Ø
b. a
c. the
d. that
Qui d ési 

Crigé
1. ACCORDS SUJET-VERBE (page 6)
■ Exempl
1. a. These closures • b. Its annual energy bill • c. Local governments • d. A figure •
e. Balancing the books.
2. a. L’accord se fait avec le sujet The government ; seul « and » aurait permis de faire
l’accord avec « local authorities ». • b. Avec « neither… nor », l’accord se fait avec le
nom le plus proche de « nor » (ministry). • c. L’accord se fait avec « pupils ».
3. a. has • b. is.
■ Exercice
1. a. The letters • b. The cake • c. The woman • d. A girl • e. My neighbours.
2. a. The letter you posted was wrongly addressed. • b. The cakes my parents are
making smell delicious. • c. The women they were supposed to meet have phoned to
say they couldn’t come. • d. There are girls sitting there. • e. My neighbour, whom
I met last week, has just moved in.
3. a. is • b. is • c. has • d. have • e. are.
4. a. wins • b. is • c. sings • d. is • e. takes • f. have • g. address.
5. a. were • b. are • c. has • d. has • e. has • f. like • g. have.
6. a. correct • b. has • c. is • d. correct • e. have • f. have.
■ L gramair e ia
Voici quelques exemples de phrases possibles.
My parents watch baseball on Saturdays together on their sofa. • My bicycle needs a
new front wheel. • My brother sings his favorite songs in the shower. • My aunt and
my uncle watch a lot of films with their friends. • My uncle Oliver gives all his nephews
and nieces presents at Christmas.
2-3. ADJECTIFS, ADJECTIFS ET NOMS COMPOSÉS (pages 10-11)
■ Exempl
1. et 2. Nom + verbe en -ing : noise-cancelling • Adjectif + participe passé : higher-
pitched • Nom + participe passé : feature-packed • Nombre + nom : 60-hour • Adjectif
+ nom : high-end, reasonable job, fantastic sound, great controls, high price • Nom +
nom : keyboard, headphones, road noise, voice quality, battery life • Verbe + préposition :
standout.
3. a. Packed with features • b. Which cancels noise • c. With a battery that lasts
60 hours.
4. comfortable, feature-packed, brilliant, effective, high-end, fantastic, great, top,
good, standout.
5. Supremely, significantly, highly, less.
6. a. top/high-end/fantastic • b. effective • c. feature-packed... high-end/top/fantastic.
Crigés 
■ Exercice
1. a. interesting small Spanish book • b. ugly modern rectangular picture • c. boring
old American opinion • d. delicious ripe green apple • e. large black woollen suit •
f. beautiful small brick house • g. strange old German magazine • h. funny green
cotton cap.
2. a. clear-sighted • b. well-behaved • c. home-made • d. 100-foot • e. heart-breaking
• f. 40-page.
3. a. green-eyed • b. left-handed • c. curly-haired • d. never-ending • e. 35-year-old
• f. short-sleeved.
4. a. good-looking boy • b. long-lasting film • c. well-known subject • d. long-legged
women • e. world-famous writer • f. right-handed tennis player • g. time-saving
solution • h. heart-broken… heart-breaking.
5. a. A tobacco-induced disease • b. A middle-aged man • c. A short-sighted woman
• d. A second-hand bookshop • e.A high-heeled woman.
a. This is a tall, smartly-dressed, middle-aged brown-haired man.
b. This is an old, rather fat small man. He has no hair but a white moustache.
c. This is an elegant high-heeled smartly-dressed woman. She is wearing a rather
short skirt and a long jacket. She has brown long wavy hair.
d. This is a sexy young woman who is wearing a short-sleeved top, a short skirt and
sunglasses.
4-5. ADVERBES (pages 15-16)
■ Exempl
1. Adverbes de manière: carefully, hurriedly, eagerly, abruptly, luckily, slowly, furiously,
sadly • Adverbes de temps: earlier, still, soon, suddenly, later, no sooner • Adverbes
de lieu: downstairs, there • Adverbes de degré: only, completely.
2. Dans les phrases a. et e., l’adverbe est placé après le verbe et le complément d’objet.
Dans les phrases b., c. et d., l’adverbe se trouve avant le verbe. Dans la phrase f.,
l’adverbe est placé en début de phrase.
3. La structure verbale de la première moitié de la phrase ressemble à celle d’une
question : auxiliaire sujet verbe. He had no sooner answered he was there than they
called the manager.
■ Exercice
1. a. I sometimes go to school by bike. • b. I always drink water. • c. I rarely do my
homework. • d. I often go to the park. • e. I read a book once in a while. • f. I never
see helicopters in the sky. • g. I wash my hands daily. • h. I occasionally run.
2. Chris washes his teeth twice a day. He goes to school every day. He reads a book
once a week. • Kelly has a shower every morning. She often starts at 8.30. She goes
shopping with her friends regularly. Kate sometimes makes up. She generally takes
the bus. She swims every weekend. Jack never shaves. He learns his lessons every
evening. Once in a while he watches a movie after school.
3. a. I easily learn my lessons. • b. I cook well. • c. I paint silently. • d. My English
teacher speaks English well. • e. I have lunch quickly. • f. I do my maths exercises
badly. • g. I do the washing up reluctantly. • h. I walk slowly. • i. I answer my friends
kindly.
 Crigés
4. a. We were in London last week. • b. He rarely walks his dog. • c. He waited patiently.
• d. My father always goes fishing. • e. Your bedroom will be upstairs soon. • f. I saw
him there. • g. The girls speak English fluently. • h. I have never seen the film
before. • i. I often go dancing. • j. He hardly ever gets in to work on time. • k. She
has already finished reading the novel. • l. I will definitely not accept this deal.
Sam often has a shower at 6.15. • Sam sometimes gets dressed at 6.30. • Sam always
has breakfast at 6.45. • Sam never goes to school at 7. • Sam rarely has lunch at 1 p.m.
• Sam never makes his bed at 2. • Sam always does his homework at 3.20. • Sam rarely
reads a book at 5.30 p.m. • Sam sometimes watches TV at 7.15 p.m. • Sam generally
goes to sleep at 11 p.m.
Sarah sometimes gets up at 6. • Sarah always has a shower at 6.15. • Sarah seldom
gets dressed at 6.30. • Sarah usually has breakfast at 6.45. • Sarah sometimes goes to
school at 7. • Sarah always has lunch at 1 p.m. • Sarah sometimes makes her bed at 2.
• Sarah never does her homework at 3.20. • Sarah often reads a book at 5.30 p.m. •
Sarah never watches TV at 7.15 p.m. • Sarah always goes to sleep at 11 p.m.
6-7. ARTICLES (pages 21-22)
■ Exempl
1. Article Ø: ants, insects, creatures, colonies, food, tunnels, queen ants • A/an: anthill,
shelter, pile, ant • The: time, colonies, tunnels, garbage, colony, job, Queen, eggs.
2. a. In colonies: nom dénombrable pluriel et on parle en général ; in the colonies : elles
viennent d’être mentionnées. • b. Nom dénombrable singulier mentionné pour
la première fois • c. Nom indénombrable singulier, on parle de la nourriture en
général. • d. Nom dénombrable pluriel et on parle en général. • e. La colonie a été
mentionnée précédemment. Les déchets sont ceux de la colonie. Ils sont définis par
« from the colony ». • f. Il s’agit d’un superlatif. • g. Nom dénombrable singulier. Il
n’y a qu’une seule reine, donc elle est unique.
3. a. Ø … a • b. Ø … Ø • c. the …. Ø • d. a … the • e. the … a … the … Ø • f. A ou The …. the
… the … Ø.
■ Exercice
1. a. a • b. an • c. a • d. a • e. a • f. an • g. a • h. an • i. a.
2. a. The…the … the… the • b. The … the • c. the • d. Ø … Ø • e. Ø … Ø … the … Ø.
3. a. the • b. an • c. a • d. the • e. an • f. Ø • g. Ø • h. the • i. Ø.
4. a. an/the/a/a/the/the/the • b. an/a/a/the/a • c. The/Ø/the/Ø.
The room is L-shaped. There’s a round dining table and four chairs opposite the kitchen
door—I can look out into the garden when I have Ø dinner.
My record-player is in the corner, between the kitchen door and the small window.
There are Ø bookcases on both sides of the fireplace, and a rectangular coffee table in
front of the fire. My bed is against the long wall, under the large window. I use it as a
sofa during the day, so there are Ø big, striped cushions on it.
Opposite the bed, against the kitchen wall, there’s a desk, and between the bed and the
desk there’s a large armchair. I like sitting and reading in front of the fire with my feet
up on the coffee table. In the empty space in front of the door, there’s an oval carpet
on the floor. And the piano is in the corner between the door and my bed.
Crigés 
8-9. CAS POSSESSIF (pages 27-28)
■ Exempl
1. The older girl’s name, Janet’s younger sister, Janet and Mary’s grandparents,
their grandparents’ new house, the girls’ fear, the elder girl’s resourcefulness, the
younger sister’s job, Janet’s job, the two sisters’ patience, a bees’ nest, the forest’s
mango trees, a ship’s hooter, the ship’s captain.
2. “Janet and Mary’s grandparents” : Janet et Mary ont les mêmes grands-parents ;
“Janet’s and Mary’s grandparents” : elles n’ont pas les mêmes grands-parents.
3. On utilise seulement l’apostrophe car le mot « grandparents » se termine pas un S
de pluriel.
4. the girls’ fear, sisters’ patience, bees’ nest.
5. a. The girls’ parents • b. The elder girl’s • c. The island’s inhabitants • d. The two
sisters’ friends • e. Janet and Mary’s parents • f. the ship’s lifeboat • g. The Smiths’
neighbours.
■ Exercice
1. a. True • b. Wrong (Mary’s grandfather) • c. True • d. Wrong (Jane’s husband)
• e. True • f. True • g. Wrong (Helen’s daughter) • h. True • i. Wrong (Tom’s
granddaughter) • j. Wrong (Kate’s grandson) • k. True.
2. a. Yes, he does. • b. No, he doesn’t. • c. No, he doesn’t. • d. No, she doesn’t. • e. Yes,
she does. • f. Yes, she does. She has one cousin. • g. Yes, he does.
3. a. Jack’s grandfather • b. Jack’s mother • c. Jack’s brother • d. Sally’s father • e. Sally’s
cousin • f. Sally’s brother.
These are Isabel’s bandages. • These are Isabel’s drugs. • This is Isabel’s syringe. •
This is Isabel’s thermometer.
This is Marc’s chalk. • This is Marc’s ruler. • These are Marc’s pencils. • This is Marc’s
schoolbag.
10-11. COMPARATIF ET SUPERLATIF (pages 32-33)
■ Exempl
1. Comparatif de supériorité : more chance, lower, further, worse, more likely, more
severe, easier • Comparatif d’infériorité: less than three years, fewer British drivers
• Comparatif d’égalité : as long as.
2. Superlatifs: the most severe, the best way.
3. a. It reduces further: le comparatif de « far » est «farther » ou « further ». « Farther »
veut dire « plus loin » géographiquement et « further » veut dire « plus loin » dans
tous les sens du terme. • b. It’s even lower: l’adjectif « low » est un adjectif court;
on ajoute donc -er pour faire un comparatif de supériorité. • c. The penalties are
more severe: « severe» est un adjectif long. On utilise « more » au comparatif de
supériorité. • d. Fewer British drivers are aware: pour dire « moins » avec un pluriel,
on utilise « fewer ». • e. It is the best way to remove: le superlatif de supériorité de
« good » est « the best ».
4. a. Beaucoup plus bas • b. Encore/même plus bas • c. Beaucoup plus facile.
■ Exercice
1. a. Better • b. Fitter • c. More expensive • d. Thinner • e. More reliable • f. Narrower
• g. More honest • h. Costlier i. Worse.
2. a. Funnier • b. Gentler • c. Cleverer • d. Thinner • e. Saner • f. Fatter.
 Crigés
3. a. Fewer…more • b. less • c. more economical… prettier • d. as fast as • e. better
paid… the best-paid • f. fewer friends… as popular … as many friends • g. taller …
the tallest • h.further ou farther … less accessible.
4. a. earlier • b. more attractive • c. later • d. more comfortable • e. harder • f. farther
ou further • g. better.
5. a. the best • b. the biggest • c. faster • d. the worst • e. more recent • f. fatter • g. the
happiest • h. the weirdest.
6. 1. c. • 2. a. • 3. b. • 4. b. • 5. b. • 6. c. • 7. d. • 8. a. • 9. a. • 10. c.
As regard standard alcohol consumption, Great Britain is less severe than France;
Spain and Germany are as restrictive as Switzerland. The strictest is Germany for
commercial drivers. Financial penalties are harsher for British drivers than for French
drivers. The law is the strictest in Switzerland for novice drivers.
12-13. DÉNOMBRABLES ET INDÉNOMBRABLES (pages 38-39)
■ Exempl
1. Anything, some, much, any, a few, little, no, many, enough, a lot of, a few.
2. Dénombrables : cans, almonds • Indénombrables : Milk, food, jam, butter, fruit
juice, beer, soft drink, oil, fish, meat, bread, coffee.
3. A bottle of beer/fruit juice • a loaf of bread • a jar of jam • a can of beer/fruit juice
• a pack of coffee • a packet of coffee/pasta.
4. a. some • b. little • c. many … any • d. some ou a little • e. enough ou any • f. much
• g. a few • h. few.
■ Exercice
1. Dénombrables : b. e. g. i. l. • Indénombrables : a. c. d. f. h. j. k. m.
2. a. Correct • b. such nice weather • c. good work (sans « a ») • d. evidence (sans « an »)
e. were et non was • f. trips à la place de travels • g. Correct • h. a piece of advice
(sans « an »).
3. a. many • b. little • c. much • d. a little • e. few • f. a few.
4. a. the • b. a • c. Ø • d. Ø • e. The • f. Ø … the • g. Ø … Ø • h. Ø • i. The … the… a.
What does Bob take?  He takes a computer.
What does Ethan take?  He takes a guitar.
What does Larry take?  He takes (some) newspapers.
What does Kate take?  She takes (some) books.
What does Bruce take?  He takes (some) money.
What does Rose take?  She takes (some) wine./ a bottle of wine.
What does Dave take?  He takes sunglasses.
What does Georgia take?  She takes (some) chocolate/a chocolate bar.
14. DÉMONSTRATIFS THIS, THESE, THAT, THOSE (page 43)
■ Exempl
1. These chemicals, this pain, this reason, that habit, this poisoning, these, these
diseases, that single cigarette, those smokers, this one.
Crigés 
2. Démonstratifs singuliers: this pain, this reason, that habit, this poisoning, that
single cigarette, this one. • Démonstratifs pluriels: These chemicals, these, these
diseases, those smokers.
3. a. These renvoie à health problems. • b. This one renvoie à body.
4. a. On reprend le mot chemicals qui vient d’être mentionné. • b. On reprend le mot
pain qui vient d’être mentionné. • c. On reprend l’idée de la phrase précédente.
• d. On utilise that pour insister sur la valeur négative de la cigarette. • e. Those
permet d’annoncer un groupe de personnes qui va être défini juste après.
5. a. Those (loin dans le temps) • b. Those (on annonce une catégorie) • c. These (on
vient de les mentionner) • d. that (valeur négative).
■ Exercice
1. a. This • b. This • c. These • d. These • e. This • f. These.
2. a. Those • b. Those • c. That • d. Those • e. That • f. That.
3. a. This • b. This • c. These • d. These • e. This.
4. a. These books are good. • b. These oces are near the bank. • c. This is my notebook.
• d. These are my daughters. • e. That is my child. • f. Those are tall buildings. •
e. Those dogs are German. • f. This girl is eight. • g. These are Simon’s pens.
5. a. These • b. this • c. Those • d. that • e. this • f. Those • g. this… that.
6. a. these • b. This… That • c. Those • d. This • e. these • f. That • g. this • h. these •
i. These • j. those • k. this.
This is the Tower of London: this is London’s castle. This is a secure fortress, a royal
palace and an infamous prison where you can explore 1,000 years of history. This is
Westminster Abbey (built in 1245): this is one of the most important Gothic buildings of
England. This is the Tower Bridge: this is an iconic London landmark and one of Britain’s
best loved historic sites. These are Churchill War Rooms: this is the underground nerve
centre where the British government directed the Second World War. These are two
museums. This is the National Gallery: those paintings were produced between 1250
and 1900. And this one is the British Museum: these are world-famous objects: this
is Rosetta Stone, these are Parthenon sculptures, and these are Egyptian mummies.
This is one of the most famous stadiums. This is Chelsea Football Club: this museum
offers an interactive and immersive museum experience. This is St. Paul’s Cathedral:
this is the site of many historic state occasions. This is where the Royal Wedding of
Prince Charles and Lady Diana Spencer took place. These are famous parks. This one
is Hyde Park. Once the hunting ground for Henry VIII, that park was best known for
its famous Speakers’ Corner. These are street markets. This is Borough Market: this
amazing food market dates back to the 13th century.
15-16. EXPRESSION DU FUTUR (pages 47-48)
■ Exempl
1. will reach, will be living, will provide, is to reduce, will have become, will have
flourished, will have disappeared, will allow, will become, is expected to, will knit,
will be transporting, will be.
2.
➤ une idée de prédiction/certitude : will + BV
➤ une action qui sera en train de se dérouler au moment de l’avenir : will be + V-ing
➤ un projet qui a déjà été arrêté : be to
➤ l’idée d’une action qui aura été accomplie à un moment de l’avenir : will have + pp
➤ l’idée de quelque chose censé se produire : is expected to
 Crigés
3. a. In 2050, people will be living far from city centres. • b. Trac jams will no
longer exist. • c. Individual houses will have replaced high-rise buildings. • d. Most
houses will have a garden. • e. Cars are expected to be banned from city centres. •
f. People will be teleworking more and more. • g. The government must announce
new measures this evening.
■ Exercice
1. a. will earn • b. will travel • c. will meet • d. will adore • e. won’t have • f. will serve
• g. will anticipate • h. will be.
2. a. I am going to take my bike. • b. She is going to buy a new one. • c. I’m going to
sell them tomorrow. • d. Are you going to cook soon? • e. It’s going to rain.
3. a. am going to tell • b. will wake • c. is going to fall • d. is going to snow • e. will
pick • f. Will you be.
4. a. will have done • b. will be doing • c. will be sunbathing • d. will have finished •
e. will have seen • f. will be passing.
5. a. will open ou opens • b. are you leaving ou will you leave • c. will come … I am
going to eat • d. will bite • e. are coming • f. will not have finished.
6. a. will be working • b. have finished • c. will take/takes • d. has run • e. continue
• f. will already have left.
7. a. will be having • b. will have finished • c. will be working • d. will have ended •
e. will have spent • f. will still be doing • g. will have travelled.
For the next holiday, I will go to New York. I will stay from March 1 to March 8. My
plane takes off at 8.30 a.m. from Nice. For the return, my plane lands at 4.30 p.m. There
will be one stopover. I will fly with ITA Airways. I’m going there with my brother. We
are going to stay at Stewart Hotel. In my suitcase, I will take toiletries, trousers and
underwear. I will also put T-shirts and a cap in my bag. I will have sunglasses and
I will take a map. We are going to see the Metropolitan Museum of Art. We will walk in
Central Park. We will visit The Empire State building and eat at Hudson Smokehouse
(barbecue style). It will cost us $2,057 per person. We will pay $120 per night at the
hotel. The plane return ticket costs $678.
17-18. FAIRE FAIRE (CAUSATIVES) (pages 53-54)
■ Exempl
1. et 2. On connaît l’auteur de la deuxième action: have their wives do the housework,
have an interior decorator come, I’ll get him to redecorate the living room, ask my son
to do, make my daughter water, want my kids to run errands, asked me to do, have
me buy, help her relax
On ne connaît pas l’auteur de la deuxième action: I would like the front door painted,
have my car cleaned, a lot of work to get done, need the car serviced, get the grass
lawned, has her hair cut, have all these things done
3. a. lui faire arroser le jardin : make him water the garden/get him to water the
garden. • b. lui faire faire des courses : make him run errands/get him to run
errands. • c. se faire couper les cheveux : have one’s hair cut. • d. faire tondre la
pelouse : have the grass mowed. • e. faire laver la voiture : have the car washed. •
f. les faire débarrasser la table : make them clear the table. • g. leur faire faire le lit :
have them make the bed • h. faire redécorer la chambre : have the room redecorated
• i. le faire venir : make him come • j. leur faire faire le ménage : get them to do the
housework/make them do the housework.
Crigés 
■ Exercice
1. a. drive • b. do • c. to look • d. go • e. to tell • f. to open • g. modify.
2. a. made • b. get • c. had • d. had • e. get • f. lets • g. made • h.will have.
3. a. sold • b. to sign • c. checked • d. transferred • e. leave • f. apologise • g. to wait •
h. examined • i. believe • j. go • k. to be • l. brought.
4. a. 3 • b. 4 • c. 4 • d. 4 • e. 1 • f. 3 • g. 1 • h. 4.
5. a. He got his brother to participate in the race. • b. They had him jailed. • c. They
will have him called. • d. We want the work done by Friday.
My parents make me do the washing-up. They want me to clean the bathroom. They
get me to hoover the living room. They ask me to walk the dog. • They don’t let me
play video games for hours. They don’t allow me to eat junk food. They don’t want me
to have a moped. They don’t let me stay up after 10 p.m. • The teachers expect us to
take notes. They want us to participate. They ask us to listen to them. They have me
bring my school books. They don’t let me use my mobile phone. They don’t allow us to
be late for class. They don’t authorise us to talk in class. They don’t allow us to cheat.
19-20. FORME EN -ING (pages 59-60)
■ Exempl
1. involving, spending, concerning, revealing, adding, saying, demanding, surprising,
destabilising, claiming
2. Verbes: involving, spending, concerning, revealing, adding, saying, demanding,
claiming • Adjectifs: surprising, destabilizing.
3. a. An affair which involves a family conflict. • b. Revelations which concern John.
4. a. by saying, by claiming • b. has been spending • c. are demanding • d. Revealing.
5. a. shocking • b. investigating • c. denouncing … asked • d. Blackmailing • e. surprised
• f. wanted.
■ Exercice
1. Préposition + V-ing : g. • Present perfect continu : d. • Présent continu : a. e. • Verbe
en position de sujet : f. • Verbe de goût + V-ing : c. • Nom verbal (activité) : b.
2. a. confusing (actif) • b. frightening (actif) • c. exciting (actif) • d. making (actif)
• e. accused (passif) • f. asking (actif) • g. accused (actif) • h. promising (actif) ou
promised • i. told (passif).
3. a. entertaining • b. surprising • c. tired • d. boring • e. exciting…expected • f. worried
• g. pleased • h. shocked • i. disappointing • j. relieved • k. frightened…worrying
• l. recruited…helped.
4. Verbes : decided, heard, listening, travelling, learnt • Adjectifs : unexpected, intrigued,
exciting, upsetting
James likes swimming in the sea.
John considers moving out.
Jack can’t bear doing his homework.
Janet enjoys listening to music.
Jason can’t resist sleeping in the afternoon.
 Crigés
Julia dislikes cooking.
Jack plans on buying a new house.
Juliana misses visiting her friends.
Jackie practises horseriding.
Kate imagines living in Spain.
Juliette avoids driving at night.
Katarina puts off doing the housework.
Martha does not mind looking after her little brother.
Laura can’t help laughing when she is happy.
Tom gives up learning new words.
21-22-23. FORMES VERBALES (pages 64-65-66)
■ Exempl
1. Base verbale: go, produce, experiment • Participe passé: known, emptied, prompted,
put, reused, treated • Infinitif complet: to restrict, to catch • V-ing: necessitating,
worsening, providing, reusing, being, recycling.
2. Present perfect (have + participe passé) : has known, has reduced, has prompted,
has been facing, have been emptied, have been put • Modal + base verbale : will
soon experiment, will be recovered and treated • Passif (be + participe passé) :
have been emptied, have been put, is reused, being discharged, will be recovered
and treated, being put • Adjectif au participe présent : worsening • Préposition
+ V-ing : of providing, to recycling, by recycling, Instead of being, before being,
consists in recycling • Expression du but : decided to restrict, need to catch • Verbe
sujet : implementing.
3. a. Worried… started …. to take ou taking • b. Recycling … to reduce • c. faced •
d. test.
■ Exercice
1. a. shocking • b. interesting • c. tired • d. bored • e. partied • f. rewritten.
2. a. waiting • b. Working • c. moving • d. waking • e. to do • f. to do • g. to summarizing
• h. saying • i. to accept • j. working • k. to succeed… to work • l. Failing • m. to
meeting.
3. a. listening • b. to solve • c. to remember • d. eating • e. cooking • f. studying •
g. waiting • h. to seeing • i. to buy • j. stopping • k. making • l. to lying • m. writing
…. to drinking • n. taking • o. leave • p. to do • q. Working • r. trying • s. to be.
4. a. to forgive • b. Not having … frustrating • c. asking… prepared … to justify • d. to
understand • e. To earn • f. to replace • g. to seeing • h. locking…. leaving • i. start…
to finish • j. sent.
a. At the weekend, I love relaxing in my garden. • b. Tomorrow, I must go and see my
parents. • c. After class, I want to do sport so as to keep fit. • d. I can’t stand being late
at an appointment. • e. When I was a child, I enjoyed watching cartoons on television.
• f. One day, I would like to go to the United States. • g. I sometimes forget to switch
off the lights. • h. I am not used to drinking coffee in the afternoon. • i. Once, I helped
my neighbour mow the lawn. • j. I have never tried to drive a truck. • k. I wish people
would stop asking for favours. • l. I dislike people jumping the line at the bus stop.
• m. I always look forward to being on holiday. • n. My teacher often tells me to take
Crigés 
some notes. • o. On holiday, I like doing nothing. • p. In the future, I hope to be rich
and loved. • q. I consider settling in another city. • s. Feel free to ask any question you
want. • t. My parents expect me to get good grades.
24. HAD BETTER (page 71)
■ Exempl
1. You had better be passionate, you had better master your subject and you’d better
not be too emotional, you’re expected to enjoy, had better support, had better not
dodge, he should try, He ought to be, he should vary, he ought to provide.
2. Ils sont suivis de la base verbale sauf ought to.
3. You had better not + base verbale.
4. La phrase a. donne un conseil qu’il vaut mieux suivre si on veut éviter des problèmes.
La phrase b. indique une idée d’obligation morale ou professionnelle ici. La phrase
c. donne un simple conseil.
5. a. had better • b. should/had better • c. should/had better • d. had better • e. should/
had better.
■ Exercice
1. Had : a. d. e. g. • Would : b. c. f. h.
2. a. had better • b. should • c. Should • d. ought to • e. should/had better • f. had
better • g. should • h. ought to.
3. a. had better • b. would rather • c. had better • d. would rather • e. had better •
f. had better • g. would rather • h. would rather.
4. a. I would rather go to the sea. • b. We would rather not invite him. • c. You had
better buy the tickets now. • d. He had better stop smoking. • e.Jane would rather
not come on Sunday.
1. I feel lonely. You should enrol in a sports club. You had better find people with the
same passions or activities.
2. I would like to lose weight. You should go on a diet. You ought to stop eating junk
food. You had better go and see a dietitian. Why not do sport?
3. I have trouble sleeping. You had better stop watching screens before sleeping. You
should do physical activities during the day not too late. You had better not drink
coffee after 6 p.m. You ought to eat less/You’d better not overeat for dinner.
4. My child spends too much time playing video games. You should turn off the
power. You ought to take him/her out. You should do activities with him/her.
5. I need to improve my English. You could take private lessons. You should watch
videos in English. You had better find native speakers.
6. I spend too much money; I am addicted to shopping. You had better think twice
before buying. You ought to check what you already have and if you really need
something new. You had better pay cash to know how much you spend. You should
repair or buy second-hand.
25. IMPÉRATIF (page 75)
■ Exempl
1. a. Impératif positif à “nous”: Let’s care, Let’s try, Let’s save, Let’s use, Let’s recycle,
Let’s save, Let’s all go, Let’s all be • b. Impératif négatif à “nous” : Let’s not have,
Let’s not overconsume • c. Impératif positif à “vous”: Be very careful, use bikes,
 Crigés
Carpool, Send, Turn off • d. Impératif négatif à “vous” : Don’t light, don’t leave,
don’t let, Don’t throw • e. Impératif positif à la troisième personne du singulier :
Let the planet rest • f. Impératif négatif à la troisième personne du pluriel : Do not
let them say • g. Impératif positif à la troisième personne du pluriel : Let people
know.
2. a. Let’s all respect our environment. • b. Don’t have a bath. • c. Let’s not throw our
litter in the street. • d. Keep parks clean. • e. Let the earth breathe.
3. a. Let’s not some species disappear. • b. Do not forget to sort out your waste. • c. Let’s
be united. • d. Behave responsibly. • e. Let’s reduce our plastic consumption. • f. Let
water remain a protected resource.
■ Exercice
1. a. Go • b. Don’t swim • c. Don’t play • d. Brush • e. Don’t talk • f. Don’t be • g. Switch
off.
2. a. Go to bed. • b. Let’s watch a movie. • c. Don’t park here. • d. Let’s not take the car.
• e. Let him drive.
3. a. Don’t play with the chair. Stop playing with the chair. • b. Hurry up! • c. Stop
chatting! • d. Let’s switch on the lights.
4. a. Don’t smoke. • b. Let’s not forget. • c. Leave me. • d. Let’s have a drink. • e. Go to
the supermarket. • f. Let him close the door. • g. Don’t let it run away. • h. Let them
finish their meal. • i. Don’t let her make noise.
5. 1. Keep fit instructor  C. Touch your toes. Don’t bend your knees. Keep your back
straight. / 2. Dancing teacher  D. Men, put your left foot forward. Lean back on
your right foot. Swing your partner round. / 3. Nurse  F. Make sure the water
is the right temperature. Hold her head up. Don’t be afraid. Now place her in the
water. / 4. Swimming instructor  G. Lie back in the water. Don’t panic. Keep
your body straight. Slowly kick with your legs. / 5. Tennis coach  H. Keep your
arm straight. Keep your eye on the ball. Don’t move about too much / 6. Driving
instructor  A. Keep straight on. Look in the mirror. / 7. Language teacher 
E. Don’t try to translate every word. Listen carefully. Speak as much as possible.
/ 8. Theatre director  B. Don’t speak so loudly. You are in love with her. Stand
closer.
Respecting biodiversity  Respect biodiversity. • Not picking berries or flowers 
Don’t pick berries or flowers. • Not moving or disturbing wild animals or birds 
Don’t move or disturb wild animals or birds. • Keeping your dog on a lead  Keep
your dog on a lead. • Avoiding setting any fires  Don’t set any fires. • Taking litter
with you and not leaving it in the countryside  Take litter with you and don’t leave
it in the countryside • Keeping darkness dark (no light pollution)  Keep darkness
dark. Don’t contribute to light pollution. • Respecting other users (such as bikes and
hikers sharing the same path)  Respect other users; let bikes and hikers share the
same path. • Driving slowly on the road  Drive slowly on the road. • Not swimming
in rivers  Don’t swim in rivers. • Not feeding animals  Don’t feed animals. • Not
making noise  Don’t make noise.
26-27. INTENSIFIEURS (pages 80-81)
■ Exempl
1. Incredibly, extremely, terribly, completely, safely, really, particularly, dramatically,
only, successfully, slowly, totally, very, hardly, hard.
2. so much more attractive, the most terrifying thing, how crazy this is, such a
dangerous sport, such a sport, so extreme a sport.
Crigés 
3. a. an extremely fast pace: l’adverbe est placé avant l’adjectif fast qu’il modifie. • b. an
incredibly dangerous location: l’adverbe est placé avant l’adjectif dangerous qu’il
modifie. • c. do an extreme sport completely safely: les deux adverbes sont placés
après le COD et ils portent sur la partie de phrase do an extreme sport. • d. be really
experienced: l’adverbe est placé avant le participe passé experienced qu’il modifie.
• e. incredibly steep cliffs: l’adjectif est placé avant l’adjectif steep qu’il modifie
4. Il ne se termine pas par « ly ».
5. L’article « a » n’est pas placé au même endroit. Dans la phrase a. il est placé avant
l’adjectif et dans la phrase b. il est placé entre l’adjectif et le nom.
6. a. This is so crazy! • b. How much more attractive than regular sports this makes
them. • c. How terrifying it is to climb without any equipment. • d. Extreme sports
are terribly attractive and incredibly intriguing. • e. Extreme sports are completely
different from average sports.
■ Exercice
1. a. very • b. extremely • c. much • d. much more • e. far better • f. hardly works •
g. most.
2. a. such • b. such a • c. such an • d. so • e. such a • f. so • g. such.
3. a. slightly • b. extremely • c. fairly • d. hardly • e. really.
4. a. fast enough • b. old enough • c. enough milk • d. warm enough • e. enough money
• f. powerful enough • g. enough chairs • h. well-dressed enough.
5. a. rather • b. quite • c. quite • d. rather • e. quite.
Janet (35): This cozy restaurant has left extremely good impressions! Incredibly
hospitable hosts, such delicious dishes, so beautiful a presentation, an extremely wide
wine list and really wonderful dessert. I recommend to everyone! I would like to come
back here again and again.
Timothee (22) : You have to go! It’s the cutest little spot with such amazing food. IT
WAS FIRE!! The service we received was absolutely amazing and we will definitely
be back again. They made us feel particularly welcomed and gave us such an amazing
experience.
Robert (65) : What a great experience! The ambiance is pretty welcoming and charming.
How amazing the wines, food and service were. Staff are extremely knowledgeable
and make really great recommendations.
Nadette (72) : Do yourself a favor and visit this particularly lovely restaurant. The
service is totally unmatched. The staff cares about your experience. How amazing the
food is—everything we tasted melted in our mouths. The best meal we had.
Mireille (41) : This place is so great! Atmosphere is chill and cool but the staff is also
so friendly. They know what they’re doing and what they’re talking about, and you
can say making the customers happy is their main priority. How good the food is!
Sam (52) : Excellent food. Menu is rather extensive and seasonal to such a high standard.
Really fine dining. It can be expensive but so much worth it and they do totally different
deals on different nights so it’s really worth checking them out before you book. Highly
recommended.
 Crigés
28-29-30. MODAUX (pages 85-86-87)
■ Exempl
1. can, may, cannot, could, might, should.
2. Capacité : can • Probabilité moyenne : may • Probabilité passé : could • Potentialité :
might • Faible probabilité : could • Conseil : should • Impossibilité : cannot.
3. Les modaux sont suivis d’une base verbale.
4. a. Patients must have gone through other treatments. • b. All cancers cannot be
cured. • c. The patient must/should continue the treatment. • d. He may have lost
hope.
5. a. may/might • b. may • c. cannot/won’t.
■ Exercice
1. a. can’t • b. can’t • c. can’t • d. can • e. can • f. can’t • g. can’t • h. can.
2. a. mustn’t • b. mustn’t • c. must • d. mustn’t • e. must • f. mustn’t.
3. a. might • b. may • c. may • d. may • e. may • f. May • g. may • h. may.
4. a. would • b. would • c. will • d. will • e. would • f. will • g. would • h. will.
5. a. should • b. shouldn’t • c. ought • d. shouldn’t • e. Should • f. ought • g. should •
h. Ought.
6. a. can’t • b. may • c. May • d. may • e. can’t • f. must • g. should/could • h. can’t •
i. could • j. must • k. must • l. must • m. may.
7. a. may • b. can’t • c. should/must • d. Could • e. must not ou mustn’t • f. must not
ou mustn’t … could ou may • g. must have • h. can’t ou won’t • i. will ou may
■ QCM au
1. b. • 2. c. • 3. a. • 4. b. • 5. b. • 6. b. • 7. c. • 8. a. • 9. b. • 10. c. • 11. a. • 12. d. • 13. c. •
14. a. • 15. d. • 16. d. • 17. c. • 18. d. • 19. d. • 20. b.
Bad practices Good practices
You must not throw cigarette butts on You should preserve plantations, flowers
the ground. and trees.
You cannot light a fire or barbecue. You must pick up after your dog.
You should not use motor vehicles You must respect street furniture and
such as mopeds, motorcycles and play areas.
automobiles. Only public service vehicles
are authorised.
You cannot swim in ponds and lakes and You should make sure the place is clean
practise water sports, unless otherwise and throw rubbish in appropriate bins.
permitted by competent authorities.
You must not drink alcoholic beverages. You should respect others, wear decent
clothes and behave according to public
law and order as well as accepted moral
standards.
You can’t climb trees and damage You must keep your dog on a leash.
branches.
Crigés 
31. « ON » FRANÇAIS (page 93)
■ Exempl
1. a. Pronom personnel « we » • b. Passif: are expected • c. Nobody • d. Passif : will be
needed • e. Passif : will need to be created • f. Pronom indéfini « one » • g. People
• h. There are.
2. a. More public transport and fewer cars will be seen. • b. More space to live is
needed. • c. An electric scooter can be bought.
3. a. We all know that cars will disappear. • b. New means of transport will have to
be invented. • c. It will be dicult to do without the car.
■ Exercice
1. a. we • b.one • c. I • d. they • e. we • f. Someone • g. we • h. One.
2. a. you • b. We • c. They ou People • d. Someone • e. people • f. you • g. they • h. they
• i. you/we • j. someone • k. You • l. we.
3. a. Tom, you are asked on the phone. • b. A church has been built in the village
recently. • c. Such a strong explosion had never been seen before. • d. The terrorist
was arrested last week. • e. All sorts of rumours have been heard.
1. India counts 1,417 billion people. Hindi is the ocial language spoken in India. The
largest city is Mumbai. The country is surrounded by Pakistan, China and Nepal.
The country is known for its symbols like the tiger, the Lotus flower, the Taj Mahal,
and women’s traditional garment the sari. They eat Chicken Tikka Masala, which
is a traditional dish over there. The country is also renowned for its celebrities,
such as Mother Theresa and Gandhi. The currency used there is the rupee.
2. Mexico has a population of 131, 947,552 inhabitants. They speak Spanish. The largest
city is Mexico City. The US, Guatemala, and Belize are neighbourhing countries.
The country is symbolised by the sombrero and tequila. They eat Mole Poblano.
Salma Hayek is a world-famous actress. They use the peso.
3. There is a population of 60.6 million in South Africa. 11 ocial languages are spoken
there. The largest city is Johannesburg. Namibia and Botswana are close to South
Africa. The country is valued for its diamonds and rugby football. Their national
dish is bobotie. Nelson Mandela is part of the most famous people. The currency
used there is the rand.
32-33. ORDRE DES MOTS (pages 97-98)
■ Exempl
1. Phrase 1 : l’adverbe « only » porte sur le type de routes concerné. • Phrase 2 : l’adverbe
porte sur l’adjectif « possible ».
2. a. Il s’agit d’une question : wh- auxiliaire sujet verbe. • b. Nous avons une structure
semblable à celle des questions (auxiliaire sujet verbe) car la phrase commence par
un mot négatif. • c. L’inversion correspond ici à un « if » d’hypothèse : If there were
an obstacle… • d. La phrase est introduite par le mot intensif « so » et l’inversion
permet de mettre en valeur l’information. • e. Nous avons une structure semblable
à celle des questions (auxiliaire sujet verbe) car la phrase commence par un mot
négatif.
3. a. Hardly had he bought a car than he had an accident. • b. Often did I take the
plane. • c. So restrictive are driving conditions. • d. Were autonomous cars cheaper,
they would be more affordable.
 Crigés
■ Exercice
1. a. What is your neighbour’s first name? • b. What does he wear? • c. What kind of
music does he like? • d. What is the colour of his eyes?
2. a. What did he borrow from the bank? • b. What does he like reading? • c. Will you
come to the party? • d. What were you doing? • e. What has he never seen?
3. a. He asked me how I would do. • b. He asked me where I would go next. • c. I wondered
what was making that noise. • d. He asked me what I was doing. • e. He asked where
his phone was.
4. a. The doctor regularly gave some medicine to the child. • b. Where does John live? •
c. He wonders why she isn't coming. • d. Where do they come from? • e. He bought
a lovely small wooden table.
1. Who directed the film? • Where do the event stake place? • What is the film about?
• Who is the main character? • What type of life does the main character’s brother
have? • What does Jamal do? • How long does the film last?
2. Opinion + size + shape + temperature + age + colour + origin + material + usage
A golf ball is a small light round plastic white ball used for playing golf. • An apple
is a delicious sweet juicy green or red round fruit with a yellow skin. • An elephant
is a beautiful heavy massive grey animal. • A computer mouse is a practical small
movable, cabled or wireless device. • A cotton bud is a short, straight, plastic stick
with round pieces at both ends, used to clean ears.
34-35. PASSIF (pages 102-103)
■ Exempl
1 et 2. Présent : can be ignored, are well-known, is expected, are not prepared • Present
perfect : has been reached • Prétérit : were exterminated • Futur : will be forced
3. a. Politicians should not underestimate the tragedy. • b. The president mocked
the scientists. • c. Man has massacred animal species. • d. Natural disasters are
destroying some plants. • e. Do humans spare the Earth? • f. Did the impact of
celestial objects with the Earth exterminate dinosaurs?
■ Exercice
1. a. Actif • b. Actif • c. Passif • d. Passif • e. Passif • f. Actif
2. a. The whole cake was eaten by the guests. (Prétérit) • b. Money has been lost by the
children in the street. (Present perfect) • c. A new church is being built opposite the
school. (Présent en –ing) • d. She will be bought a new phone by her father. (Futur)
• e. 250 people can be hosted by the conference. (Présent) • f. She is expected to
come next week. (Présent).
3. a. The patient was examined by the doctor. • b. The parcel will be sent tomorrow
by the grandmother. • c. The neighbour has dug a new hole. • d. A new video game
will be invented by my father. • e. The scene is being recorded by the journalist.
• f. Thieves can’t steal new cars easily. • g. The whole team will appreciate your
investment.
4. a. A book was given to him. • b. The whole truth was told to them. • c. A new car
was offered to my mother. • d. The voters are always made lofty promises. • e. The
house was sold to my neighbours at a cheap price. • f. The winner was offered a
trophy. • g. A diploma will be given to the students.
Crigés 
5. a. I was told a strange story. • b. We have been shown his new car. • c. She will be
offered a big diamond ring. • d. He was paid 100 euros for his job. • e. The patients
are spared no details. • f. I have been shown the premises of the factory. • g. You
will be sent a postcard.
6. a. You have been given a better job. • b. We should be told the truth. • c. We have
been taught very useful strategies. • d. I won’t (will not) be offered a car. • e. The
victims can’t have been told such an awful lie.
More than 1.2 billion people will be displaced by 2050 due to climate disasters. 13 million
people are undernourished due to drought. 35 million people are affected by floods.
Ocean acidification has increased. Ocean oxygen has decreased. Out of 883,000 internal
displacements, 32% are linked to floods and 29% are caused by droughts. 166,000 people
were killed by heat waves (1998-2017). More than 25,000 animal and plant species are
threatened to disappear.
36-37. PAST PERFECT (pages 108-109)
■ Exempl
1. Prétérit : participated, danced, decided, were, announced, won, said, added, was •
Past perfect : had been practising, had always been, had seen, had done, had danced,
had practiced, had won, had trained.
2. a. had prepared • b. had worked • c. had done.
3. Depuis: a., g. • Bilan dans le passé : c., d. • Antériorité : e., f. • Style indirect : b.
4. a. trained/had chosen • b. showed/had won • c. had finished/felt • d. knew/had
done/had • e. met/felt/had always known • f. were/had managed.
■ Exercice
1. a. had brought • b. had taken • c. had learnt • d. had driven • e. had taught • f. had
drunk • g. had forgotten • h. had given • i. had seen • j. had written • k. had come.
2. a. had built • b. had not seen • c. had not done • d. had put • e. had not ordered •
f. had learnt • g. had known • h. had been.
3. a. had never flown • b. had never met • c. had not seen • d. had not trained • e. had
already begun • f. had planned.
4. a. had been trying • b. had taken • c. had made • d. had been living
5. a. had just come • b. had forgotten • c. had been driving • d. had been playing •
e. had gone • f. had had • g. had been waiting • h. had been.
6. a. moved/had planned • b. had never won • c. behaved/had said • d. reacted/had
always known • e. had never been • f. arrived/had fallen • g. had had/broke.
7. a. were having • b. were working • c. had been looking • d. had been running •
e. were speaking • f. was dreaming • g. had been teaching.
1. a. I said sorry to an old woman because I had pushed her accidentally. • b. I ran
out of the supermarket because the alarm had rung. • c. I didn’t come to the party
because I had been working all day and was too tired. • d. I quit my job because my
manager had accused me of stealing money. • e. I lied to them because they had
refused to let me go out at night. • f. I didn’t do it because I had not understood the
lesson. • g. I called the police because my neighbours had been making noise for
one hour.
 Crigés
2. A car had overtaken the bus. An old woman was crossing the street. A child was
getting on the bus. A person was parking. Then he was getting out of the car.
A driver was phoning. A car had turned left. A taxi had stopped because the light
had turned red. Children were leaving school.
38-39-40. PHRASAL VERBS (pages 114-115-116)
■ Exempl
1. When I set off for work this morning, my car broke down , so I ended up taking
the train. As soon as I got off, I bumped into an old classmate, Tom. While we were
speaking, he brought up something I had already found out from some friends
we have in common—that he had come into quite a lot of money and had set up
his own business. He told me that there was a lot to sort out , and offered to take
me on , but I turned him down straight away.
When I clocked in , my boss had a go at me, telling me off in front of everyone.
When I got over the initial shock, I told him I’d make up for being late, but it turned
out that he had blown up over a deal that had fallen through, after a client of mine
had pulled out of a contract. He told me that I wouldn’t get away with it, that I’d
let everybody down, and just went on and on….
Eventually, I ran out of patience and answered back. I said I was not going to put
up with it anymore, and if he wanted to lay me off, he should go ahead . Anyway,
to cut a long story short, I stormed out , phoned Mark’s oce. His secretary put
me through to him. I told Mark I’d like to take him up on his offer. So, in the end,
everything worked out perfectly!
2. Les pronoms personnels compléments sont placés directement après le verbe.
3. a. Tolérer PUT UP WITH • b. Tomber à l’eau FALL THROUGH • c. S’en prendre à
HAVE A GO AT • d. Manquer de RUN OUT OF • e. S’énerver BLOW UP • f. Refuser
TURN DOWN • g. Descendre GET OFF • h. Tomber sur BUMP INTO • i. S’avérer
TURN OUT • j. Laisser tomber quelqu’un LET SOMEBODY DOWN.
4. a. Make up for • b. Lay off • c. Told off • d. Get over • e. Stormed out • f. Bring up •
g. Found out • h. Go ahead.
■ Exercice
1. a. Drop by • b. Get out • c. Hang on • d. Get up • e. Come on • f. Drop off • g. Hang
out • h. Drop out of • i. Get back • j. Hang up.
2. a. Get down • b. hang out • c. drop by • d. get up • e. dropped out • f. Come on •
g. hang up • h. get back • i. Get out • j. Hang on • k. drop off.
3. a. on • b. out • c. out • d. up • e. back • f. up • g. up.
4. a. Continue. • b. He fulfilled his mission. • c. She discovered the truth. • d. Did you
know that 79.48% of statistics are invented? • e. He drank so much that he died. •
f. Let’s resume where we stopped. • g. Do I need to emphasise what happened last
time? • h. He refused the offer. • i. I’m trying to reduce the amount of junk food
I eat. • j. How do you find those ideas?
5. a. take off • b. put off • c. filled in • d. fallen out • e. break down.
Crigés 
1.
Verbs Prepositions Complements
To stretch out my hand
To pick up the alarm clock
To turn off the alarm
To get up
To take off the pyjamas
To put on clothes
To switch on the light
To pick up the toothpaste
To take off the top of the toothpaste
To turn on the tap
To turn off the tap
To pick up the newspaper
To look at the headlines
To sit down
To stand up
To walk down the street
To get on a bus
To get off the bus
To put on sunglasses
2. I woke up and put out my hand. I picked up the alarm clock and turned it off. I got
up and took off the pyjamas. I put on clothes. I switched on the light. I picked up
the toothpaste and took off its top. I turned on the tap and turned it off. I picked up
the newspaper and looked at the headlines. I sat down. I stood up. I walked down
the street. I got on a bus. I got off the bus. I put on sunglasses.
41-42. PHRASES NÉGATIVES (pages 121-122)
■ Exempl
1. a. There were no buses. • b. Neither had my wife.
2. Le verbe est à la forme positive car il y a déjà une négation dans la phrase. Deux
négations dans une phrase équivalent à une armation.
3. Elles commencent par un mot négatif. Mais la structure de la phrase est différente
dans la phrase a. Dans les phrases b., c. et d., le groupe verbal est composé de la
structure suivante : auxiliaire – sujet  verbe, comme dans une question. Dans
la première phrase, nobody est sujet donc il n’y a pas la même structure.
4. La négation est accolée à l’auxiliaire.
5. a. I was not late. • b. He didn’t like it. • c. It wouldn’t work. • d. I had not had. • e.
It isn’t. • f. I don’t want.
■ Exercice
1. a. Pas d’auxiliaire  do • b. Auxiliaire : are • c. Pas d’auxiliaire  does • d. Pas
d’auxiliaire  did • e. Auxiliaire : will • f. Auxiliaire: were • g. Pas d’auxiliaire 
does • h. Pas d’auxiliaire  did.
2. a. They don’t live in London. • b. We aren’t hungry. • c. She doesn’t have a cat. •
d. He didn’t see you. • e. I won’t have lunch at one o’clock. • f. They weren’t old. •
g. He does not work a lot. • h. Mel didn’t have a sister.
 Crigés
3. a. I didn’t go to Miami two years ago. • b. This book is not mine. • c. The shop doesn’t
close at 5. • d. It won’t cost you £20. • e. I didn’t tell him the truth. • f. I don’t have
two sisters. • g. I wasn’t born in Corsica. • h. Mary didn’t call me this morning.
4. a. He doesn’t work. • b. They have not arrived yet. • c. He doesn’t know the answer.
• d. I won’t tell him the truth. • e. We didn’t know that they were coming.
5. a. He doesn’t know how to drive yet. • b. He didn’t want to come with us yesterday.
• c. We won’t stay long. • d. Peter and Brian have never played tennis together. •
e. We didn’t sleep last night. • f. He doesn’t have enough money to buy his own flat.
6. a. We didn’t say anything during the meeting. • b. He didn’t go anywhere during
his holiday. • c. We talked to nobody. • d. We bought nothing. • e. There wasn’t
anyone to go with. • f. He has never really thought about it.
7. a. Barely will he have time to visit. • b. Hardly has he eaten today. • c. No sooner had
they arrived than they were arguing. • d. Scarcely did he talk to his neighbours. •
e. Seldom do we go to the ice rink. • f. Never did he lie to his parents. • g. Not only
did she forget my birthday, but she also didn’t apologise.
8. a. Hardly had he finished work that he went to the gym club. • b. Not only did he
finish his test before the others but he also got the best mark. • c. No sooner will
he come back than he will go out again. • d. Seldom does he phone his parents. •
e. Never will he forget to bring his computer. • f. Little did he sleep last night.
9. a. He didn’t listen to any of the advice we gave him. • b. We have never seen anything
so beautiful. • c. No sooner had the film begun than there was a power cut. • d. Not
only did it rain all day but the temperatures have dropped. • e. Never will I go to
the meeting with him.
a. No, I didn’t. • b. No, I hadn’t. • c. No, I wasn’t. • d. No, I wasn’t. • e. No, No, I didn’t.
• f. No, they can’t. • g. No, I don’t. • h. No, I am not. • i. No, I haven’t. • j. No, I won’t. •
k. No, I couldn’t. • l. No, I hadn’t. • m. No, I haven’t. • n. No, I am not. • o. No, I don’t.
• p. No, I haven’t.
43-44-45-46. PRÉPOSITIONS (pages 127-128-129-130)
■ Exempl
1. Opposite, out, into, in, between, on, in front of, against, under, up.
2. a. Out • b. In, into • c. Opposite • d. On • e. Between • f. In front of • g. Up • h. Against
• i. Under • j. During.
3. a. During • b. in • c. in • d. against • e. under • f. between • g. opposite • h. into •
i. On.
■ Exercice
1. a. On • b. In • c. In • d. On • e. At • f. At • g. At/By • h. In • i. In • j. Within • k. By
• l. Since • m. For • n. For • o. During • p. From… to.
2. a. In • b. At • c. In • d. On • e. At • f. At • g. In • h. On • i. By • j. On • k. In • l. At •
m. In/At • n. At/In • o. On • p. from • q. to • r. through/in.
3. a. for • b. During • c. within • d. Since.
4. a. until ou before … at • b. On • c. to • d.in… by ou of • e. on • f.at … on… in • g. near
• h. from … to • i. by • j. within • k. from • l. to • m. on • n. on • o. since • p. During
• q. for • r. pas de préposition.
5. a. between • b. in • c.near • d. under ... on • e. from … to • f. in • g. at.
Crigés 
■ Tes
1. d. • 2. c. • 3. d. • 4. c. • 5. c. • 6. b. • 7. b. • 8. d. • 9. d. • 10. c. • 11. d. • 12. a. • 13. d. • 14. d.
a. Here, you are at the toy store. To go to the toilets, you need to turn left, then go
straight ahead and go past the sushi bar. The toilets are on the left just after the
sushi bar.
b. Here is the entrance. To go to the gift shop, you must turn left and go on up to the
gift shop on your left.
c. You have to turn right and go ahead until you find the coffee shop on your left. It is
opposite the toy store.
d. The Italian restaurant is straight ahead on the right.
e. You need to go ahead when you go out of the gift shop. Then, you go past the toilets
on the left. There, you turn left and you walk up to the lift. It will be on your right.
47. PRÉSENT (page 136)
■ Exempl
1. Présent simple: warn, roll, have, continue, don’t have, compares • Présent continu:
are creating, is hitting, are being supplied, are going, are destroying, is getting, is
becoming, are experiencing, are growing.
2. a. une généralité : présent simple • b. une évolution en cours : présent en -ing •
c. un phénomène inhabituel : présent en -ing • d. une habitude : présent simple.
3. L’adverbe se place entre l’auxiliaire be et le verbe en -ing.
4. Phrase négative au présent : do + not + base verbale /don’t + base verbale • Phrase
négative au futur : will + not + base verbale/ won’t + base verbale • Phrase négative
au prétérit : did + not + base verbale/didn’t + base verbale.
5. a. are destroying • b. don’t understand • c. warn • d. are starting • e. don’t know
• f. punishes.
■ Exercice
1. a. Are • b. are • c. is • d. does • e. have • f. don’t • g. was • h. have • i. am.
2. a. My brother doesn’t eat cereals. • b. The train arrives on time. • c. Do they have
a car? • d. They don’t build houses. • e. Does he like painting? • f. Does she drink
tea?
3. a. am washing • b. is coming • c. are building • d. are not working.
4. a. cook • b. teaches • c. weighs • d. is sitting • e. stops • f. are being followed • g. are
standing • h. is always complaining.
5. a. What are they preparing? • b. What are you looking for? • c. Who is making
noise? • d. How many cakes is she making?
6. a. I never dream of ghosts. • b. is playing • c. am making • d. drinks • e. is running
• f. is speaking • g. have • h. visits • i. is not raining … is shining.
7. a. am having • b. Are you writing… write • c. does not drive… is taking • d. is coming
… Do you want • e. shop • f. is falling • g. don’t like … are you saying • h. does not
bother … am not doing.
8. a. What time does he get up? • b. Is it raining a lot? • c. What are you reading? •
d. Does he agree with us? • e. What time does she leave home? • f. Do they sometimes
do something on Saturdays? • g. Do they know him? • h. Who are you waiting for?
 Crigés
1. A postal worker gets exercise. He works on his own. He rides a bicycle. He wears
a hat. He wears a uniform. He drives a van. He works at the same place every day.
2. A vet works with animals. He gets dirty. He uses special toys. He works inside and
outside. He wears a white blouse. He stays clean. He is caring and gentle.
3. A police ocer runs fast. He speaks to many people. He carries a gun. He uses
technology. He shouts. He is strong. He drives fast. He works inside and outside.
4. A nature volunteer works outside. He does hard physical work. He works together
with other volunteers. He gets dirty. He gets cold. He uses tools. He is careful.
5. A care worker works with people. He gives medicine. He works inside and outside.
He is careful. He respects the rules. He works late at night.
6. The citizens’ advice bureau studies hard. They help people. They speak on the
phone. They work inside. They use a computer. They do research.
48. PRESENT PERFECT (page 141)
■ Exempl
1. have shown, has been declining, has dropped, have been declining, has increased,
have surpassed, have adopted.
2. Résultat, bilan: present perfect simple/déroulement, évolution: present perfect en
-ing.
3. La présence de “depuis-since” impose l’emploi du present perfect en contexte présent.
4. On fait un bilan qui est vrai au moment où on parle.
5. a. Bilan / The number of English-speaking people has strongly increased these last
few years. • b. Bilan/The percentage of students learning another language than
English has dropped by 15%. • c. Déroulement/ The French living in Canada have
been fighting for years.
■ Exercice
1. a. have you been • b. has not forgotten • c. have spoken • d. has paid • e. has she
known • f. has spent • g. has caught • h. has drunk • i. Have you thought.
2. a. have been making • b. has won • c. have you been living • d. has done • e. has
lost • f. have bought • g. has been having • h. have you learnt • i. has been seeing
3. a. have been looking • b. Have you been working • c. has eaten • d. have not visited
• e. has been crying • f. Have you been waiting… have been standing • g. have never
seen • h. have you won • i. has been travelling.
4. a. haven’t done • b. have been studying • c. has promised • d. has written … has
sent • e. have been taking.
5. a. have been studying … haven’t learnt • b. has eaten • c. has been playing • d. have
just arrived • e. have been running • f. has not been cycling • g. have you been
working • h. have not finished • i. has watched.
Peter has already written emails. He has swept the floor. He has hung the shirts. He
has bought the bread. He has rung his mum. He has paid the bills. He has fixed the
washing machine. He has burnt the rubbish.
He has not washed the dishes yet. He has not walked the dog out. He has not cooked.
He has not tidied the bedroom. He has not watered the plants. He has not repaired the
bike. He has not run errands. He has not bought train tickets.
Crigés 
49. PRÉTÉRIT (page 147)
■ Exempl
1. Nichelle Nichols, who captivated television audiences as Nyota Uhura in the original
“Star Trek” series, died on July 30 at age 89.
Nichols left a lasting mark on television, science fiction and the field of science
more generally. Not only did she make history as one of the first Black women to
appear in a leading role on television, but she also served as an inspiration “for
young Black people whose dreams of space science and travel were emboldened
by her character’s futuristic adventures,” as critic Gene Seymour writes for CNN.
Born Grace Dell Nichols in Chicago in 1932, she was fed up being called Gracie and
adopted Nichelle as her first name.
In the early 1960s, she moved to Los Angeles, where “Star Trek” creator Gene
Roddenberry took note of her acting skills. She landed a role in Roddenberry’s
series “The Lieutenant”— and then, a few years later, she landed another one in
“Star Trek.”
While racial tensions were raging during the civil rights movement, Nichols played
Lieutenant Nyota Uhura, a communications ocer who was fourth in command
of the Starship Enterprise. Martin Luther King Jr. once said that Uhura was the
“first non-stereotypical role portrayed by a Black woman in television history.”
King went on, Nichols recalled, to say that she had had a “God-given opportunity
to change the face of television, change the way we think.” Nichols didn’t just play
in films. She worked with NASA and paved the way for women and people of color.
2. La phrase est au prétérit mais elle est construite comme une question, avec l’auxiliaire
did-sujet-base verbale. Cela est dû à la présence d’un premier mot négatif.
3. Les deux structures verbales sont au passif (be + participe passé).
4. On décrit un contexte au passé (voilà comment cela se passait à l’époque).
5. On cherche à marquer l’antériorité d’une action passée par rapport à une autre
action passée.
■ Exercice
1. a. was not crying • b. were having • c. Was he sleeping? • d. was writing • e. Were
you playing • f. was not swimming • g. Were they answering.
2. a. spent • b. went • c. caught • d. Did he come • e. didn’t clean • f. visited • g. were
… was • h. broke • i. didn’t have.
3. a. was thinking • b. were enjoying • c. heard … stopped… didn’t see • d. was hesitating
… took • e. did you react • f. was … dreamt • g. looked • h. didn't know • i. was lying
4. a. met… was working… didn’t talk • b. lost … was shopping • c. were you driving
… happened • d. was… wanted • e. Was … was wearing • f. said … was… didn’t go •
g. hid … abandoned • h. was shouting … left • i. went.
5. a. My father was watching a movie while my brother was doing his homework. •
b. My mother was reading a novel while I was sleeping. • c. My two sisters were
listening to the radio while my father was watering the plants. • d. We were talking
about exams when the teacher came in. • e. I was walking in the street when I met
my neighbour.
6. a. My father was washing his car when it started to rain. • b. I was working on my
computer when the postman arrived. • c. My sister was reading a novel when you
called her. • d. I was thinking about my next holiday while you were talking to me.
• e. I was writing an email to my teacher when you came in.
 Crigés
a. I was having a shower. • b. I was having breakfast. • c. I was getting dressed. •
d. I was driving to work. • e. I was working. • f. I was eating lunch. • g. I was cooking
dinner. • h. I was washing the dishes. • i. I was watching television. • j. I was sleeping.
50. PRONOMS ET ADJECTIFS POSSESSIFS, PRONOMS PERSONNELS (page 152)

■ Exempl
1. You, I, we, he, they.
2. Me, them, her, him, us, it, you.
3. My, our, your.
4. Le chien fait partie de la famille, c’est pourquoi on utilise « him » et non « it ».
En revanche, le bâtiment est un objet, d’où l’emploi de « it ».
5. « Them » renvoie aux différents membres de la famille.
6. a. my … He • b. It … it… They • c. them… Her … our… his… They • d. him.
■ Exercice
1. a. your • b. My • c. our • d. their • e. His • f. him • g. We.
2. a. them • b. her • c. it • d. us • e. himself • f. They • g. It • h. She.
3. a. She • b. her • c. We • d. his • e. them • f. us • g. yourself.
4. a. Theirs ou It • b. herself • c. yourself • d. His • e. her ... she ... it • f. theirs • g.
myself … me • h. ours … us • i. him • j. her • k. us… us … our.
■ Qc P ersonel, adjecf oeif…

1. c. • 2. a. • 3. a. • 4. c. • 5. d. • 6. a. • 7. a. • 8. a. • 9. b. • 10. c. • 11. c.
My name is Clemence. I am American. I have one sister and one brother. I live with my
parents in New York City. My grandma is 92. Her birthday is on June 13. She has wavy
white hair. She loves Christmas and parties. I have a boyfriend. He is 19; he studies at
the university. I would like to work in Spain.
My sister’s name is Serena. She is American. She is divorced. She lives in Miami with
her boyfriend and her twins. She loves sport. She plans to set up her own business.
My step-brother is Santiago. He is Brazilian. He is in a relationship. He lives In London.
He has one child. He is 5 years old. He loves travelling. He considers writing his own
travel book.
51-52. PRONOMS RELATIFS (pages 157-158)
■ Exempl
1. Who, that, which, what, Ø.
2. a. adviser • b. framework • c. organisms • d. crops • e. Liz O’Neill.
3. Dans les deux phrases, which et what se traduisent respectivement par « ce qui,
ce que ». Dans la première, il reprend la proposition qui précède ; dans la seconde
phrase, il sert à annoncer quelque chose.
4. Dans le premier cas, il n’est pas indispensable, alors que dans le second cas il est
sujet, donc on ne peut pas l’enlever.
Crigés 
■ Exercice
1. a. whom • b. Who • c. who • d. who • e. whom • f. whom • g. whom • h. who •
i. whom • j. Who.
2. a. which • b. who • c. which • d. who • e. who • f. which • g. who.
3. a. whose • b. whom • c. that • d. who • e. whom • f. which • g. that.
4. a. whose • b. which ou that • c. where • d. who ou that • e. which • f. that ou Ø •
g. whom ou that ou Ø • h. who ou that • i. of which • j. who ou that • k. that ou which
• l. where.
5. a. who • b. who ou that • c. which ou that • d. whose • e. where • f. whose
6. a. whose • b. who • c. which • d. who ou that • e. who • f. which • g. whom
■ Qc P elaf

1. a. • 2. c. • 3. b. • 4. d. • 5. c. • 6. a. • 7. c. • 8. b. • 9. b. • 10. d. • 11. c. • 12. a. • 13. b. •
14. b. • 15. a. • 16. b. • 17. c. • 18. a. • 19. c. • 20. d.
A dietitian is an expert in nutrition who gives advice on what to eat. • Hollywood is
an area that is located in Los Angeles and which is considered the center of the movie
industry. • Glasses are lenses that are used to correct a faulty vision and which consist
of a frame on the bridge of the nose. There are two branches that you hook behind the
ears. • A smartphone is a device that combines a cell phone with a handheld computer
and which offers internet access, data storage, and email capability. • A library is a
building which contains a collection of books, documents and music that you can
borrow, without payment. • An engineer is a person who is in charge of the design,
construction and use of engines or machines. • A suncream is a photoprotective topical
product which is used for the skin and which mainly absorbs or reflects some of the
sun’s ultraviolet radiation. • A lawyer is a person who represents clients in a court
of law and who advises or acts for clients in other legal matters. • A police ocer is
someone who enforces the law and protects citizens. • A niece is the daughter of a
person’s brother or sister. • The Olympic Games are a modern international sports
competition which is held once every four years. • A driving instructor is a person
who teaches people how to drive.
53. PROPOSITIONS EN « IF » (page 164)
■ Exempl
1-2. a. Cela peut se produire mais ce n’est pas certain : If people commuted to work or
school by riding their bikes, carpooling or using public transportation, they would
reduce their fossil fuel impact. • b. C’est trop tard : If people had sooner realized the
importance of cutting food waste and resorting to renewable energy, they would
already have reduced their carbon footprint. • c. Cela va se produire, c’est certain:
What’s at stake if we don’t limit warming. Heat waves will become more frequent
and severe around the world, affecting hundreds of millions—or even billions—of
people if we don’t act.
3. a. Here was what was at stake if we didn’t limit warming.
b. Heat waves would have become more frequent and severe around the world,
affecting hundreds of millions of people if we hadn’t acted.
c. If people had commuted to work or school by riding their bikes, carpooling or
using public transportation, they would have reduced their fossil fuel impact.
d. If people realized sooner the importance of cutting food waste and resorting to
renewable energy, they would already reduce their carbon footprint.
 Crigés
■ Exercice
1. Prédiction/certitude : c. d. • Irréel du présent : a. e. • Irréel du passé : b. f.
2. a. will • b. would not have stayed • c. knew • d. were • e. had arrived • f. will.
3. a. would he do • b. will stay • c. would have succeeded • d. wouldn’t worry • e. would
have come • f. will get • g. would she have told • h. will take.
4. a. will visit • b. would travel • c. would have started • d. will water • e. had not
missed • f. would have • g. weren’t.
5. a. If I am rich, I will travel to the US. If I were rich, I would travel to the US. If I had
been rich, I would have travelled to the US. • b. If they arrive, we can leave. If they
arrived, we could leave. If they had arrived, we could have left. • c. The conference
will be cancelled if too few people register. The conference would be cancelled if too
few people registered. The conference would have been cancelled if too few people
had registered.
6. a. If I met my English teacher at a party, I would go and greet her. • b. If I had not
had a lot of money, I would have stopped leisure activities. • c. If I failed my exam,
I would go to work directly. • d. If I had won the lottery, I would have saved a part
of the gains and given the rest to my family. • e. If my friend needs money, I will
lend him some. • f. If I had not had a brother, I would have spent more time with
my cousins. • g. If my car breaks down, I will call a mechanic.
1. Where would you have lived if you had been famous? If I had been famous, I would
have lived in Miami. • 2. Where would you go if you could choose? If I could choose,
I would go to Corsica. • 3. How often will you surf the internet if you live in Antarctica?
If I live in Antarctica, I will surf the internet twice a day. • 4. What would you do in
the evening if your neighbour made too much noise? I f my neighbour made too much
noise, I would go out. • 5. How often will you listen to the radio if you have no money?
If I have no money, I will listen to the radio all day long. • 6. What would your bedroom
be like if you were the president? If I were the president, my bedroom would be big
and would overlook the sea. • 7. What would you be afraid of if you were 70? If I were
70, I would be afraid to fall. • 8. Where will you go every night if your best friend wins
the lottery? If my best friend wins the lottery, I will go to the restaurant every night.
• 9. What time would you get up if you were rich? If I were rich, I would get up at 10
a.m. • 10. What time would you have gone to bed if you had had children? If I had
had children, I would have gone to bed at 11 p.m. • 11. What would make you happy if
you were a spy? Using state-of-the-art devices would make me happy if I were a spy.
• 12. What would you rather eat if you were immortal? If I were immortal, I would
rather eat fish and vegetables. • 13. How would you celebrate your birthday if you were
the president? If I were the president, I would invite all my friends and ministers for
my birthday. • 14. What hobbies will you choose if you have no money? If I have no
money, I will choose free activities, like running. • 15. How often would you listen
to music if you were 70? If I were 70, I would listen to music before going to sleep. •
16. How long would you stay at your current job if you could choose? If I could choose,
I would stay at my current job for ten more years. • 17. How many hours a day would
you have watched television if you had had children? If I had had children, I would
have watched television for two hours every evening. • 18. What would you have liked
as a present if you had been famous? If I had been famous, I would have liked to get
a congratulation message. • 19. How would you relax if you were the president? If I
were the president, I would relax in my garden. • 20. What would you buy if you were
rich? I f I were rich, I would buy a new flat.
Crigés 
54-55. QUANTIFIEURS (pages 169-170)
■ Exempl
1. Too much, many, too, a lot of, a lot, too many, any, some, a little, enough, too few,
too little, much.
2. a. a lot of, much, many • b. too much, too many, too • c. a little • d. too few, too little
• e. some • f. not enough.
3. On emploie too much avec un singulier et too many avec un pluriel.
4. On emploie too little avec un singulier et too few avec un pluriel.
5. On emploie « too » quand on a un adjectif : too high.
■ Exercice
1. a. much • b. many • c. much • d. much • e. Many.
2. a. Few • b. little • c. little • d. few • e. little.
3. a. too many • b. too … too many • c. too • d. too much … too.
4. a. fast enough • b. enough milk • c. enough competitions • d. strong enough.
5. a. too many • b. little • c. little • d. too much • e. many/a few/some • f. too … many
• g. enough …. a little/some
6. a. whole … all ou everything • b. all … whole • c. All • d. whole • e. All • f. Everything
• g. Everyone.
Tom drinks too much coffee; he doesn’t eat much fish. He eats enough fruit. He eats
too few vegetables. He eats some junk food. He eats few eggs. He eats too sugary food.
56. QUESTION TAGS (page 174)
■ Exempl
1. aren’t you, don’t you, mustn’t it, isn’t it, haven’t you, wouldn’t they, can you, shall
we, will you.
2. a. are • b. must • c. have • d. would • e. can.
3. Il n’y a pas d’auxiliaire dans la première moitié de la phrase; la première phrase
est au présent, alors on utilise do; la deuxième est au prétérit, alors on utilise did.
4. Les deux phrases sont à l’impératif ; le question tag est positif alors que la première
moitié de phrase n’est pas négative. On utilise « shall we » à l’impératif à « nous »
et « will you » à l’impératif à « vous ».
■ Exercice
1. a. aren’t they • b.didn’t he • c. isn ‘t he • d. wasn’t it • e. hasn’t he • f. weren’t they
• g. are you • h. ain’t I.
2. a. doesn’t she • b. didn’t he • c. aren’t you • d. will he • e. don't they • f. isn't he •
g. didn't they • h. do they • i. isn’t he • j. can she.
3. a. do they • b. doesn’t she • c. didn’t they • d. doesn’t he • e. isn’t he • f. did you •
g. won’t they • h. aren’t you • i. were they • j. can you • k. shall we • l. hasn’t she •
m. won’t she • n. isn’t it • o. have they
1. You’re 18 years old, aren’t you? • 2. You play tennis twice a week, don’t you? • 3. You
can swim fast, can't you? • 4. You have been living in this city for 15 years, haven’t
you? • 5. You planned to become an engineer, didn’t you? • 6. You wanted to invent
useful devices, didn’t you? • 7. Your parents got divorced, didn’t they? • 8. You have one
 Crigés
brother, don’t you? • 9. Your birthday is on May 1, isn’t it? • 10. You go to the cinema
regularly, don’t you? • 11. You plan to stay in Spain for two weeks, don’t you? • 12. You
hate cold coffee, don’t you? • 13. You wouldn’t like to live in a cold country, would you?
• 14. Your brother is married, isn’t he? • 15. Your brother has got one child, hasn’t he?
57-58. QUESTIONS (pages 178-179)
■ Exempl
1-2. Have you been working on any new films recently? (present perfect en -ing). May I
ask you some questions about your life? (présent). What do you like doing when you’re
not at work? (présent simple). What are you doing today for relaxation? (présent en -ing).
Where did you enjoy going when you were younger? (prétérit simple). Would you like
to go anywhere? (conditionnel). Have you got any plans for the future? ( present perfect).
Which movie are you going to watch? (présent en -ing avec un sens de futur proche)
3. Interviewer: Thank you for accepting to do this interview. I know how busy you are.
Actor: You’re welcome. It’s a pleasure to be here.
Interviewer: Are you working on a new book?
Actor: Yes; I am writing a novel called Sun in the South.
Interviewer: Congratulations! May I ask you a few questions about your life?
Actor: Yes. You may ask any questions you want.
Interviewer: What do you do after work?
Actor: Usually, I do sport; I go to the swimming-pool.
Interviewer: What are you doing today?
Actor: I am doing my suitcase; I am going on holiday today.
Interviewer: Where are you going ?
Actor: I am going to see my grandma in my hometown.
Interviewer: Are you staying long?
Actor: No. I’ll come back in two days to meet my publisher and discuss future projects.
Interviewer: What is the topic of your future project?
Actor: Sorry, but I cannot say for now.
■ Exercice
1.
quand when à qui whose dans quel but what … for
qui who pourquoi why combien how much
combien de how long comment how à quelle how far
temps distance
combien de fois how often où where lequel which
2. a. Where • b. How far • c. How often • d. How long.
3. a. Who • b. Where • c. How • d. How long • e. How often • f. How far • g. Whose •
h. Who(m).
4. a. Will he arrive tonight? • b. Do you have two dogs? • c. Am I allowed to park here?
• d. Does he live in Nice? • e. Does it cost 100 dollars? • f. Is your brother younger
than you?
5. a. Do • b. Does • c. Did • d. are • e. has • f. Has • g. has.
6. a. does • b. would • c. was • d. did • e. are.
Crigés 
7. a. When did you go to • b. Whose book is this? • c. What time does the store close?
• d. How much will it cost me? • e. What did you show him? • f. How many sisters
do you have? • g. Where were you born? • h. Who called you this morning?
8. a. Do you know what the word “teetotaller” means? • b. What happened this morning?
• c. How long have you been playing basketball? • d. Does he already know how to
drive? • e. Did you sleep well last night? • f. Does he have enough money to buy his
own flat?
9. a. How often does Lana take the bus? • b. How does he go to school? • c. How long/
Until when will the supermarket be closed? • d. Whose glasses are these? • e. How
many politicians did you invite? • f. What are they building?
• Situation 1
Seller : Hello, sir. Can I help you?
Buyer : Good morning. I’d like to see a basketball match, please.
Seller : Yes, sure. When would you like to see it?
Buyer : I’m free on Saturday or Sunday.
Seller : Alright. So, there are matches on Friday evenings and Saturday evenings.
Matches take place at Azur Arena in Antibes.
Buyer : Ok ; that’s perfect on Saturday evening. What time does it start and end?
Seller : It will start at 7.45 and finish at 10.15. There will be a fifteen-minute break.
How many tickets do you want?
Buyer : 3 tickets, please. There will be one child under 10. How much is the ticket?
Seller : Ok. I need your child’s identity card. One ticket is 18 euros for an adult and 9
euros for a child.
Buyer : Here it is. Can we sit in the front row?
Seller : There’s no numbered seat. It’s free seating.
Buyer: Is there a car park nearby?
Seller: Yes, there’s a free car park but you had better arrive early. So, it will be 45 euros.
Do you want to pay by credit card or cash?
Buyer : I’ll pay cash. Here you are.
Seller: Thank you, sir. Have a good day and enjoy the match.
• Situation 2
Seller : Good afternoon, Madam. What can I do for you?
Buyer : I’d like tickets to see a concert.
Seller : Yes. Which concert would you like to see?
Buyer : There’s Hans Zimmer’s concert soon, I think.
Seller : You’re right. It will be on Saturday, May 5. It will take place in Nikaia, in Nice.
Buyer : What time will it start and end?
Seller : It will start at 8 p.m. and end at 11.30. There’ll be a break for fifteen minutes.
Buyer : How much does the ticket cost?
Seller : It is 68 euros for an adult and 49 euros for children under 12.
Buyer : Can we eat there?
Seller : Yes, you’ll find some refreshments in the concert hall.
Buyer : Can we park there?
Seller: Yes, but you’ll have to pay 5 euros for the car park.
Buyer: How long before should I arrive?
 Crigés
Seller: You should arrive at least half-an-hour before. But don’t worry, the places are
numbered. So it will cost you 136 euros.
Buyer: I’ll pay by credit card.
Seller: Thanks. Here’s your receipt. Have a good day.
59. STYLE DIRECT ET INDIRECT (page 184)
■ Exempl
1. a. “The firm risks stifling diversity,” the Apple petition said. • b. “Workers will
have to come into the oce for at least three days,” Tim Cook announced last week.
• c. “It will enhance the company’s ability to work flexibly,” Cook said. • d. “The
workers are happier and more productive when they have less traditional working
arrangements”, the mandate failed to mention.
2. a. The Apple petition pointed out that they believed that Apple needed to encourage,
not prohibit, flexible work to build a more diverse and successful company where
they could feel comfortable. • b. Goodfellow reportedly told employees he definitely
believed that more flexibility would have been the best policy for his team.
■ Exercice
1. a. What are you doing ? (présent en -ing) • b. I won’t be here tomorrow. (futur) •
c. He has been living here for ten years. (present perfect en -ing) • d. He likes this
house. (présent simple) • e. He was working from home. (prétérit en -ing) • f. They
didn’t come yesterday. (prétérit simple) • g. Will you bring something? (futur)
2. a. was doing • b. wouldn’t be • c. had been living • d. liked • e. had been working •
f. hadn’t come • g. would bring
3. a. had • b. would • c. to go away • d. had told • e. weren’t • f. didn’t
4. a. He asked me how much he earned. • b. He asked me where he could find a
bookshop. • c. She told me she was at work. • d. “Will you lend me your calculator?”
he asked me. • e. Mrs Jones asked her son when he had arrived.
5. a. What did he borrow from the bank? He said he had borrowed money from the
bank. • b. What does he like reading? He said he liked reading books. • c. Will
you come to the party? He said he wouldn’t come to the party. • d. What were you
doing? He said he was sleeping. • e. What has he never seen? He said he had never
seen the sea.
6. a. how I would do. • b. what would come next. • c. what was making that noise. •
d. what I was doing. • e. where his phone was.
The bank said your overdraft had been approved and that you had to check your email
for details. • The travel agent said he had managed to get a cheap flight to Spain for
your holiday and he asked you to call him back. • Your girlfriend said she was going
shopping this evening with jane and that she would be home late. She added she loved
you. • The phone company said your new phone line was going to be installed on
Saturday morning and they wanted you to call to confirm this was ok. • Jim said he
would see you tomorrow after work and that he would meet you at the pub at 6 p.m.
• The repair shop said your TV had been repaired and he would like you to come to
pick it up. • Your mum said the cat was stuck up the tree again and she wanted you
to call her back soon. • Your school said classes were cancelled because your teacher
had won the lottery and had left the school.
Crigés 
60. SUBJONCTIF (page 188)
■ Exempl
1. continue, wash, use, stay, wear, provide, get, not wear, stay (il faut utiliser la base
verbale ou not + base verbale).
2. Des verbes ou des adjectifs de recommandation ont conduit à l’utilisation du
subjonctif (recommend, essential, insist, suggest, advises, urges).
3. a. stay • b. report • c. be • d. not wear • e. listen • f. be • g. wear • h. not be • i. not
go.
■ Exercice
1. a. be dressed • b. wait • c. avoid • d. not write • e. put • f. leave • g. work • h. be
2. a. bless • b. be • c. change • d. stay • e. not come • f. be • g. go • h. listen
3. a. She demanded that the interview be recorded. • b. It is important that the customer
be informed of the danger. • c. The teacher insisted that Jane go to the board. • d.
It is necessary that a student learn his lessons. • e. They demanded that she follow
them. • f. It is recommended that he not be here.
4. a. Correct • b. you be • c. Correct
Sally, it is important that you go and sleep earlier and always at the same time. I also
recommend that you do everything you can the day before. • Mark, I suggest you take
some maths lessons and do a lot of exercises. • Johnny, a good recommendation is that you
save money instead of splurging it on useless things. • Kate, I think it is indispensable
that you and see a career advisor. • Janet, it is necessary that she understand that
you need to have time for yourself. • Jack , you must require that he lets you do some
activities to share some time with him. • Terry, it is crucial that you ask your teacher
to help you. • Christine, I suggest that he tell you why he is always grumpy. • Mireille,
I recommend that you put on warmer clothes. • Sanaa, it is crucial that you not eat
junk food and that you do exercise. • Timothy, it is preferable that she see a doctor. •
Luc, you should insist that he remove some exercises or give you more time.
61-62. THERE IS, THERE ARE… (pages 192-193)
■ Exempl
1. There may not be, There has been, there used to be, there is, there was, there were,
there are, there have been, there will be
2. Présent : There may not be, there is, there are • Passé : there used to be, there
was, there were • Present perfect : There has been, there have been • Futur : there
will be
3. There was, there is et there has been sont suivis d’un singulier; there were, there are
et there have been sont suivis d’un pluriel.
4. a. There were not a lot of people. • b. There will be a guided tour tomorrow. • c. There
has been an accident. Come with me. • d. There is no free museum. • e. There may
have been an explosion. • f. There might have been an inauguration. • g. There
would have been a fast-food restaurant. • h. There used to be an art gallery here.
■ Exercice
1. a. is • b. are • c. is • d. are • e. is • f. are • g. is • h. Are • i. Is • j. Is
2. a. There is • b. There are • c. There is • d. There are • e. There are • f. There are
3. a. were • b. are • c. is • d. is • e were • f. was • g. are • h. was • i. are • j. Was
4. a. There was • b. There was • c. Were there • d. There was no
 Crigés
5. a. There will be nobody to make a decision. • b. There will always be people in
supermarkets. • c. There were violent riots in town yesterday. • d. There must
have been an earthquake. • e. Is there an emergency exit? • f. If there had been no
lift, we would have used the stairs. • g. How many French companies are there? •
h. When will there be a vaccine? • i. There have been rumours about him recently.
• j. There might be a strike. • k. There might have been a winner.
Flat 1. There are two bedrooms. There is a big living room window. There is a large
dining room next to the kitchen. There are 3 floors. There is no elevator. There are lots
of trees near the building. There is a tram station nearby. There will be a new tram
line soon. There were renovation works a few months ago.
Flat 2. There is one big bedroom. There are lots of windows. There is a walk-in closet in
the bedroom. There is one large balcony. There are no neighbours. There was a young
couple before. There is a supermarket nearby. There are lots of walking trails not far.
Flat 3. There are two bedrooms. There are lots of windows. There is lots of storage
space. There is no balcony. There is street trac and there is noise. There were no
restaurants in the neighbourhood before. There was a small park a few years ago.
63. USED TO/DIDN’T USE TO/ WOULD FRÉQUENTATIF (page 197)
■ Exempl
1. there used to be, Conformity used to be common, Men used to be, used to assume,
They didn’t use to consider, Television didn’t just use to inform, black music used
to be reserved
2. They didn’t use to consider; Television didn’t just use to inform… Use est à la base
verbale
3. a. Women used to spend most of their time in the house. • b. Men used to work a
lot in industries. • c. Artists didn’t use to be as well considered as today. • d. People
didn’t use to fight for equality.
4. a. Men used to be the only ones to be business leaders. • b. Many artists are used to
protesting to be heard. • c. Television used to have more impact than today. • d. We
didn’t use to have as many means of access to information. • e. Social networks
didn’t use to exist. • f. People are used to staying informed on social networks. •
g. Traditional media are not used to publishing fake news.
■ Exercice
1. a. I used to live in Dublin. • b. I am used to getting up at 6 a.m. • c. We are not used
to working on Sundays. • d. Did you use to smoke?
2. a. did you use to play • b. are used to going • c. used to live • d. is used to hanging
• e. didn’t use to smoke
3. a. Before the invention of the fridge, people used to keep food in underwater or
underground storage, like cold cellars. They didn't use to buy so much food. • b.
Before the invention of the internet, people didn’t use to do online research. They
used to go to libraries and read books. • c. Before the invention of the mobile phone,
people used to send letters and didn’t use to send text messages. • d. Before the
invention of the remote control, people used to get up to change channels and they
didn’t use to switch channels so often.
4. a. When my father worked, he would take his lunch with him. • b. When I was
young, we would celebrate my birthday with all my family and friends. • c. When
I was a teenager, I would go out every weekend with my friends. • d. When I was
Crigés 
10, my father would always tell us his working day at dinner. • e. When I was a
high school student, I would leave home at 7.30 a.m. and would come back by bus
at 7 p.m. • f. When I was a child, I would go and see my grand-mother after school.
1. I used to watch television three times a day. Rihanna used to be my favourite
celebrity. During my free time, I used to play video games or hang out with friends.
I didn’t use to get good grades in maths and physics. I used to do sport once a week.
I used to be afraid of spiders. My shyness used to be my biggest problem. I used to
wear a tracksuit and trainers. I used to go and see my grandparents in Brittany
when I was on holiday. Isabelle used to be my best friend. We didn’t use to clash a
lot but when I was a teenager, we used to clash about outings.
2. Who used to be your favourite singer? What used to be your favourite activity? Did
you use to be a good or a bad student? What did your teachers use to think about
you? What did you use to do during the weekend? What did your parents use to
complain about? What used to be your favourite food? What used to be your best
or worst memory?
64. VERBES EN DÉBUT DE PHRASE (page 201)
■ Exempl
1. Staring, blinded, not knowing, remember, don’t forget, telling, scared, to speak,
feeling, surprised, relieved
2. V-ing : référence à l’activité, au fait de faire qqch • Participe passé : description
d’un état ou d’un sentiment • Base verbale : impératif • Don’t + BV : impératif
négatif • To + BV : expression du but
3. a. Intrigued • b. Don’t believe • c. To know • d. Not to have • e. Surprising
4. a. Failing to open the door, he called for help. • b. Locked in, he went out through
the window. • c. To live safely, you must be cautious. • d. Leaving the house open
is totally unconscious. • e. Don’t give your keys to anyone. • f. Switch off the lights
before going out.
■ Exercice
1. a. Practising • b. To buy • c. Participating • d. Learning • e. To wake up • f. To stop
2. a. Wait • b. Turn • c. Don’t hesitate • d. Walk • e. To translate • f. Not to make
3. a. Tired • b. Repeating • c. Relying • d. Reviewed • e. Alerted • f. Manufacturing
4. a. Repairing • b. To lose • c. Don’t waste • d. Travelling • e. Include • f. Not to wait
• g. Expected
Take a plate from the cupboard. • Seeing your friends is important for your social life.
• To try a computer programme, you need to download it first. • Wanting something
to eat is normal when you are hungry. • Invited by the supermarket, the customers
could get in. • Doing the housework is sometimes dicult. • Find a sandwich for lunch,
please. • To work in a restaurant, you need to be flexible with schedules. • Having a
bath, he could not answer the phone.
 Crigés
65-66-67. VERBES IRRÉGULIERS (pages 205-206-207)
■ Exempl
1. was (be, was-were, been) • had (have, had, had) • heard (hear, heard, heard) • took
(take, took, taken) • did (do, did, done) • become (become, became, become) • found
(find, found, found) • fought (fight, fought, fought) • got (get, got, got) • came (come,
came, come) • began (begin, began, begun) • set (set, set, set) • left (leave, left, left)
• came (come, came, come) • understood (understand, understood, understood) •
went (go, went, gone) • brought (bring, brought, brought) • bought (buy, bought,
bought) • sold (sell, sold, sold) •showed (show, showed, shown) • spent (spend, spent,
spent) • chose (choose, chose, chosen) • gave (give, gave, given) • met (meet, met,
met) • ate (eat, ate, eaten) • spoke (speak, spoke, spoken); kept (keep, kept, kept)
2. had heard, had got, had been used
3. a. Set • b. Wore • c. Understood • d. Underwent • e. Built • f. Lost
4. a. Settlers brought diseases. • b. The first inhabitants didn’t speak English. • c. They
saw large empty spaces. • d. They knew they could become rich. • e. They overcame
numerous obstacles. • f. They began colonizing the territory. • g. They didn’t know
whether there were other inhabitants. • h. They chose to stay. • i. They had never
thought their culture would survive. • j. They had never left for so long.
■ Exercice
1. a. went … found… cost • b. have already read… felt • c. will take • d. forgot … had
• e. blew • f. has just broken • g. rose • h. have never seen • i. has met • j. spoke •
k. had thought.
2. a. hidden • b. beaten • c. brought • d. flies • e. has forgiven • f. cut • g. bought •
h. lost • i. met • j. say • k. paid • l. saw … quit
3.
1 2
B E C O M E
3 4
E H H I D E
5
G R O W I
6
O C O S T
7
S F A
8
B E G I N P
9
U N H O P E
10 11
H I T D E
L A
12
D I S C O V E R
a. Yesterday, I brought my English book. • b. Recently, I have learnt the origin of the
word OK. • c. Yesterday, I bought an apple. • d. Last week, I went to see the Eiffel Tower
in Paris. • e. I have breakfast every day. • f. The last time I fell was two years ago. •
Crigés 
g. I have lost the key of my lock. • h. The last time I saw my best friend was two weeks
ago. • i. When my parents came back, I was watching television. • j. I felt enthusiastic. •
k. I have seen a dead animal on the road. • l. I get 25 euros every week. • m. Last night,
I slept 7 hours. • n. Next summer, I will go to the mountain. • o. The last time I ate
with them was one month ago. • p. My best friend is taking a driving lesson right now.
68. WISH (page 212)
■ Exempl
1-2. Souhaits encore réalisables : He has sometimes wished he were more. • He
wishes he had more friends and he wishes he weren’t so shy. • He wishes he looked
older. If only he were more athletic and didn’t have freckles! If only he weren’t so tall
and skinny! They all wish they were popular.
Souhaits trop tard à réaliser : He wishes he had been less overprotected by his parents
and he wishes they had encouraged him. • If only he had had sporty parents.
3. Au prétérit modal, « be » fait « were » à toutes les personnes.
4. a. If only they had encouraged him more. • b. He wishes he were more athletic. •
c. If only he had been less overprotected. • d. If only they were popular.
5. a. He wishes he were not like anybody else. • b. He wishes his parents understood
him. • c. He wishes his parents had given him more liberty. • d. He wishes he had
been more courageous. • e. He wishes his parents had supported him. • f. If only
he weren’t so small. • g. They all wish they found work easily. • h. Young people
wish they were better considered. • i. They wish they had had the right to vote at
16. They could have expressed themselves freely.
■ Exercice
1. Souhait : a. c. d. e. • Regret : b. f.
2. a. could • b. would • c. hadn’t said • d. were • e. had • f. had not forgotten
3. a. 2) lived • b. 3) were • c. 2) knew • d. 3) would send • e. 2) were • f. 2) didn’t •
g. 3) wouldn’t
4. a. I wish I had a car. • b. I wish I could play the piano. • c. If only I weren’t at work.
• d. They wish their laptop weren’t broken. • e. She wishes she knew how to drive.
• f. I wish I could afford to go on holiday. • g. He wishes he had time to read.
5. a. I wish we didn’t have a test today. • b. I wish I were better at maths. • c. He
wishes he lived near the beach. • d. I wish this exercise were not so dicult. • e. She
wishes she didn’t have to get up so early. • f. We wish we could fly. • g. He wishes
she stopped complaining. • h. We wish you came/would come. • i. She wishes she
had learnt English at school. • j. I wish he had not lied.
a. I wish I were taller. • b. I wish I had taken a jacket. I wish I had not forgotten my keys.
• c. I wish I had not put so much spice. • d. I wish I had taken my glasses. • e. I wish
they left. • f. I wish I had had breakfast. • g. I wish I had put on a helmet. • h. I wish
they had had my size. • i. I wish I had brought a lamp. • j. I wish I had bought a toy. •
k. I wish he would stop talking. • l. I wish I had not put on weight.
69. WOULD RATHER-WOULD PREFER (page 217)
■ Exempl (. )

1. Most people would rather become rich. • They would rather not have to work. •
They would prefer to idle away. • Everybody would rather food were less expensive.
• They would prefer not to have to spend ... • They would rather the cost of living
 Crigés
didn’t skyrocket. • They would prefer to spend their money on leisure and gifts. •
Everybody would rather lead a life of luxury and they would rather not worry ....
• Finally, they would prefer governments to share…
2. Avec would rather, il est à la base verbale quand le sujet exprime une préférence
pour lui-même et au prétérit quand il exprime une préférence pour quelqu’un
d’autre. À la forme négative, on emploie not + BV dans le premier cas et didn’t + BV
dans le second. • Avec would prefer, il est à l’infinitif complet.
3. a. People would rather not spend so much on food. • b. They would rather the energy
costs were lower. • c. They would prefer to be able to spend their money on leisure.
• d. They would prefer the cost of living not to be so high. • e. They would rather
the richest gave to the poorest.
■ Exercice
1. a. would prefer • b. would rather • c. would prefer • d. would rather • e. would
rather
2. a. not go • b. rent • c. not to camp • d. be
3. a. We would rather not stay in the country. • b. They would prefer to learn Italian
than French. • c. We’d prefer not to lie. • d. My sister would rather start working
in September. • e. He would prefer to have breakfast outside. • f. Would you rather
I paid cash or by credit card? • g. We’d prefer him not to have an exam tomorrow.
4. a. spoke • b. lived • c. didn’t come • d. went • e. not to tell • f. were • g. not to wait
5. a. would prefer • b. would rather • c. would prefer • d. would rather • e. would
rather • f. would rather
6. a. I would rather have my own car. • b. We would prefer to go to the cinema rather
than stay at home. • c. He would rather you knew how to play tennis. • d. Would
you rather I went on foot or by car? • e. We would prefer not to have to pay taxes.
a. I would rather have my own boat. • b. I would rather go without junk food for the
rest of my life. • c. I would rather fly through the air. • d. I would rather be covered
in fur. • e. I would rather have my first child when I am 18. • f. I would rather live in
Antarctica. • g. I would rather have an outdoor job. • h. I would rather speak all foreign
languages. • i. I would rather have a cook. • j. I would rather be on a survival reality
show. • k. I would rather be locked in a library. • l. I would rather be known as a one-hit
wonder for a novel. • m. I would rather always be 10 minutes early. • n. I would rather
have unlimited international first-class tickets. • o. I would rather win the lottery.
70-71. ÉQUIVALENCES DES TEMPS FRANÇAIS-ANGLAIS (pages 221-222)
■ Exempl
1. Present perfect simple : it’s been; I’ve settled; have wanted; have got; have you met
• Present perfect en -ing : I’ve been trying; I’ve been moving • Présent en -ing :
I’m doing; I’m working; are you doing • Présent simple : admit; turns; it’s; know;
looks; this is; don’t spend; there are • Past perfect : had told; I’d wanted • Prétérit :
saw; expected; went; used; was; came; did; spent; was posted; felt • Prétérit en
-ing : was imagining; I wasn’t working • Futur : will you come
2. a. Présent en -ing • b. Présent simple • c. Prétérit • d. Present perfect simple/ Present
perfect en -ing • e. Past perfect • f. Futur • g. Prétérit en -ing
3. a. Action qui a commencé dans le passé et qui dure encore. • b. On cherche à apporter
une explication ou une correction. • c. Prétérit : action passée/present perfect : bilan
d’une action qui a commencé dans le passé • d. Prétérit: action passée/présent en
-ing: action vraie en ce moment
Crigés 
4. a. I have always wanted to live in New York. • b. Before, I didn’t think I would travel
so much. • c. When I have the time, I will come and see you. • d. Since I started to
work, I haven’t called anyone. • e. I had never known that you were working there
too.
■ Exercice
1. a. smells • b. am seeing • c. need/am doing • d. Does he believe • e. are you looking
2. a. has been running • b. has answered • c. has bought • d. have been sleeping •
e. have been working
3. a. had known • b. had lived • c. had met • d. have spent • e. had left • f. have not
returned • g. had put • h. have taken
4. a. had finished/went • b. watched/had done • c. arrived/had fallen • d. got/realized/
had disappeared • e. ended/had left • f. were/had never seen • g. had had/broke •
h. understood/had read
5. a. has been playing/was • b. had won • c. have bought • d. had been raining/stopped
• e. ate/had prepared • f. have been waiting/have you been doing • g. has written
• h. have bought • i. have been waiting
■ QCM 1
1. a. • 2. d. • 3. d. • 4. c. • 5. d. • 6. b. • 7. c. • 8. c. • 9. c. • 10. b. • 11. b. • 12. b. • 13. d. •
14. c. • 15. a.
■ QCM 2
1. b. • 2. d. • 3. b. • 4. d. • 5. d. • 6. a. • 7. c. • 8. a. • 9. b. • 10. c. • 11. d. • 12. a. • 13. c. •
14. a. • 15. c.
■ QCM 3
1. c. • 2. a. • 3. a. • 4. d. • 5. d. • 6. c. • 7. d. • 8. a. • 9. c. • 10. d. • 11. b. • 12. d. • 13. c. •
14. a. • 15. d.
1. We went to the police station because I had lost my wallet. There will be an
investigation and they will call me when my wallet has been found.
2. He fell asleep in class because he had stayed up all night playing games. He was
punished and he will be deprived of games.
3. I didn’t finish my homework because I had looked after my little sister. I apologised
to my teacher.
4. They called for help because their car had broken down. A mechanic came. They
will buy another car.
5. I have always wanted to go to France. It is my dream destination. I will save money
and go there next year.
6. I helped him with his homework because he had not finished yet. So, he got a good
grade and was happy and grateful.
7. She was hungry because she had not eaten lunch. She had forgotten her wallet. She
borrowed money from a friend and will pay her back later.
8. He can’t come to the party because he is working. We will save a part of cake for
him and send him some pictures.
 Crigés
72. FAUTES COURANTES À ÉVITER (1) (page 230)
1. a. He forgot to tell his wife • b. You need to stop taking • c. for three months •
d. want me to work • e. Everybody knows • f. the news was not • g. he started • h.
He left • i. As long as you refuse • j. got
2. a. We stopped travelling because of the pandemic. • b. We wish she were present
during the interview. • c. He would rather we didn’t stay there. • d. As soon as you
have had the results, you will have to send them. • e. I wish he had informed us
that he wasn’t coming. • f. Has everyone done their exercises?
73. FAUTES COURANTES À ÉVITER (2) (page 232)

1. a. she has no longer made • b. Hundreds of people • c. where the train station is •
d. Usually, students • e. since they started • f. A friend of mine • g. to earn • h. he
could come • i. How long did you stay • j. Never will I buy
2. a. The president said he didn’t know whether the measures he had implemented
would be enough. • b. A neighbour of ours has just moved out. • c. Do you know
what the word “reluctant” means? • d. Two thousand people demonstrated last
Sunday. • e. We haven’t heard about him since he left for Australia. • f. No sooner
had we finished eating than he arrived.
QUIZ DE RÉVISION (page 234)
■ Qui 1
1. d. Information est indénombrable donc singulier. Few et many sont suivis d’un
pluriel. • 2. b. Have est suivi d’un participe passé ; les modaux sont suivis d’une
base verbale. • 3. b. Le pronom relatif which renvoie à des objets et apporte ici une
précision supplémentaire. That ne peut pas être précédé d’une virgule. • 4. a. Dans
ce cas possessif, le « possesseur » est au singulier, donc on ajoute « ‘s » entre les deux
noms. • 5. b. Il s’agit d’une structure causative. On ne précise pas qui fait la seconde
action (check), donc on met ce deuxième verbe au participe passé. • 6. c. Il s’agit d’un
passif en lien avec le présent (this year). • 7. d. Il s’agit d’un bilan au moment présent à
la voie active. Le sujet est pluriel. • 8. d. L’impératif à nous se construit avec « let us »
ou « let’s ». • 9. b. On parle en général pour les trois noms. • 10. c. L’adjectif se place
avant « enough ». Un nom se placerait après « enough ». • 11. a. L’expression « it is
time » est suivie d’un prétérit modal. • 12. d. La phrase commence par un mot négatif,
d’où la structure auxiliaire-sujet-verbe. • 13. d. On fait un bilan dans l’avenir, d’où
l’emploi du futur antérieur. • 14. a. On n’emploie pas will dans une subordonnée au
futur mais du présent simple ou du present perfect simple, sauf au style indirect. • 15.
c. Le mot « news » est singulier. • 16. b. Il s’agit d’un irréel du passé (if + past perfect…,
conditionnel passé…). • 17. a. Un verbe précédé d’une préposition est à la forme -ing,
sauf la préposition « to » qui est le plus souvent suivie d’un infinitif. • 18. c. Such a/an
+ (adjectif) + nom; so + adjectif + a/an + nom • 19. c. Le verbe « wish » peut être suivi
d’un prétérit modal (action encore possible), d’un past perfect (c’est trop tard) ou du
modal « would » (souhait que la personne accepte de faire quelque chose ou agacement).
« BE » au prétérit modal fait « were » à toutes les personnes. • 20. a. Il s’agit d’un adjectif
composé, donc il est au singulier et connecté par un tiret.
■ Qui 2
1. c. La préposition « to » oblige à avoir le verbe « get ». Les autres verbes sont suivis
d’une base verbale ou d’un participe passé pour have et make. • 2. a. Il s’agit d’une
subordonnée de temps au futur, donc pas de « will » après « after » mais du présent
simple ou du present perfect. • 3. d. On emploie « millions » au pluriel parce qu’il n’est
pas précédé d’un chiffre. On emploie aussi la préposition “of”. Par contre, on dira
« two million people » sans “s” et sans “of”. • 4. c. On parle de l’agriculture en général;
Crigés 
l’adjectif « last » sert ici de déterminant. On emploie l’article défini avec « drought »
car il s’agit d’une sècheresse bien spécifique. • 5. b. Le nom « attendees » est au pluriel
et on fait référence à un événement passé fini. • 6. a. Un modal est suivi d’une base
verbale (sauf ought to) et « have » est suivi du participe passé.. • 7. c. On renvoie à des
humains. « Whose » indique une idée de possession et « which » renvoie à des objets
ou des animaux. • 8. a. Le possesseur et l’objet possédé sont singuliers. • 9. d. La
concordance des temps impose de transformer le futur en conditionnel au style indirect.
• 10. c. Il s’agit d’un conditionnel passé en raison de l’utilisation du past perfect dans
la subordonnée. • 11. c. Il faut employer « few » avant un pluriel pour dire « peu de ».
« Fewer » signifie « moins » avec un pluriel. • 12. d. Dans une phrase avec « depuis » en
contexte présent, on emploie du present perfect pour le verbe principal. • 13. a. On est
en contexte passé, fini et la phrase commence par un mot négatif, d’où la structure did
+ sujet + base verbale. • 14. c. Il s’agit d’un superlatif portant sur un adjectif court. •
15. b. Le verbe « wish » peut être suivi d’un prétérit modal (action encore possible), d’un
past perfect (c’est trop tard) ou du modal « would » (souhait que la personne accepte de
faire quelque chose ou agacement). « BE » au prétérit modal fait « were » à toutes les
personnes. • 16. a. Il faut utiliser une forme passive, donc un participe passé. • 17. b. On
doit traduire « depuis que » et le verbe qui suit « since » est au prétérit car il renvoie
à un événement passé. • 18. d. On utilise « in» pour un lieu, «at» pour l’heure et «on »
pour le jour. • 19. b. On emploie du present perfect simple avec «it is the first time». •
20. a. « Some » et « no » ne s’emploient pas dans une phrase négative. « None » est un
pronom, donc il remplace le nom.
■ Qui 3
1. a. Il s’agit d’une subordonnée de temps au futur, donc pas de « will » après « as soon
as » mais du présent simple ou du present perfect. • 2. b. L’expression « it is time » est
suivie d’un prétérit modal. • 3. c. Le verbe « wish » peut être suivi d’un prétérit modal
(action encore possible), d’un past perfect (c’est trop tard) ou du modal « would » (souhait
que la personne accepte de faire quelque chose ou agacement). « BE » au prétérit modal
fait « were » à toutes les personnes. • 4. d. Il faut utiliser un pronom possessif. « Our »
est un adjectif possessif, il est suivi d’un nom, contrairement à « ours ». • 5. c. Such
a/an + (adjectif) + nom; so + adjectif + a/an + nom • 6. b. Il faut utiliser un pronom
relatif complément qui s’applique à un humain. « Who » est sujet ; « whose » veut dire
« dont ». • 7. a. On fait référence aux animaux qu’on a vus, ils sont donc bien définis. •
8. a. L’ordre des adjectifs est determiné par leur degré de subjectivité: plus l’adjectif est
objectif, plus il est proche du nom; plus il est subjectif et discutable, plus il s’en éloigne.
• 9. b. Pour faire un question tag , on observe la première partie de la phrase. Si elle est
positive, le tag est négatif et inversement. Si on a un auxiliaire, on le réutilise, sinon on
utilise do-does-did en fonction du temps et de la personne. Il faut inverser le sujet et
l’auxiliaire. • 10. c. Pour marquer l’antériorité par rapport à une action passée (arrived),
on utilise du past perfect (had + pp). • 11. b. On fait référence à quelque chose qui est
perçu négativement ici. • 12. c. L’expression « would rather » est suivie d’un prétérit
modal quand le sujet de la phrase exprime une préférence pour une autre personne.
• 13. b. Pour former un impératif à la troisième personne du singulier, on utilise « let
him » ou « let her » + base verbale. • 14. a. Le sujet est singulier, donc le verbe prend un
« s » à la troisième personne du singulier. Le second verbe (leave) est à la base verbale,
donc on élimine gets et allowed. • 15. b. Il s’agit d’un passif au passé. • 16. b. On évoque
une possibilité mais on n’en est pas sûr. • 17. c. On utilise la préposition « at » quand
on indique le numéro de la rue, « on » quand on indique seulement le nom de la rue. •
18. d. Il s’agit d’un conditionnel passé en raison de l'utilisation du past perfect dans la
subordonnée. • 19. c. Il s’agit d’une causative; on n’indique pas l’auteur de la seconde
action, donc on utilise un participe passé. • 20. a. On parle de livres en général.
 Crigés
Tbl de aère
Test de positionnement...............................................................................................4
1 Accords sujet-verbe ..................... 6 8 Cas possessif [1]..........................27

Exemple ................................................... 7 9 Cas possessif [2] ........................ 28
Exercices .................................................8 Exemple ................................................ 29
La grammaire en situation ................ 9 Exercices .............................................. 30
La grammaire en situation ...............31
2 Adjectifs, adjectifs
et noms composés [1] ................ 10 10 Comparatif et superlatif [1] ........32
➤ Les adjectifs ............................... 10
11 Comparatif et superlatif [2]........33
3 Adjectifs, adjectifs ➤ Cas particuliers ........................ 33
et noms composés [2] ................. 11 Exemple ................................................ 34
➤ Les adjectifs Exercices ...............................................35
et noms composés ......................11 La grammaire en situation ...............37
Exemple .................................................12
Exercices ...............................................13
12 Dénombrables
et indénombrables [1] ................ 38
➤ Définitions ................................. 38
4 Adverbes [1] ................................. 15 ➤ Particularités
➤ Formation des adverbes .......... 15 orthographiques ....................... 38
5 Adverbes [2].................................16 13 Dénombrables
➤ Place des adverbes .................... 16 et indénombrables [2] ................ 39
Exemple ................................................. 17 ➤ Les noms indénombrables ...... 39
Exercices ...............................................18 ➤ Les noms dénombrables.......... 39
La grammaire en situation .............. 20 Exemple ................................................ 40
Exercices ...............................................41
6 Articles [1] ...................................21 La grammaire en situation .............. 42
➤ A/AN ............................................ 21
7 Articles [2] .................................. 22 14 Démonstratifs
➤ THE..............................................22 this, these, that, those ............... 43
➤ Ø ................................................... 23 ➤ Ce, ces .......................................... 43
Exemple ................................................ 24 ➤ Ce, cet, cette, ces........................ 43
Exercices ...............................................25 Exemple ................................................ 44
La grammaire en situation .............. 26 Exercices ...............................................45
La grammaire en situation .............. 46

15 Expression du futur [1] ............... 47 26 Intensifieurs [1] .......................... 80
16 Expression du futur [2] .............. 48 ➤ Adverbes ..................................... 80
➤ Le futur et les subordonnées 27 Intensifieurs [2] ...........................81
de temps...................................... 48 ➤ Enough
Exemple ................................................ 49 (assez, susamment) ............. 81
Exercices ...............................................50 ➤ Exclamatives ............................. 81
La grammaire en situation ...............52 Exemple ................................................ 82
Exercices ...............................................83
17 Faire faire (causatives) [1]...........53 La grammaire en situation .............. 84
18 Faire faire (causatives) [2] ......... 54
Exemple ................................................. 55 28 Modaux [1] .................................. 85
Exercices .............................................. 56 29 Modaux [2] .................................. 86
La grammaire en situation ...............58 30 Modaux [3] ...................................87
➤ Probabilités................................ 87
19 Forme en -ing [1]......................... 59 ➤ Traductions particulières ...... 87
20 Forme en -ing [2] ........................ 60 Exemple ................................................ 88
➤ V-ing ou participe passé .......... 60 Exercices .............................................. 89
Exemple .................................................61 Qcm • Modaux .................................... 90
Exercices .............................................. 62 La grammaire en situation .............. 92
La grammaire en situation .............. 63
31 « On » français............................ 93
21 Formes verbales [1] .................... 64 Exemple ................................................ 94
➤ Base verbale ............................... 64 Exercices ...............................................95
➤ Participe passé .......................... 64 La grammaire en situation .............. 96
22 Formes verbales [2] .................... 65
➤ To + BV ........................................ 65 32 Ordre des mots [1] ..................... 97
23 Formes verbales [3].................... 66 33 Ordre des mots [2] ..................... 98
➤ V-ing ............................................66 Exemple ................................................ 99
➤ To + V-ing....................................66 Exercices ............................................ 100
Exemple ................................................ 67 La grammaire en situation ............. 101
Exercices .............................................. 68
La grammaire en situation ...............70 34 Passif [1] ................................... 102
35 Passif [2] ....................................103
24 Had better ...................................71 Exemple ..............................................104
Exemple .................................................72 Exercices ............................................105
Exercices ...............................................73 La grammaire en situation .............107
36 Past perfect [1] ......................... 108
25 Impératif ......................................75 37 Past perfect [2] ......................... 109
➤ Forme armative .................... 75 Exemple ............................................... 110
➤ Forme négative .......................... 75 Exercices ............................................. 111
Exemple ................................................ 76 La grammaire en situation .............113
Exercices ...............................................77

38 Phrasal verbs 49 Prétérit.......................................147
(verbes à particules) [1] ............114 Exemple .............................................. 148
39 Phrasal verbs Exercices ............................................ 149
(verbes à particules) [2] ............115 La grammaire en situation ............. 151
40 Phrasal verbs
(verbes à particules) [3] ............116 50 Pronoms et adjectifs possessifs,
Exemple .............................................. 117 pronoms personnels ................152
Exercices .............................................118 Exemple ............................................... 153
La grammaire en situation ............ 120 Exercices .............................................154
QCM • Pronoms et adjectifs possessifs,
pronoms personnels .......................... 155
41 Phrases négatives [1] ................121
La grammaire en situation .............156
42 Phrases négatives [2] ................122
Exemple ............................................... 123
51 Pronoms relatifs [1] ...................157
Exercices ............................................ 124
La grammaire en situation ............ 126
52 Pronoms relatifs [2] ..................158
Exemple ............................................... 159
Exercices ............................................ 160
43 Prépositions [1] .........................127
QCM • Pronoms relatifs ................... 161
➤ Dans l’espace ........................... 127
La grammaire en situation .............163
44 Prépositions [2] .........................128
➤ Dans le temps .......................... 128 53 Propositions en « if » ............... 164
45 Prépositions [3] .........................129 Exemple ............................................... 165
➤ Noms + prépositions ..............129 Exercices ............................................ 166
➤ Adjectifs + prépositions......... 129 La grammaire en situation .............168
46 Prépositions [4] ........................ 130
➤ Verbes + prépositions............. 130 54 Quantifieurs [1]......................... 169
Exemple ............................................... 131 ➤ Enough (quantité susante) :
Exercices .............................................132 assez .......................................... 169
Test • Prépositions ............................133 55 Quantifieurs [2] .........................170
La grammaire en situation .............135 ➤ Les composés ............................170
Exemple ............................................... 171
47 Présent .......................................136 Exercices .............................................172
➤ Présent simple ........................ 136 La grammaire en situation ............. 173
➤ Présent progressif
(présent en -ing) ...................... 136 56 Question tags ............................. 174
Exemple ...............................................137 Exemple ............................................... 175
Exercices .............................................138 Exercices .............................................176
La grammaire en situation ............ 140 La grammaire en situation ............. 177
48 Present perfect ..........................141 57 Questions [1] .............................178

➤ Present perfect simple ........... 141 58 Questions [2] .............................179
➤ Present perfect progressif .....142 ➤ Choix de l’auxiliaire ................179
Exemple ...............................................143 Exemple ...............................................180
Exercices ............................................ 144 Exercices ............................................. 181
La grammaire en situation ............ 146 La grammaire en situation .............183

59 Style direct et indirect ............. 184 67 Verbes irréguliers [3] ............... 207
Exemple ............................................... 185 Exemple .............................................. 208
Exercices .............................................186 Exercices ............................................209
La grammaire en situation .............187 La grammaire en situation .............211
60 Subjonctif ................................. 188 68 Wish ...........................................212

Exemple ...............................................189 Exemple ............................................... 213
Exercices ............................................ 190 Exercices ............................................ 214
La grammaire en situation .............191 La grammaire en situation .............216
61 There is, there are… [1]...............192 69 Would rather-would prefer ........217

62 There is, there are… [2] ..............193 Exemple ...............................................218
Exemple .............................................. 194 Exercices .............................................219
Exercices .............................................195 La grammaire en situation ............ 220
La grammaire en situation ............ 196
70 Équivalences des temps
63 Used to/didn’t use to/ français - anglais [1] ..................221
Would fréquentatif .................... 197 71 Équivalences des temps
➤ Used to/didn’t use to ............... 197 français - anglais [2] ................. 222
➤ Would fréquentatif ................. 197 Exemple .............................................. 223
Exemple ...............................................198 Exercices ............................................ 224
Exercices ............................................ 199 QCM 1.................................................. 225
La grammaire en situation ............200 QCM 2 ................................................. 226
QCM 3 ..................................................227
64 Verbes en début de phrase ...... 201 La grammaire en situation ............ 229
Exemple .............................................. 202
Exercices ............................................ 203 72 Fautes courantes à éviter [1] ... 230
La grammaire en situation ............ 204 Exercices .............................................231
73 Fautes courantes à éviter [2]....232
65 Verbes irréguliers [1] ................ 205 Exercices .............................................233
66 Verbes irréguliers [2]................ 206
Quiz de révision ........................................................................................................ 234
Corrigés ....................................................................................................................243
La grammaire n’est pas une fin en soi mais un outil pour exprimer des
idées et communiquer. C’est en gardant à l’esprit cette idée de fonctionnalité
et d’utilisation pratique que ce livre a été conçu. Élaboré à partir de rappels
de cours clairs et synthétiques et d’exercices variés et graduels, il se distingue
des nombreux autres ouvrages de grammaire par la contextualisation des
exemples dans des textes ainsi que par des activités d’expression en situation.
Ce livre est compos é de 73 fiches de rappels de cours accompagnés d’un

travail d’observation et d’analyse d’exemples en contexte et de nombreux
exercices d’entraînement. Chaque fiche se termine par une activité en situation
afin de réutiliser le point de grammaire concrètement.
Tous les points principaux de la grammaire anglaise sont abordés ici, vous
permettant ainsi de vérifier vos connaissances ou de renforcer votre maîtrise.
Vous pourrez comprendre quels articles ou pronoms utiliser pour vous présenter
ou présenter votre famille, mais aussi apprendre à donner des instructions à
l’aide des modaux, aider quelqu’un à résoudre ses problèmes en lui donnant
des conseils, poser des questions pour vous renseigner sur vos amis, expliquer
des métiers grâce au présent, indiquer une direction à prendre en utilisant
l’impératif, employer le style indirect pour rapporter des messages ou utiliser
le passif pour évoquer les problèmes environnementaux…
Cet ouvrage s’adresse aux lycéens ainsi qu’aux étudiants soucieux de

s’exprimer dans un anglais correct et de mettre en application des règles de
grammaire souvent trop abstraites.
La grammaire en situation et en contexte est un moyen efficace pour

comprendre comment elle fonctionne et ainsi mieux la maîtriser.
BONUS
des quiz
▶ Un test de positionnement initial pour faire le point et
finaux pour tester vos acquis
▶ Des expressions utiles pour vous aider à réaliser les tâches
▶ Un tableau des verbes irréguliers
▶ Un tableau d’équivalences des temps français-anglais
▶ Une liste des fautes courantes à éviter
-:HSMDOA=U\\[Û:

La Grammaire Anglaise en Situation a2 b1 b2

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

La Grammaire Anglaise en Situation a2 b1 b2

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

A2 Sophie SEBAH

en contexte et par l’exemple

Ce livre de grammaire anglaise propose une approche concrète et contex-

Choisissez la réponse correcte.

2. ......... loves watching a good movie.

3. You don’t understand ..........

4. I’ve brought you ......... books.

5. My brother has ......... friends.

6. Is this your phone? _ No, it’s not ..........

7. ......... jacket is this?

8. Do you have .........?

9. She is ......... girl. I know.

10. We ......... go to the party or he’ll be very upset.

11. ......... going to the swimming pool this afternoon?

13. Luc has been watching TV ......... two hours.

14. I will buy a car when I ......... enough money.

15. We have history and English ......... Wednesday afternoons.

16. She likes tea, .........?

19. I must ..........

20. You ......... smoke. It’s dangerous for health.

21. I want ......... the manager.

22. She ......... her granny once a week.

23. We ......... to Paris last year.

24. I ......... her since June.

25. I wish he ......... with me.

28. He’s only thirteen but he talks ......... an adult.

29. ......... your parents like?

Corrigés du test de positionnement

France closes dozens of swimming pools over soaring energy costs

1 Identiﬁez le sujet du verbe principal dans les phrases suivantes.

2 Justiﬁez l’accord sujet-verbe dans ces phrases.

3 Mettez les verbes à la forme correcte.

1 Identiﬁez le sujet du verbe principal dans les phrases suivantes.

2 Déterminez si les sujets des phrases de l’exercice précédent sont singuliers ou

3 Choisissez la forme correcte.

4 Indiquez si le verbe doit être singulier ou pluriel, puis conjuguez-le au présent.

5 Choisissez la forme qui convient.

6 Indiquez si les phrases sont justes, sinon corrigez-les.

À partir des tableaux suivants, faites un maximum de phrases pour présenter

My parents Tom and I We

watch play drink

baseball on Saturdays football every weekend a lot of water with their

■ Ils sont invariables (pas de S au pluriel) et se placent avant le nom.

Opinion + size + shape + temperature + age + colour + origin + material + usage

Opinion Size Shape Temperature Age

 jecf, adjecf e  cpé

Les adjectifs et noms composés

■ Les adjectifs composés (compound adjectives) désignent les adjectifs construits

Adverbe + participe passé Adjectif + participe Nom + participe passé

Voici quelques exemples de transformations :

jecf, adjecf e  cpé 

Sound Supreme 4 review: tremendous noise-cancelling headphones

1 Relevez les adjectifs et noms composés.

2 Classez-les dans les catégories suivantes.

3 Décomposez les termes suivants pour en trouver le sens.

4 Relevez les adjectifs faisant référence à la qualité du produit.

5 Relevez les adverbes servant à nuancer les adjectifs.

6 Remplacez les blancs par des termes du texte.

 jecf, adjecf e  cpé

1 Mettez les mots dans l’ordre.

2 Choisissez la réponse adéquate.

3 Complétez ces phrases à l’aide d’un adjectif composé.

4 Transformez les phrases suivantes aﬁn d’obtenir un adjectif ou un nom

5 Traduisez les expressions suivantes en utilisant des adjectifs composés.